Skip to main content

Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats


A 


LIBRARY    1 


THE 


AUTILUS 


THE  PILSBRY  QUARTERLY 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS 

OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 


VOL.  81 
JULY,   1967  to  APRIL,   1968 


EDITORS  AND  PUBLISHERS 

HORACE  BURRINGTON  BAKER 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Zoology,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

CHARLES  B.  WURTZ 
La  Salle  College,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  19141 

R.  TUCKER  ABBOTT 
H.  A.  Pilsbry  Chair  of  Malacology,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 

MRS.  HORACE  B.  BAKER 

Havertown,  Pennsylvania  19083 


PONY    PRINTING,    UPPER    DARBY,    PA. 


THE  NAUTILUS 

Vol.  81  July,   1967  No.   1 

TWO  NEW  SONORELLA  FROM  SONORA,  MEXICO,  AND 

NOTES  ON  SOUTHERN  LIMIT  OF  GENUS 

By  ^VALTER  B.  MILLER 
Dept.  of  Biological  Sciences,  University  of  Arizona,  Tucson 

The  southern  limit  of  distribution  of  Sonorella  has  never  been 
established,  even  vaguely.  In  the  state  of  Chihuahua,  Mexico,  Pils- 
bry  found  Sonorella  mormonum  Pils.  at  Lat.  30°  19'  N,  and 
S.  pennelli  Pils.  slightly  farther  south  at  Lat.  30°  09'  N.  In  Sonora, 
S,  magdalenensis  (Stearns)  was  found  ca.  Lat.  30°  39'  N,  near 
Magdalena.  I  have  found  S.  nixoni  W.B.  Miller  as  far  south  as 
Nacozari,  ca.  Lat.  30°  22'  N. 

Investigating  ever  farther  south,  I  have  found  populations  of 
Sonorella  in  the  region  of  Moctezuma  and  Huasabas,  Sonora.  A 
population  east  of  Huasabas,  ca.  Lat.  29°  56'  N,  is  a  new  subspecies 
of  mormonum,  while  a  population  east  of  Moctezuma,  ca.  Lat. 
29°  53'  N,  is  a  new  species,  related  to  7normonum.  Both  are  de- 
scribed below. 

Still  farther  southwest,  on  the  road  from  Moctezuma  to  Hermo- 
sillo,  I  have  found  a  population  of  S.  sitiens  montezuma  P.ScF. 
(the  subspecific  name  refers  to  Montezuma  canyon  in  Arizona)  just 
west  of  Moctezuma,  ca.  Lat.  29°  45'  N;  and  a  population  of  S.  mag- 
dalenensis, ca.  Lat.  29°  25'  N,  some  24  road  miles  east  of  Ures. 
To  the  best  of  my  knowledge,  the  latter  is  the  most  southerly 
known  locality  for  Sonorella  to  date. 

Collecting  still  farther  to  the  south,  in  the  vicinity  of  El  Novillo, 
on  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Yaqui,  ca.  Lat.  28°  54'  N,  and  Sahuaripa, 
ca.  Lat.  29°  03'  N,  I  failed  to  find  any  Sonorella  at  all.  Instead, 
several  undescribed  species  of  Holospira,  Bulimulus,  and  Euglan- 
dina  characterize  the  area,  thereby  indicating  a  different  faunal 
province.  Also,  the  vegetation  is  primarily  tropical  thorn  scrub, 
rather  unlike  the  preferred  oak-woodland  and  Lower  Sonoran 
habitats  of  Sonorella.  Admittedly,  magdalensis,  in  the  vicinity  of 
Ures,  seems  to  have  adapted  to  some  rock-slides  in  tropical  thorn 
scrub,  but  these  are  drier  and  sparser  than  the  usual  thorn  scrub 
farther  south.  Accordingly,  based  on  present,  incomplete  evidence, 

1 


2  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

the  probability  of  finding  Sonorella  south  oi  a  line  drawn  easterly 
from  Hcrmosillo  through  Sahuaripa,  ca.  Lat.  29°  N.  would  be 
small.  Dr.  Stillman  Berry  expressed  a  similar  opinion  to  me,  several 
years  ago.  before  I  had  begun  any  explorations  in  the  area. 

Sonorella  mormonum   huasabasensis  new  subspecies.    Plate   1, 

figs.  A-C. 

Description:  Shell  moderately  depressed-globose,  heliciform, 
thin,  glossy,  light  brown,  with  chestnut-brown  spiral  band  on  the 
well-rounded  shoulder;  narrowly  umbilicate,  the  umbilicus  con- 
tained 10  times  in  the  diameter.  Embryonic  shell  of  about  1  and 
14  whorls;  its  apex,  the  first  14  of  the  embryonic  shell,  is  finely, 
radially  wrinkled;  over  the  second  y^,  the  uTinkles  break  up  into 
papillae  and  the  radial  pattern  begins  to  descend  spirally  toward 
the  suture;  over  the  second  14,  the  spiral  papillae  have  united  to 
form  fine  threads;  those  above  the  shoulder  ascend  toward  the 
upper  suture,  while  those  below  the  shoulder  descend  toward  the 
lower  suture,  forming  the  usual  hachitaiia  pattern  of  ascending  and 
descending  spiral  threads;  the  space  between  threads  is  finely, 
radially  wrinkled;  over  the  last  i/4  of  the  embryonic  shell,  the  spiral 
striae  have  diverged  far  apart  and  some  begin  to  break  up  into 
long  hyphen-like  papillae;  they  end  abruptly  at  the  end  of  the 
embryonic  shell.  Remainder  of  shell,  at  first,  finely,  radially 
wTinkled,  with  small  papillae  and  scars  of  deciduous,  periostracal, 
hairlike  processes;  later,  over  the  the  body  whorl,  the  scars  are 
absent,  the  radial  wrinkles  are  smooth,  and  the  periostracum  has 
a  silky  luster.  The  last  whorl  descends  moderately  in  front.  The 
aperture  is  roimded,  the  peristome  narrowly  expanded  in  the  outer 
and  basal  margins;  parietal  callus  thin. 

Holotype  measurements:  Height  9.4  mm.;  max.  diam.  14.9  mm.; 
umbilicus  1.5  mm.;  whorls  414. 

Measurements  of 

genitalia,   in  mm. 

Penis 

Verge 

Penial  sheath 

Epiphallus 

Epiphallic  caecum 

Vagina 

Free  oviduct 

Genitalia  of  holotype   (Page  4,  figs  A,  B):  The  moderately  long 


Holotype 

Paratype  B 

Paratype 

7.0 

7.5 

7.0 

3.5 

3.5 

3.0 

4.5 

3.0 

4.0 

8.0 

8.0 

8.5 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

7.0 

5.5 

7.0 

3.0 

3.0 

3.5 

July,  1967  NAUTILUS  3 

penis  contains  a  slender,  cylindric  verge  of  about  1/9  the  length  of 
the  penis,  blunt  at  the  end.  The  seminal  duct  opens  at  the  tip  of 
the  verge  in  a  shallow  depression.  Penial  sheath  slightly  longer 
than  1/2  the  length  of  the  penis.  There  is  a  well-developed,  detached 
epiphallic  caecum.  The  vagina  is  about  as  long  as  the  penis. 

Type  locality:  Sonora,  Mexico,  in  NW  facing  rockslides  about 
5  miles  east  of  Huasabas  along  the  road  from  Huasabas  to  Bavispe; 
elev.  ca.  3600  ft.  (W.  N.  Miller  and  W.  B.  Miller,  1  Sept.  1965) . 
Holotype  ANSP.  (312763).  Paratypes  in  collections  of  ANSP. 
(312764),  Dept.  of  Zoology,  University  of  Arizona  (2819),  and 
the  author   (4821) . 

This  subspecies  closely  resembles  nominate  S.  mormonum  Pils- 
bry,  in  the  shape  and  sculpture  of  the  shell,  as  well  as  in  the 
morphology  of  the  genitalia.  It  differs  from  mormonum  by  the 
presence  of  a  well-developed,  detached  epiphallic  caecum,  and  by 
the  larger  diameter  of  the  shell.  The  epiphallic  caecum  was  ob- 
served in  all  6  dissected  specimens  of  hiiasahasensis;  whereas  it  was 
vestigial  in  all  6  dissected  topotypes  of  mormonum  (Page  4,  fig. 
C)  .  The  larger  diameter  of  the  shell  of  hiiasahnsensis  was  deter- 
mined to  be  significantly  different  from  that  of  mormonum  by  sta- 
tistical analysis.  A  sample  of  24  adult  specimens  from  the  topotype 
population  of  mormonum  was  compared  with  a  sample  of  52  adult 
specimens  of  huasabasensis.  Contrary  to  the  usual  high  variance  in 
shell  diameter  of  most  species  of  Sonorella,  mormonum  and  m. 
huasabasensis  show  a  high  degree  of  homogeneity.  The  mean 
diameter  of  mormonum  was  14.2  mm.,  with  a  minimum  of  13.3, 
a  maximum  of  15.1  and  a  standard  deviation  of  .433;  the  mean 
diameter  of  huasabasensis  was  15.4  mm.,  with  a  minimum  of 
14.5,  a  maximum  of  16.8  and  a  standard  deviation  of  .567.  Stu- 
dent's t  was  calculated  to  be  10.1,  thereby  indicating  a  significant 
difference  in  shell  diameter  in  the  two  populations  at  a  confidence 
level  greater  than  99.9%. 

S.m.  huasabasensis  lives  in  large  rock-slides  on  the  western  slope 
and  near  the  top  of  the  nameless  mountain  range  just  east  of  the 
Rio  de  Bavispe  near  Huasabas.  This  locality  is  about  65  airline 
miles  southwest  of  the  type  locality  of  mormonum.  The  vegetation 
around  the  slide  is  lower  Sonoran,  consisting  mainly  of  Condalia, 
Lycium,  sotol,  coral  bean,  and  occasional  Qiiercus  chihuahuana. 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (1) 


0mm 


Lower  genitalia.  A.  Sonorella  mormonum  huasabasensis  W.B.  Miller,  holo- 
type;  penis  cut  open  to  show  verge.  B.  S.m.  huasabasensis,  paratype  4821 -E. 
C.  S.  mormonujn  Pilsbry,  topotype  4901-B.  D.  S.  perhirsuta  W.B.  Miller,  holo- 
type;  penis  cut  open  to  show  verge.  E.  S.  perhirsuta,  paratype  4824-B.  F.  Verge 
of  huasabasensis  482 1-E.  G.  Verge  of  mormonum  4901-B.  H.  Verge  of  perhir- 
suta 4824-B.  ec,  epiphallic  caecum;  ep.  epiphallus;  fo,  free  oviduct;  pe,  penis; 
drawings  to  scale  indicated,  from  stained  whole  mounts. 

pr,  penial  retractor;   ps,  penial  sheath;  sd,  seminal  duct;   sdo,  seminal  duct 
orifice;   sp,  spermathecal  duct;    va,  vagina;   vd,  vas  deferens;   ve,  verge.   All 

Sonorella  perhirsuta  new  species.  Plate  1,  figs.  D-F. 

Description:  Shell  moderately  depressed-globose,  heliciform,  thin, 
hirsute,  light  brown,  with  chestnut-brown  spiral  band  on  the  well- 
rounded  shoulder;  narrowly  umbilicate,  the  umbilicus  contained 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  5 

9  to  10  times  in  the  diameter.  Embryonic  shell  of  about  1  and  y^ 
whorls;  its  apex  smooth,  followed  by  rough  radial  wrinkles  over 
the  first  14  whorl;  next  I/3  whorl  with  well-developed,  widely 
spaced,  descending  spiral  threads,  between  which  fine  wrinkles  lie 
perpendicular  to  the  spiral  threads;  remainder  of  embryonic  shell 
with  raised  papillae  superimposed  on  fine  radial  wrinkles.  Later 
whorls,  including  body  whorl,  with  raised  growth  striae,  fine  radial 
wrinkles,  and  papillae  from  which  project  short,  periostracal  hair- 
like processes.  The  periostracal  processes  are  worn  off  in  places, 
but  are  mostly  persistent  all  the  way  to  the  peristome  and  into  the 
umbilicus.  The  last  whorl  descends  moderately  in  fiont.  The 
aperture  is  rounded,  the  peristome  narrowly  expanded;  parietal 
callus  thin. 

Holotype  measurements:  Height  9.0  mm.;  max.  diam.  15.1  mm.; 
umbilicus  1.6  mm.;  whorls  414. 

Genitalia  of  holotype  (Page  4,  figs.  D,  E)  :  The  moderately  long 
jienis  contains  a  slender,  cylindric  verge  of  about  i/o  the  length 
of  the  penis,  blunt  at  the  end.  The  seminal  duct  opens  at  the  side 
of  the  verge,  at  about  2/^  to  3^  the  length  of  the  verge,  Penial  sheath 
about  14  the  length  of  the  penis.  Epiphallus  about  I1/9  times  the 
length  of  the  penis.  There  is  a  well-developed,  detached,  epiphalHc 
caecum.  The  vagina  is  about  as  long  as  the  penis. 

Measurements  of 

genitalia,  in  mm.  Holotype 

Penis  6.5 

Verge  3.5 

Penial  sheadi  3.0 

Epiphallus  10.0 

Epiphallic  caecum  0.7 

Vagina  7.0 

Free  oviduct  3.0 

Type  locality:  Sonora,  Mexico,  in  mountains  between  Mocte- 
zuma  and  Huasabas,  about  2  miles  north  of  the  Moctezuma- 
Huasabas  road  at  a  point  16.8  road  miles  east  of  Moctezuma,  in 
granite  rock  piles  in  ravine  on  the  north-east  face  of  the  high  peak; 
elev.  ca.  4650  ft.  (W.  N.  Miller  and  W.  B.  Miller,  2  Sept.  1965). 
Holotype  ANSP.  (312765).  Para  types  in  collection  of  Dept.  of 
Zoology,  University  of  Arizona   (2820) ,  and  the  author   (4824)  . 

S.  perhirsuta  is  closely  related  to  S.  mormonum,  Pils.  and  S.m. 
huasabasensis,  W.  B.  Miller.  It  differs  from  them  by  the  anatomy 


aratype 

B 

Para  type  D 

6.5 

7.0 

3.0 

3.5 

3.0 

3.5 

9.5 

11.5 

0.7 

1.0 

5.5 

5.0 

2.5 

2.5 

6  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

of  the  verge,  in  that  the  seminal  duct  orifice  is  not  terminal,  and 
by  the  long  epiphallus.  It  has  a  well-developed  epiphallic  caecum, 
as  in  huasabasensis.  In  shell  characteristics,  it  differs  by  the  lack 
of  ascending  spiral  threads  on  its  embryonic  shell  and  by  the  per- 
sistent periostracal  processes  on  adult  shells;  such  hirsute  appear- 
ance on  adult  Sonorella  shells  has  been  reported  only  from  S.  apache 
P.8cF.  and  S.  greggi  W.  B.  Miller. 

S.  perhirsuta  is  known  only  from  the  holotype  and  seven  para- 
types.  The  smallest  adult  paratype  measures  13.4  mm.  in  diameter 
and  the  largest  16.1  mm.  It  lives  in  the  Upper  Sonoran  life  zone 
among  small,  granite  rock-piles  in  ravines.  Vegetation  was  mainly 
Quercus  oblongifolia,  Q.  chihuahiiana,  sotol,  yucca,  coral  bean,  and 
a  profusion  of  wild  zinnias  in  bloom.  Heavy  humus  contributed  to 
the  early  decomposition  of  dead  shells. 

A  NEW  HAWAIIAN  CYPRAEA 
By  C.  M.  burgess,  M.D.,  Honolulu.  Hawaii 

It  has  become  apparent  through  study  of  recently  collected  beach 
and  living  shells  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands  that  a  distinct  cowrie 
has  been  heretofore  overlooked.  This  cowrie  is  superficially  similar 
to  Cypraea  globulus  Linn.  1758,  and  Cypraea  bistrinotata  Sch.-Sch. 
1937;  but  it  also  resembles  Cypraea  cicercula  Linn.  1758. 
Cypraea  mauiensis  Burgess,  new  species.  Plate  2. 

The  holotype  is  inflated  and  globular;  the  dorsum  is  humped 
posteriorly,  colored  tan  to  pale  lemon-pulp  yellow,  and  there  is  no 
dorsal  sulcus.  The  dorsum  is  adorned  with  tiny  discrete  elevations, 
some  of  which  are  pigmented,  and  which  are  larger,  darker  and 
more  prominent  near  the  lateral  margins  and  extremities  of  the 
shell.  There  are  3  paired  brown  dorsal  blotches,  one  pair  just 
above  the  spire,  the  second  on  the  mid-dorsum,  and  the  third 
above  the  anterior  process,  and  4  faint  brown  terminal  spots.  On 
the  base,  at  the  marginal  extremities  near  the  anterior  and  posterior 
canals,  are  4  faint  brown  blotches.  The  extremities  are  blunt  and 
only  moderately  produced.  The  aperture  is  narrow,  slightly  curved 
to  the  left  posteriorly,  and  does  not  flare  anteriorly.  There  is  a 
large  flat  callus  above  the  posterior  canal  and  above  this  is  a  shal- 
low depression.  The  spire  is  slightly  elevated,  even  in  calloused 
shells,  but  there  is  no  blotch.  The  protoconch,  when  not  covered  by 
callus,  is  transparent.  The  teeth  are  fine,  and  in  the  mid-columella 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  7 

are  obsolete  or  absent.  There  is  a  distinct  labial  marginal  callus. 
The  anterior  extremity  is  attenuate  and  pointed;  tilting  sharply 
upward  but  following  the  contour  of  the  base. 

A  representative  series  of  living  specimens  was  collected  in  Sep- 
tember, 1963,  on  a  shallow  reef  at  Olowalu,  Island  of  Maui,  State 
of  Hawaii.  The  cowries  were  found  deep  in  crevices  on  the  under 
surfaces  of  living  coral  heads  {Pontes  lobata  Vaughn)  growing  on 
and  firmly  adherent  to  a  porous  reef  in  14  to  II/2  meters  of  clear 
active  water. 

The  mantle  is  thick,  lemon-pulp  yellow,  and  obscures  the  dorsal 
pattern  of  the  shell.  It  is  covered  with  circular  gray  dots  except 
around  the  bases  of  chalk-white  0.5  to  0.75  mm.  long  fleshy,  ta- 
pered, beaded  papillae  which  number  about  30  to  the  side.  The 
mantle  is  also  studded  with  minute  circular  lemon-yellow  spots, 
which  bear  flat  wart-like  papillae;  these  papillae  occupy  the  spaces 
between  the  gray  dots  and  the  longer  white  papillae,  giving  the 
tissue  a  cobblestone  appearance. 

The  tentacles  are  long  (fully  30-35  percent,  of  the  length  of  the 
shell)  ,  tapered,  slender,  bright  orange-yellow,  this  color  becoming 
deeper  at  the  tips,  and  longitudinally  striped  with  gray.  The  tenta- 
cles are  placed  relatively  far  posterior  on  the  animal  and  were 
never  presented  at  the  anterior  canal  in  9  animals  observed  for  6-8 
hours.  When  the  animal  changed  direction  both  tentacles  would 
often  be  on  the  same  side  of  the  shell. 

Th  eyes  are  jet  black  and  set  almost  directly  beneath  the  bases 
of  the  tentacles. 

The  ventral  surface  of  the  foot  is  white;  the  sides  covered  with 
gray  spots  similar  to  those  found  on  the  mantle  but  of  a  lighter 
shade. 

The  siphon  is  bell  shaped,  fringed  completely  with  16-18  elon- 
gate, tapered,  blunt  processes  which  are  exactly  the  same  shape 
(if  reversed)  as  the  spaces  between  them.  The  siphon  extends 
nearly  2  mm.  beyond  the  anterior  canal.  The  cowrie  is  active  and 
moves  fast  for  one  so  small. 

I  named  this  cowrie  Cypraea  mauiensis  for  the  Island  of  Maui, 
State  of  Hawaii,  where  in  August,  1963,  Mr.  Joe  Kern  of  Kahului, 
collected  the  first  living  specimen.  The  holotype,  from  Olowalu, 
Maui  (Latitude  20°  48.5'  North,  Longitude  156°  37.3'  West)  has 
been  deposited  in  the  Bernice   P.   Bishop   Museum,   Honolulu, 


8  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

Hawaii,  and  bears  the  number  B.M.  8916. 

Paratypes  have  been  deposited  in  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Philadelphia;  the  United  States  National  Museum,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C;  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New 
York;  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard;  the  National 
Museum,  Manila;  the  Cambridge  Museum  of  Zoology;  the  British 
Museum  (Natural  History);  the  Rijksmuseum  van  Geologie  en 
Minerologie.  Leiden;  the  Institut  Oceanographique,  Monaco;  the 
Universitets  Zoologiske  Museum,  Copenhagen;  the  Indian  Mu- 
seum, Calcutta;  the  Western  Australian  Museum,  Perth;  the  Aus- 
tralian Museum,  Sydney;  the  National  Museum  of  Victoria,  Mel- 
bourne; the  Auckland  Institute  and  Museum;  and  the  Bishop 
Museum,  Honolulu.  Additional  paratypes  have  been  given  to 
several  individuals  seriously  interested  in  the  Cypraea. 

Cypraea  maiiiensis  has  been  previously  illustrated  by  C.  S. 
Weaver  in  "Hawaiian  marine  mollusks"  1964,  Vol.  2,  No.  25, 
Plate  24,  Top  Center.  It  also  will  appear  in  "The  living  cowries," 
Burgess,  Plate  30,  Fig.  F.  Cypraea  mauiensis  so  far  has  been  re- 
ported only  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  It  is  found  as  beach  worn 
specimens  in  older  Hawaiian  collections  in  the  Bernice  P.  Bishop 
Museum. 

The  type  area  is  the  reef  at  Olowalu,  Maui. 

Four  species  of  cowries  are  now  known  which  are  in  general 
globular,  with  beaked  extremities,  and  light  fawn  in  color.  The  key 
below  is  adequate  for  separation  of  these  4  species,  but  certain 
other  significant  differences  are  usually  present. 

Key  to  species 

1.  Shell  macroscopically  smooth  and  glossy  without  dorsal  line 
or  sulcus  — 2.  Shell  obviously  pustulate  — 3. 

2.  Sides  and  extremities  of  dorsum  with  elevated  and  or  pig- 
mented pustules  visible  with  low  power  (2-3x)  magnification  — 
Cypraea  mauiensis.  Entire  surface  microscopically  smooth  — 
Cypraea  globulus. 

3.  With  spire  blotch,  dorsal  sulcus,  but  without  basilar  spotting 
or  3  paired  dorsal  blotches  —  Cypraea  cicercula. 

Without  spire  blotch  but  with  basilar  spotting,  paired  dorsal 
blotches,  and  dorsal  sulcus  or  line  —  Cypraea  bistrinotata. 
In  general  C.  mauiensis  is  smaller,  has  a  consistent  pale  lemon- 
yellow  color,  the  extremities  are  less  produced,  the  anterior  proces- 


July,   1967 
NAUTILUS  81   (1) 


NAUTILUS 


9 

PLATE   1 


H 


0 


10 


Trmr 


mrn 


Holotypes.    A-C.    Sotiorella    niormoninn    }\uasaly(iscnsis    \\.    B.    Miller.    D-F 
.S\  perhirsiita  W.  B.  Miller.  HI.  S.  bequaerti  [to  be  described  fully  in  Oct.  no.] 


10 

NAUTILUS  81   (1) 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.    81    (1) 
PLATE  2 


Plate  2.  Cypraea  niauiensis  Burgess.  Enlarged  photograph  showing  the  bise. 
dorsum,  right,  and  left  lateral  views  of  lh2  holotype.  Actual  dimensions  in 
mm.:  Length  1.8.7,  width  8.7,  height  7.7.  Photograph  by  Gilbert  Halpe.n, 
Honolulu. 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  11 

ses  more  attenuate,  the  labial  marginal  callus  more  prominent  and 
the  dorsum  more  humped  posteriorly  than  in  any  other  of  the 
group.  In  the  specimens  measured,  the  dimensions  were  found  to 
average  in  mm.;  length  12.38,  width  7.94,  height  6.87.  The  largest 
measured  14.7  x  9.3  x  8.3  mm.,  and  the  smallest  adult  9.9  x 
6.7  x  5.9  mm. 

Cypraea  cicercula  is  easily  differentiated  because  of  its  spire 
blotch. 

Cypraea  bistrimontata  and  Cypraea  mauiensis  are,  in  certain 
melanotic  specimens  of  the  latter  similar  on  superficial  examina- 
tion. Both  may  have  elevated  lateral  spotting,  3  paired  dorsal 
blotches,  4  basal  spots  and  attenuate  columellar  teeth.  However 
C.  mausiensis  is  smaller,  is  lemon-pulp  yellow  in  color  (C.  bistrino- 
tata  is  golden-brown)  and  has  markedly  less  produced  extremities. 
The  basilar  spotting  on  C.  mausiensis  is  present  only  in  about  4 
percent,  of  specimens,  and  the  dorsal  blotching  in  about  75  percent. 
The  basilar  spotting  on  C.  mauiensis  is  also  placed  nearer  the  edges 
and  extremities  of  the  shell.  It  can  be  separated  from  smooth  or 
beach-worn  specimens  of  C.  bistrinotata  by  the  character  or  the 
dorsal  callus  which  in  C.  mauiensis  is  wide  and  flat,  the  top  of 
which  is  concentric  with  the  curve  of  the  posterior  canal.  The  callus 
of  C.  bistrinotata  is  highly  arched  or  even  pointed.  The  mid- 
columellar  teeth  of  C.  mauiensis  are  attenuate  or  absent.  The  teeth 
of  C.  bistrinotata  are  nearly  always  prominent  across  the  entire 
base. 

Cypraea  globulus  may  be  easily  separated,  in  adult  specimens, 
from  C.  mauiensis  by  its  entirely  smooth  shell.  The  dorsal  spotting 
may  be  similar,  and  C.  globulus  may  also  have  the  4  basilar  spots 
and  a  semblance  of  the  dorsal  blotches. 


EROTOLOGY  OF  THREE  SPECIES  OF  PRATICOLELLA, 
AND  OF  POLYGYRA  PUSTULA 

By  GLENN  R.  WEBB 

Kutztown  State  College,  Kutztown,  Pa. 

[Continued  from  April  issue] 

The  availability  of  developing  young  snails  of  both  species  per- 
mitted a  survey  of  the  patterns  of  genital  development  in  the  two 
species.  The  sequence  of  progressive  maturation  of  genitalia  in 
P.  berlandieriana  is  shown  in  figs.  12-17,  7,  9  and  10.  In  gjiseola 


12  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

(figs.  1-6,  8  and  11)  the  series  is  weak  in  lacking  stages  comparable 
to  figs.  13  and  14.  The  essential  differences  in  the  genital  develop- 
ment of  the  two  taxons  are  in  the  retractor-retentor  muscle  system; 
the  proportion  of  accessory  gland  to  rest  of  penis;  and  the  sym- 
metrical development  of  paired  penis-retentor-muscles  which  strad- 
dle the  epiphallus-vas  deferens  and  insert  on  each  side  of  the  basal 
penis.  At  the  stage  shown  in  fig.  7  of  berlandieriana,  3.  transient 
recapitulation  of  the  onset  to  this  condition  is  shown,  but  the 
musculature  does  not  develop  trifurcately  but  retrogresses  (com- 
pare figs.  7,  9,  and  10) .  Instead  in  berlandieriana  the  accessory 
gland  becomes  excessively  engrossed  and  elongated  so  that  ulti- 
mately it  is  larger  than  the  penis-tip  beyond  the  basal  disk;  in 
griseola  the  accessory  gland  develops  moderately  and  the  penis-tip 
area  is  hypertrophied.  At  one  stage  in  the  development  (fig.  7) 
both  species  appear  more  nearly  identical  than  either  before  or 
after.  Thus  anyone  attempting  to  determine  the  validity  of  these 
two  species  by  random  anatomical  sampling  could  be  led  to  con- 
clude that  the  genitalia  overlap  in  characteristics.  My  study  con- 
trasts the  development  as  seen  in  the  Harlingen  strain  of  griseola 
and  the  New  Braunfels  strain  of  berlandieriana.  Possibly,  of  course 
intermediate  populations  may  exist.  Because  the  mode  of  semen 
transfer  seems  enough  different  in  my  samples  of  the  two  taxons 
as  to  possibly  prohibit  intermating,  the  mode  of  functioning  of 
the  sex  organs  of  any  supposed  intermediate  populations  should 
be  evaluated  lest  unknown  allied  species  be  confused  unnecessarily 
with  either  berlandieriansi  or  griseola.  Obviously  the  strains  I  have 
studied  also  are  not  topotypic  of  the  two  species  to  which  I  have 
referred  them,  so  that  anatomical  characterization  of  topotypes  of 
both  griseola  and  berlandieriana  are  unavoidable  prerequisites  of 
accurately  delineating  the  relationships  of  these  two  taxons. 

Praticolella  mobiliana  floridana:  On  June  15,  1964,  I  collected 
about  36  adult  and  juvenile  specimens  amid  swampy  vegetation 
adjacent  to  a  cool,  swift  stream  on  U.  S.  route  90,  west  of  Swanee 
River  State  Park,  and  4.1  miles  east  of  Greenville,  Madison  Co., 
Florida,  The  initial  shells  were  taken  adjacent  to  the  concrete 
bridge.  Living  specimens  were  then  found  on  wet  soggy  soil  amid 
moss,  grass,  and  sedge  debris,  often  quite  close  to  the  stream.  Where 
the  vegetation  was  ranker  away  from  the  stream-edge  fewer  speci- 
mens were  found.  Two  nests  of  eggs  of  this  Praticolella  were  found. 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  13 

One  contained  4  eggs,  the  other  7  eggs.  Both  clutches  of  eggs  were 
just  below  the  decaying  layer  of  brown  vegetation.  No  other  land 
snail  was  found  except  a  succineid.  June  28,  1964,  encaged  the 
specimens;  and  July  24,  1964,  while  cleaning  the  cage,  found  eggs, 
hatching,  and  hatched  young.  No  trace  of  hair  papillae  was  evident 
on  the  hatchlings. 

Courtship:  Aug.  5,  1954,  a  pair  was  observed  courting  about 
9:40  P.M.  The  head-on  pair  clung  to  the  underside  of  the  cage 
cover-glass,  and  had  the  fore  third  of  the  body  detached  from  the 
glass,  and  projecting  downward  and  fore^vard  obliquely  archwise. 
The  snails  were  seen  to  be  inaking  mouthing  motions  with  the 
radula  moving  against  the  exserted  jaw  plate  as  in  courting 
Ashmunella  rhyssa  edentata  (Webb  1954).  Each  snail  has  been 
seen  to  bite  the  other  in  the  head-arching  exchange  of  blows.  The 
snails  remained  at  one  spot  and  produced  successive,  slow,  hammer- 
like blows  of  the  detached  forebody  toward  the  other  snail,  some- 
times contacting,  sometimes  not.  If  bitten,  a  snail  withdrew  its  head 
momentarily  and  usually  resumed  its  own  attack.  At  9:47  P.M.  the 
pair  momentarily  rested  head-on  about  4  mm.  apart  and  with  the 
superior  tentacles  extended  into  close  proximity  distally.  A  minute 
later  they  resumed  head-arching  and  one  bit  the  other.  Often  they 
were  biting  at  the  space  from  which  the  head  of  the  other  had  been 
uplifted.  At  9:56  one  pivoted  counterclockwise  as  viewed  through 
the  cage  cover-glass,  rejoining  head-on  at  9:57.  At  9:58  it  pivoted 
clockwise.  The  pair  were  head-on  again  at  10:02.  Only  one  of  the 
two  snails  were  seen  to  pivot.  This  snail  crawled  off  at  10:09  P.M. 
and  courtship  ceased  without  having  culminated  in  a  mating. 

Another  partial  courtship  was  noted  on  Dec.  1,  1964,  when  a  pair 
of  head-on  snails  were  noted  clinging  to  the  cage  cover-glass.  The 
foreparts  of  the  two  snails  were  detached  from  the  glass  in  an  arc. 
Soon  they  began  biting  at  each  other  with  hammer-like  strokes 
which  seldom  made  contact.  At  such  time  as  much  as  half  the 
pedal  disk  was  detached  from  the  glass.  A  bitten  snail  was  seen  to 
cringe  momentarily  and  withdraw  the  foreparts.  After  about  3 
minutes  of  such  pugnacious  actions,  the  pair  rested  head-on  with 
about  14  inch  between  them.  A  short  time  later  they  extended 
their  anterior  ends  by  creeping  forward  on  the  glass  until  they 
barely  were  in  contact;  no  biting  attempt  was  made;  instead  the 
part  of  the  snail's  body  before  the  shell  but  behind  the  tentacles 


14  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

oi  the  lighter  colored  animal  became  swollen,  and  the  atrial  pore 
dilated  and  strongly  evident. 

Mating:  On  Sept.  23,  1964,  two  pairs  were  seen  in  courtship. 
Minutes  later  one  of  the  pairs  was  seen  with  engaged  penes  and 
killed  for  mating  anatomies  in  boiling  water.  The  other  pair  sep- 
arated and  did  not  resume  courtship.  The  killed  snails  did  not 
remain  imited  by  the  sex  organs.  My  instantaneous  view  of  the 
process  was  inadequate  to  observe  if  the  organs  everted  into  contact 
or  were  entwisted.  My  impression  tends  to  favor  the  former. 

Matin g-anatomy  data:  Two  anatomies  have  been  available.  In 
each  the  penis  bore  a  mass  of  jelly-like  material  as  well  as  unex- 
changed semen.  The  total  bulk  of  such  matter  was  as  great  as  that 
of  the  penis.  Probably  the  jelly  came  from  the  gland  area  of  the 
penis  and  may  function  to  cement  the  acquired  semen  to  the  organ 
for  engulfment. 

The  form  of  the  everted  penis  is  shown  in  figs.  26  and  27.  The 
anatomy  of  fig.  26  seems  normal,  but  that  of  fig.  27  had  the  proxi- 
mal 2^  sucked  into  the  aperture  of  the  shell  so  that  the  penis 
became  distorted  during  fixation  of  the  tissues.  To  avoid  this  hap- 
pening when  securing  mating  anatomies,  one  can  crush  the  shell 
of  at  least  one  of  the  snails  before  plunging  them  into  boiling 
water.  If  one  does  not  have  to  hold  the  cage  cover-glass  with  one 
hand,  the  shells  of  both  mating  snails  possibly  can  be  crushed 
before  plunging  them  into  boiling  water.  Additional  techniques 
have  been  discussed  in  an  earlier  paper   (Webb,  1947)  . 

In  the  mating-anatomy  of  fig.  26  (shell  crushed) ,  the  slight  pouch 
just  above  the  semen  mass  and  to  the  left  of  the  gland,  had  the  tip 
of  the  other  snail's  semen  mass  projecting  into  its  shallow  cavity. 
Blunt  ridges  near  the  pouch  indicate  that  it  may  be  a  true  structure 
rather  than  a  chance  indentation  due  to  the  pressure  of  the  semen 
mass.  In  Polygyra  septemvolva  (Webb,  1950)  and  P.  cereolus 
(Webb,  1 965)  a  pouch  is  present  on  the  basal  penis  as  an  intrinsic 
structure  and  not  as  an  adventitious  indenture.  The  structural 
reality  of  the  pouch  in  P.  ?nobiliana  fioridana  needs  to  be  confirmed 
by  more  data  and  specimens. 

As  seen  in  fig,  26,  the  orifice  of  the  vagina  is  present  on  the 
everted  penis  just  below  the  atrium,  but  no  everted  female  organ 
is  involved.  One  side  of  the  everted  penis  bears  the  elongate 
gland  which  in  this  species,  appears  as  a  ridge  and  lacks  a  lumen. 


July,   1967 


NAUTILUS 


15 


Figs.  18,  20,  24,  25,  31-32.  Praticolella  griseola  (Pfr.)  .  18,  20,  24,  25, 
maturation  of  genitalia;  31,  32,  mating  anatomies.  Figs.  19,  21,  22,  23,  30. 
P.  herlandieriana  (Moricand) .  19,  21,  mature  genitalia.  22,  23,  30  mating- 
anatomies.  Figs.  26,  27.  P.  (Farragutia)  mobiliana  floridana  Vanatta,  near 
Greenville,  Madison  Co.,  Florida.  Mating  anatomies;  in  fig.  26,  site  of  ejacula- 
tory  pore  is  hidden  from  view  by  semen;  in  fig.  27,  note  semen  in  vas  deferens. 
Figs.  28,  29.  Polygyra  (Lobosculum)  pustula  (Ferussac)  ,  near  Panama  City, 
Bay  Co.,  Fla.  Mating  anatomies;  possibly  not  yet  at  full  eversion. 


16  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

I  interpret  this  structure  to  be  a  specialization  of  part  of  the  clasp- 
ing disk  of  the  more  primitive  polygyrids.  In  the  proceeding  two 
species  of  Praticolella,  this  has  evolved  into  a  tubular  gland;  but 
in  the  present  species  the  gland  retains  a  more  primitive  non- 
tubular  structure.  An  alternative  view,  that  the  non-tubular  ac- 
cessory gland  of  P.  (Farragutia)  mobiliana  has  attained  its  form  by 
degeneration,  is  totally  without  confirmatory  data. 

The  bilaterally  lobed  expansion  of  the  penis  tip  in  P.  mobiliana 
floridana  seems  to  represent  a  more  highly  evolved  condition  than 
that  of  berlandieriana  or  griseola,  and  to  represent  a  different  mode 
of  functioning.  A  somewhat  similar  bilobed  condition  is  found  in 
some  species  of  Mesodon  and  of  Polygyra. 

The  site  of  the  ejaculatory  pore  can  be  made  out  by  special 
illumination  of  the  inverted  slide  to  be  nearly  central  and  sub- 
terminal  on  the  bilobed  penis-tip.  The  orifice  of  the  ejacvdatory 
pore  in  fig.  26  is  concealed  behind  the  ejected  semen. 

An  incomplete  series  of  development  slides  revealed  the  imma- 
ture penis  never  to  exhibit  a  trace  of  a  lateral  projection  of  a  tran- 
sient stage  of  the  development  of  a  tubular  gland  so  that  the  form 
of  the  developing  penis  appears  as  in  immature  Mesodon. 

Polygyra  pustula:  The  specimens  were  collected  Sept.  3,  1941, 
under  bricks  and  boards  on  a  vacant  lot  near  Cuba-Cabins  Tourist 
Camp,  about  3-5  miles  east  of  Panama  City,  Bay  County,  Florida. 
I  am  indebted  to  the  late  James  T.  Close  for  transportation  and 
companionship  on  the  field  trip. 

Courtship  and  mating:  Oct.  8,  1941:  The  mating  behavior  is 
quite  like  Euchemotrema  (Webb,  1947,  1948) .  First  the  specimens 
approach  each  other  head-on;  the  superior  and  inferior  pair  of 
tentacles  appose  those  of  the  mate,  and  the  region  between  the 
inferior  tentacles  is  projected,  lip-like,  forward  and  seems  to  touch 
that  of  the  mate.  The  snail  is  very  timid  and  the  slightest  vibration 
causes  it  to  retract  partially  into  the  shell.  After  the  pair  rest  head- 
on  as  described,  the  sex  organs  suddenly  evert  into  contact.  The 
appearance  of  the  contiguous  organs  is  distinctive.  As  the  cage 
cover-glass  was  inverted,  preparatory  to  securing  mating  anatomies 
if  possible,  the  animals  separated  their  sex  organs.  During  the  head- 
on  stance  of  the  snails,  the  extreme  foreparts  were  detached  from 
the  cover-glass.  The  individuals  observed  had  been  previously  kept 
in  species  solitary  confinement  before  being  placed  together  for 


July,  1967  NAUTILUS  17 

possible  mating. 

On  Oct.  28,  1941,  another  courtship  and  mating  was  noted.  The 
specimens  converged  head-on.  The  tentacles  were  held  in  apposi- 
tion to  those  of  the  other,  and  the  head  was  slightly  detached  from 
the  cover-glass  in  an  arc.  One  of  them  made  half  of  a  pivot  counter- 
clockwise, then  shifted  direction  clockwise  to  rejoin  the  other 
head-on.  The  sex  organs  suddenly  emerged,  did  not  entwine,  and 
appeared  somewhat  as  the  engaging  organs  of  Stenotrema  fratermim 
(Say) ,  Webb  1948.  This  pair  were  killed  by  pouring  boiling  water 
on  them  as  soon  as  the  sex  organs  appeared. 

On  November  5,  1941,  again  a  pair  of  specimens  were  placed 
together  after  species  solitary  confinement.  They  began  courting. 
When  I  returned  to  observe  after  starting  water  to  boiling,  they 
were  seen  to  be  with  engaged  sex-organs.  The  cover-glass  with 
specimens  on  it  was  plunged  into  the  boiling  water.  Courtship  so 
far  as  noted  was  like  those  described  above. 

Mating  anatomy  data:  Four  specimens  have  been  available  for 
study;  two  are  shown  (figs.  28,  29) .  Two  of  the  specimens  show 
the  everted  penis  incompletely  distended,  the  other  two  are  proba- 
bly at  near  maximum  eversion  with  the  probable  exception  of  the 
distal  penis  which  is  not  everted  but  which  from  general  structure 
would  seem  homologous  to  that  in  Praticolella  griseola  and  could 
be  expected  to  be  everted  somewhat  as  in  that  taxa.  All  the  anat- 
omies had  the  organs  partly  sucked  into  the  aperture  of  the  shell, 
so  the  basal  part  of  the  penis  is  probably  abnormally  narrowed  and 
elongate.  The  main  body  of  the  penis  is  strongly  sphaeroidal,  and 
has  the  accessory  gland  opening  by  a  pore  at  the  tip. 

In  view  of  the  anatomical  (Pilsbry,  1906)  and  functional  close 
similarity  of  Polygyra  pustula  to  the  Praticolella  species,  the  ques- 
tion which  needs  to  be  explored  is  why  this  species  should  not  be 
regarded  as  a  diminutive  member  of  the  genus  Praticolella}  The 
organs  do  not  function  as  in  Polygyra  septemvolva.  Except  for  teeth 
on  the  outer  lip  of  the  shell,  I  see  no  feature  precluding  consider- 
ing this  species  to  be  a  true  species  of  Praticolella.  However,  before 
I  would  make  a  formal  decision,  I  would  like  to  examine  the  penial 
retractor  system  of  resting  specimens  to  see  if  any  trace  of  penial 
retentors  is  present.  I  would  expect  to  find  delicate  duplicate 
strands  to  be  present  which  straddle  the  epiphallus-vas  deferens 
complex.  Pilsbry    (1906)    did  not  find  such  but  unless  one  were 


18  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

expressly  conscious  of  their  possibly  being  present,  they  may  be  so 
small  as  to  be  almost  certainly  overlooked  even  by  a  careful  ob- 
server. Anyone  situated  to  check  on  this  feature  should  do  so. 

Pilsbry  in  1906  expressed  the  above  viewpoint  and  seemed  to 
view  the  species  as  a  true  Praticolella,  in  which  he  regarded  a  dis- 
tinct subgenus  under  the  name  Lobosculum.  In  1940,  Pilsbry  did 
not  reiterate  this  view  but  treated  the  species  as  being  a  Polygyra 
^vhich  developed  a  penis  gland  (convergently  to  Praticolella  pre- 
sumably). 

The  shells  of  all  material  studied  agree  with  Pilsbry's    (1940) 
figures.  Each  scale  equals  2  mm. 

Bibliography 
Hubricht,  Leslie  1961.  Eight  new  species  of  land  snails  from  the 

southern  United  States.  Naut.  75;  1:26-33,  figs. 
Pilsbry,  Henry  A.  1930.  Anatomy  and  relationships  of  some  Ameri- 
can Helicidae  and  Polygyidae.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  82:  303-327, 
figs. 

1940.  Land  IMollusca  of  North  America  (North  of  Mexico) . 

Acad,  of  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Monograph  #3:  Vol.  1:2:  see  pp.  607- 
610. 

Webb,  Glenn  R.  1947  The  mating-anatomy  teclmique  as  applied 
to  polygyrid  landsnails.  Amer.  Nat.  81:  134-147. 

1947.  Studies  of  the  sex-organs  of  mating  polygyrid  land- 
snails.  111.  Acad.  Sci.  Trans.  40:  218-227,  figs.  ' 

1948.  The  mating  of  Stenotrerna  fratermirn    (Say)  .   Naut. 


62:  1:8-12,  figs. 

—  1950.  The  sexology  of  Polygyra  septemvolva  Say,  life-history 
notes,  possible  utility,  and  data  on  Stenotrerna  (Gastropoda, 
Pulmonata,  Polygyridae)  .  Amer.  Micro.  Soc.  69:  4:387-393,  figs. 
1954.  The   life-history   and   sexual   anatomy   data   on   Ash- 


munello  with  a  revision  of  the  Triodopsin  snails.  Gastropodia 
1:  2:11-18,  figs. 

—  1965.  Matings  between  Polygyra  cereolus  carpenterianus  and 
P.  septemvolva.  Naut.  79:  1:34-35. 


RADIODISCUS,  NEW  TO  MOLLUSCAN  FAUNA 

OF  MONTANA 

By  royal  BRUCE  BRUNSON  and  RICHARD  H.  RUSSELL 

University  of  Montana,  Missoula,  Montana 

The  genus  Radiodiscus  was  described  by  Pilsbry  and  Ferriss  in 
1906.  H.  B.  Baker  originated  the  sub-generic  name  Radiodomus 
in  1930.  At  the  same  time  Dr.  Baker  described  the  species  R.  able- 


July,  1967  NAUTILUS  19 

turn,  from  the  type  locality  in  Adams  County,  Idaho. 

Pilsbry  (1948)  reports  R.  ahietum  as  occuring  in  Oregon  and 
Idaho.  He  does  not  show  this  snail  to  occur  in  Montana,  although 
he  gives  records  from  Bonner,  Kootenai,  Clearwater,  Nez  Perce, 
Idaho,  and  Adams  Counties  of  Idaho.  All  these  counties,  with  the 
exception  of  Kootenai,  Nez  Perce,  and  Adams,  border  Montana. 
No  records  are  given  for  Boundary  or  Shoshone  Counties,  both  of 
which  border  western  Montana. 

The  authors  have  found  Radiodiscus  in  10  localities  in  western 
Montana  These  localities  occur  in  6  counties  and  5  mountain 
ranges  (see  map)  . 

In  the  list  of  localities  that  follows,  the  number  of  specimens  is 
in  parentheses  after  the  catalogue  number.  Elevations  are  approxi- 
mated from  U.S.  Geological  Survey  topographical  maps  and  a 
pocket  altimeter. 

Lincoln  County:  Cabinet  Mountains,  between  Leigh  Lake  trail 
and  Leigh  Creek,  150  yards  from  start  of  trail.  T28N,  R31W, 
Sec.  6.  Elevation  3900  feet.  T.  E.  Lee,  July  27,  1960.  RBB,  1560  (3). 

Sanders  County:  North  end  of  Bitterroot  Range,  4  miles  west 
of  Noxon.  T26N,  R33W,  sec.  17.  Elevation  3000  feet.  R..  H.  Rus- 
sell, May  2,  1965.  RHR.  775  (1) .  West  side  of  Cabinet  Mountains 
at  Government  Creek,  Noxon.  T26N,  R32W,  sec.  20.  Elevation 
2700  feet.  R.  B.  Brunson,  June  20,  1956.  RBB.  11356   (2). 

Lake  County:  South  Crow  Cirque,  Mission  Mountains,  west  end 
of  Schwartz  Lake.  T20N,  R19W,  sec.  10.  Elevation  3500  feet. 
R.  H.  Russell,  July  7,  1960.  CNHM.  105841  (1).  McDonald 
Cirque,  above  McDonald  Lake,  Mission  Mountains,  T19N,  R19W, 
sec.  2.  Elevation  3500  feet.  R.  B.  Brunson,  June  17,  1960.  RBB. 
360   (8). 

Mineral  County:  Crystal  Lake  trail  in  Cour  d'Alene  Mountains, 
DeBorgia,  under  fallen  logs  in  cedar  forest.  Elevation  2800  feet. 
R.  H.  Russell,  October  17,  1965.  One  specimen  in  collection  of 
Glenn  R.  Webb. 

Missoula  County:  Deep  Creek  in  Bitterroot  Mountains,  10  miles 
west  of  Missoula.  T13N,  R21W,  sec.  20.  Elevation  4000  feet. 
R.  A.  Taylor,  May  11,  1957.  RBB.  12357    (1). 

Ravalli  County:  North  fork  Lost  Horse  Creek  in  Bitterroot 
Mountains,  T5N,  R22W,  sec.  35.  Elevation  5600  feet.  Gary  Rum- 
ley,  May,  1960.  RBB.  2760   (1).  Lost  Horse  Creek,  T4N,  R22W, 


20  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

sec.  6.  Elevation  5000  feet.  Gary  Rumley,  June  5,  1960.  RBB.4960 
(1) .  Sleeping  Child  Creek,  below  Sleeping  Child  Hot  Springs, 
near  Sula  in  southern  end  of  Sapphire  Range.  4N,  R19W,  sec.  7. 
Elevation  4550  feet.  R.  H.  Russell,  December  31,  1965.  RHR. 
1124  (1). 

From  two  of  the  above  localities,  we  have  collected  specimens 
which  are  larger  than  any  previously  recorded  shells.  Sizes  of  some 
representative  specimens  from  7  areas  are  given  below.  The  meas- 
urements of  H.  B.  Baker's  type  and  largest  paratype  are  included 
for  purposes  of  comparison. 


ter  diameter 

Height 

No.  of  whorls 

mm. 

mm. 

7.0 

4.0 

6.0 

McDonald 

7.0 

3.7 

5.8 

McDonald 

6.8 

3.2 

5.7 

Lost  Horse 

6,7 
6.6 

3.2 
3.5 

5.75 
5.7 

Paratype 
McDonald 

6.0 

3.4 

5.4 

McDonald 

6.0 

3.2 

5.5 

McDonald 

5.7 
5.5 

3.0 
2.9 

5.5 
5.3 

Deep  Creek 
Noxon 

4.89 
4.8 

2.61 
2.5 

5.0 
5.1 

Type 
Government  C 

4.2 

2.4 

4.6 

Leigh  Creek 

4.2 
4.0 

2.2 
2.1 

4.5 
4.2 

Sleeping  Child 
McDonald 

3.8 

2.0 

4.1 

McDonald 

3.1 
2.5 

1.8 
1.4 

4.2 
3.5 

Leigh  Creek 
McDonald 

Creek 


Ecologically,  the  distribution  of  Radiodiscus  in  Montana  is 
limited  primarily  by  moisture.  Furthermore,  quite  apparently 
from  the  collection  sites,  this  moisture  is  necessarily  present  during 
most  of  the  year.  Radiodiscus  is  consistently  found  in  a  shaded 
seepage  area  in  McDonald  Cirque.  Other  collection  sites  have 
been  near  streams  and  in  thick  forests.  Unlike  Baker's  experience, 
we  have  found  R.  abietum  in  stands  of  the  white  cedar,  Thuja 
plicata,  which  represent,  in  Montana,  a  remnant  of  the  coastal 
forest. 

Part  of  the  funds  for  this  work  have  been  supplied  by  the  re- 
search council  of  the  University  of  Montana. 


July,   1967 


NAUTILUS 


21 


C   A    N    A    0 


Map  of  western  Montana  showing  the  distribution  of  Radiodiscus  abietum. 


References 
Baker,  H.  B.  1930.  New  and  problematic  west  American  land  snails. 

Mautilus,  "^3(4):  121-128. 
Pilsbry,  H.  A.  1948.  Land  Mollusca  of  North  America    (north  of 


22  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

Mexico) .  Vol.  27,  pt.  2:  654-660.  Acad  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Mon.  3. 
Pilsbry,  H.  A.  and  J.  H.  Ferriss.  1906.  Mollusca  of  the  southwestern 
states,  II.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  5(?:  123-175. 


NEW  HELICID  SNAIL  FROM  ZACATECAS,  MEXICO^ 

By  FRED  G.  THOMPSON 

Florida  State  Museum,  University  of  Florida 

This  is  the  second  species  of  Humholdtiana  to  be  described  from 
the  state  of  Zacatecas  The  other  species  known  from  the  state  is 
H.  chrysogona  Pilsbry,  which  is  common  in  the  mountains  above 
Concepcion  del  Oro.  The  new  species  is  unusual  within  the  genus 
because  it  lives  in  a  dry,  sparsely  vegetated  desert.  In  allusion  to 
its  habitat  it  is  named: 

HuMBOLDTiANA  TEscoLA  new  spccies.  Page  27,  figs.  1-4. 

Diagnosis.  A  member  of  the  texana  group  in  which  the  ground 
color  of  the  shell  is  dark  tan  with  numerous  close  white  streaks. 
Bands  are  absent  or  weakly  developed.  Shape  conico-  globose.  Shell 
thin.  Suture  deeply  impressed.  Embryonic  whorls  large,  protruding. 
Periostracum  absent.  Sculpture  consisting  of  strong  incremental 
striations  and  wrinkles.  Granulation  sparse  and  rudimentary,  con- 
fined to  upper  surface  of  first  two  neanic  whorls.  Diagnostic 
features  of  the  anatomy  are  listed  below. 

H.  tescola  differs  from  all  other  species  of  the  texana  group  by 
its  predominately  white-streaked  color  pattern  that  lacks  distinct 
dark  spiral  bands. 

Description.  Shell  (page  27,  figs.  1-4)  conico-globose,  0.83-0.97 
times  as  high  as  wide.  Thin.  Obliquely  umbilicate.  4.0-4.5  whorls. 
Suture  deeply  impressed.  Whorls  regularly  increasing  in  size;  last 
quarter  whorl  descending  deeply  to  aperture.  1.2-1.4  protruding 
embryonic  whorls.  First  whorl  smooth,  2.4-2.8  mm.  in  diameter 
perpendicular  to  initial  suture;  following  0.2-0.4  embryonic  whorls 
with  fine  radial  striations.  Neanic  whorls  with  strong  incremental 
striations  and  wrinkles.  First  two  neanic  whorls  with  sparse  low 
granules  that  are  usually  located  within  axial  striations  and  between 
wrinkles.  Granules  confined  to  upper  surface  of  early  whorls  and 
absent  or  very  sparse  on  body  whorl.  Periostracum  absent.  Aperture 


^  Field  work  in  Mexico  during  1966  was  supported  by  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health  Research  Grant  GM.   12300-2. 


July,  1967  NAUTILUS  23 

oblique  in  lateral  profile,  lying  at  about  45-52°  to  axis  of  shell, 
0.94-1.19  times  as  high  as  wide.  Peristome  sharp,  simple.  Interior 
of  aperture  frequently  with  a  low  callus  behind  peristome.  Col- 
umella oblique,  partially  reflected  over  umbilicus.  Parietal  callus 
thin,  transparent,  slightly  advanced. 

Ground  color  dark  tan  marked  with  numerous  white  streaks 
that  dominate  color  pattern.  Bands  generally  absent.  Two  bands 
may  be  vaguely  evident  in  some  specimens,  one  just  above  and 
the  other  just  below  the  periphery.  Embryonic  whorls  grayish-tan. 
Interior  of  aperture  rusty-tan.  Columella  grayish-white. 

Measurements  of  type:  height,  30.8  mm.;  major  diameter,  34.2 
mm.;  oblique  aperture  height,  24.0  mm.;  aperture  width,  21.5  mm.; 
4.2  whorls. 

Measurements  of  paratypes:  height,  28.2-33.1  mm.;  major  dia- 
meter, 32.0-38.3  mm.;  aperture  height,  21.1-25.0  mm.;  aperture 
width,  20.4-25.6  mm. 

Anatomy.  Most  aspects  of  the  anatomy  are  typical  for  the  genus 
as  described  by  Pilsbry  (1939:  395-396)  and  Burch  and  Thompson 
(1957) .  The  reproductive  system  is  illustrated  in  page  24,  figs. 
A,B.  Measurements  of  various  reproductive  structures  for  3  speci- 
mens are: 

flaffellum  79  mm.  68  mm.  60  mm. 

o 

cpiphallus 

penis 

verge 

vas  deferens 

penial  retractor  muscle 

spermatheca  and  duct 

spermatheca  and  duct 

above  diverticulum 
duct  below  diverticulum 
diverticulum 

(Comparable  measinements  for  other  species  in  which  the  ana- 
tomy is  known  are  given  in  Burch  and  Thompson,  1957) . 

Diagnostic  features  of  the  anatomy  are:  Mucous  glands  on 
vagina  separated  from  dart  sacs  (as  in  H.  texana  Pilsbry)  .  Verge 
with  a  vestigial  chamber  at  base  of  epiphallus.  Vagina  with  4 
equally  developed  and  functional  dart  sacs.  Spermatheca  with  4-6 
small  globular  pouches  on  surface.  Diverticulum  considerably  long- 
er than  distal  segment  of  spermathecal  duct,  and  about  as  long  as 


7 

11 

9 

7 

9 

— 

2.9 

2.0 

2.4 

26 

32 

25 

20 

— 

— 

46 

54 

39 

14 

12 

10 

32 

42 

29 

34 

36 

29 

24 


NAUTILUS 

albumin   gland- 


Vol.  81  (1) 


diverticulum 


verge— .£*izAii_ 


t  sacs 


Figs.  A,  B.  Humboldtiana  tescola  Thompson.  A.  Reproductive  system. 
B.  Interior  of  penis. 

lower  segment.  Flagellum  long,  3.5-5.6  times  length  of  penis  and 
epiphallus.  Epiphallus  short,  1.0-1.2  times  length  of  penis.  Nape 
and  snout  very  darkly  pigmented,  almost  black.  Sides  of  body  dark 
gray.  Lower  sides  of  foot  and  tail  light  giay. 

Type  locality.  Zacatecas,  15.7  miles  southwest  of  San  Tiburcio, 
7600  feet  alt.  Type:  University  of  Florida  Collections  (UF.)  19752; 
collected  August  6,  1966  by  Fred  G.  Thompson.  Paratypes:  UF. 
19753  (20) ,  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico  (3);  same  data  as  the  type. 

The  type  locality  lies  along  the  highway  from  Zacatecas  City  to 
Saltillo,  and  is  in  a  low,  dry  range  of  limestone  hills  that  rise  about 
400-600  feet  above  the  surrounding  desert.  Specimens  were  collect- 


July,  1967  NAUTILUS  25 

ed  in  limestone  crevices  and  under  dead  Joshua  tree  trunks  {Yucca 
sp.)  along  the  southeast  side  of  the  range  on  a  dry  rocky  hillside. 
The  vegetation  in  the  area  consisted  of  sparse,  low  desert  scrubs 
and  Cholla  cactus  {Opuntia,  s.  g.  Cylindropuntia  sp.) ,  and  oc- 
casional scattered  Joshua  trees  on  the  hill  tops. 

Relationships.  This  species  belongs  to  the  texana  group  (Burch 
and  Thompson,  1957:  2)  because  of  the  separation  of  the  mucous 
glands  from  the  dart  sacs  on  the  vagina.  H.  tescola  is  distinguished 
from  other  species  in  which  the  anatomy  is  known  by  the  diagnostic 
features  outlined  above.  It  is  unique  anatomically  because  of  the 
length  of  the  diverticulum  on  the  spermathecal  duct,  and  by  the 
presence  of  small  globular  pouches  on  the  spermatheca.  It  is  also 
unusual  in  that  it  has  a  proportionally  long  flagellum,  and  a 
relatively  short  epiphallus.  It  resembles  H.  fortis  Pilsbry  in  these 
latter  two  characters,  but  that  species  belongs  in  another  group 
because  of  the  close  association  of  the  mucous  glands  and  dart 
sacs  on  the  vagina,  and  in  having  only  two  well  developed,  func- 
tional dart  sacs. 

In  shell  features,  H.  tescola  is  similar  to  H.  hogeana  (Martens) 
in  the  weak  development  of  its  gianular  sculpture.  It  differs  from 
that  species  by  its  coarser  axial  striations  and  wrinkles,  its  bandless 
color  pattern,  its  deeper  suture,  and  its  more  protruding  embryonic 
whorls.  It  is  also  similar  to  H.  fortis  in  its  color  pattern,  but  that 
species  completely  lacks  granular  sculpture,  is  more  globose,  and 
is  thicker  shelled. 

References 

Burch,  John  B.  and  Fred  G.  Thompson.  1957  Three  new  Mexican 
land  snails  of  the  genus  Humboldtiana.  Occ.  Pap.  Mus.  Zool. 
Univ.  Mich.,  (590)  :  1-11;  pis.  1-5. 

Pilsbry,  Henry  A.  1939.  Land  Mollusca  of  North  America  (North 
of  Mexico)   Monogr.  3,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1   (1)  :  395-410. 

TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  PACHYCHILUS 
FROM  NORTHEASTERN  MEXICO^ 

By  FRED  G.  THOMPSON 
Florida  State  Museum,  University  of  Florida 

Two  new  species  of  Pachychilus  collected  during  recent  years 
are  remarkable  for  their  restricted  distributions.  One  is  confined 


^  Field  work  in  Mexico  during  1965  was  supported  by  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health  Research  Grant  GM.  12300-1. 


26  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

to  a  small  area  along  a  spring  run,  and  the  other  is  restricted  to  a 
very  narrow  zone  in  a  river  where  it  emerges  from  a  cave.  These 
species  are  interesting  additions  to  the  elaborate  fauna  that  was 
described  earlier  from  northeastern  Mexico  by  Pilsbry  and  Hinkley 
(1909)   and  Pilsbry   (1956). 

Pachychilus  apheles  new  species.  Page  28,  upper  figs.  1-5. 

Diagnosis.  A  species  of  the  subgenus  Oxymelania  characterized 
by  its  small  size,  its  slender  spire,  its  reduced  number  of  whorls 
due  to  erosion,  its  smooth  shell  with  very  fine  incremental  striations, 
and  its  laterally  situated  aperture  in  which  the  upper-outer  corner 
is  receded.  It  resembles  some  forms  of  P.  pleurostriatum  (Say)  in 
shape  and  color,  but  it  differs  from  that  species  by  its  small  size, 
more  slender  shape,  smooth  sculpture  and  decollate  shell. 

Description.  The  shell  is  small  and  black  or  reddish-black  in 
color.  The  shape  is  conico-turrite  with  the  apex  eroded  away 
leaving  2.0-3.5  whorls  in  adult  shells.  The  remaining  spire  is  longer 
than  the  height  of  the  aperture.  The  sculpture  of  adult  shells  con- 
sists primarily  of  fine  incremental  striations.  4-5  low  spiral  chords 
are  present  on  the  early  whorls  of  juvenile  shells,  and  some  chords 
may  persist  below  the  suture  to  the  penultimate  whorl  of  the  adult 
shell.  The  suture  is  moderately  impressed,  and  is  located  below  the 
periphery  of  the  preceding  whorl.  The  whorls  are  only  slightly 
arched  between  the  upper  suture  and  the  periphery.  The  aperture 
is  ovate,  and  is  laterally  extended  due  to  the  projection  of  the 
outer  peristome.  The  parietal  callus  is  moderately  thick.  The  upper 
corner  of  the  peristome  is  thickened  and  weakly  receded.  The 
interior  of  the  aperture  is  bluish-black  with  a  white  tinge  along 
the  columellar  margin.  The  operculum  is  paleomelanian  in 
structure. 

Measurements  in  mm.  of  5  representative  specimens  are: 

Length         Width         Aperture  Height         Whorls 


(TYPE) 


Type  locality.  A  spring  run  14  miles  west-southwest  of  Ciudad 
Valles,  on  the  road  to  Rio  Verde,  San  Luis  Potosi.  Type:   UF. 


14.2 

9.0 

7.0 

2.0 

16.2 

10.0 

8.0 

2.5 

19.4 

10.3 

8.2 

3.5 

20.2 

11.9 

8.9 

3.0 

20.5 

10.1 

8.5 

3.3 

July,    19(i7 


NAUTILUS 


27 


19756;  collected  April  11,  1965  by  Fred  G.  Thompson.  Paratypes: 
UF.  19757  (35),  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico  (6)  ;  same  data  as 
the  type. 


Hiiinboldl  :(ni(i  tescoht  Thoiiipson.  Upper  figures,  type.  Lower  figures, 
])ar;it\pc. 

Remarks.  The  spring  at  the  type  locality  issues  irom  the  ground 
about  200  meters  above  the  highway,  and  forms  a  large  deep  run 
where  it  is  crossed  by  the  road.  Near  the  highway  the  clay  sides 
and  bottom  ot  the  rini  are  nearly  barren  of  vegetation.  P.  aplieles 
and  P.  pleurostriatiis  ssp.  were  sparsely  distributed  on  the  sides  and 
bottom  of  the  run. 

P.  apheles  resembles  in  shape  the  more  slender  forms  of  P.  pleu- 
rostriatiis (Say).  It  differs  from  P.  pleurostriatiis  by  its  smaller  size, 
the  absence  of  spiral  chords  on  the  lower  whorls,  its  flatter  whorls, 
and  its  eroded  spire.  The  lateral  extension  of  the  aperture  is  not 
unique  to  P.  apheles,  but  it  is  more  apparent  than  in  other  forms 
because  of  the  absence  of  strong  sculpture  on  the  preceding  whorls. 


28 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (1) 


and  because  ol  the  narrow  spire.  P.  pleurostriatus  is  medium  sized 
for  the  genus,  has  strong  spiral  chords  through  the  length  ot  the 
shell,  has  moderately  arched  whorls,  and  retains  the  early  whorls 
of  the  shell,  even  in  habitats  w^here  other  species  become  badly 
eroded. 


Upper  figs.  1-5  (1.  type;  2-5,  paratypes)  :  Pachyclulus  aplieles  Thompson. 
Lower  figs.  1-5  (1,  type;  2-5,  paratypes):  P.  corjyulentus  Thompson.  Lower 
figs.  6-10:  P.  uiouncJms  Pilsbry  &  Hinklev. 

Pachychilus  corpulentus  new  species.  Page  28,  lower  figs.  1-5. 
Diagnosis.  A  species  of  the  subgenus  Ox)'m^/flnm  characterized 
by  its  obese  shape,  short  eroded  spire,  deep  suture,  rounded  whorls 
which  are  not  shouldered  below  the  suture,  weak  sculpture  con- 
sisting of  spiral  and  incremental  striations,  and  its  large,  weakly 
notched  aperture.  This  species  is  most  closely  related  to  P.  mona- 
chiis  Pilsbry  and  Hinkley,  because  of  similarities  in  the  shape  of 
the  aperture  and  the  shape  and  texture  of  the  preceding  whorls.  It 
differs  from  P.  monaclnis  by  having  moderately  arched  w^horls  that 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  29 

are  not  shouldered,  by  having  a  shorter  spire,  by  its  obese  shape, 
and  by  lacking  strong  spiral  threads  below  the  suture. 

Description.  The  shell  is  moderately  large,  ovate-conical  in  shape 
and  reddish-black  in  color.  The  upper  whorls  are  badly  eroded 
due  to  symbiotic  algae,  leaving  about  3.2-4.5  whorls  in  adult  shells 
so  that  the  snail  has  an  obese  appearance.  Erosion  of  the  shell  may 
be  so  extensive  that  only  small  patches  ot  the  periostracum  persist 
in  some  specimens  and  the  shell  may  be  roughly  pitted.  The  re- 
maining spire  is  about  as  long  as,  or  is  shorter  than  the  height  of 
the  aperture.  The  suture  is  deeply  impressed  and  the  whorls  are 
moderately  arched  between  the  sutures  but  are  not  shoiddered. 
The  sculpture  consists  of  numerous  close,  fine  incremental  stria- 
tions,  and  less  distinct,  more  widely  spaced  spiral  striations.  In 
occasional  specimens  nearly  obsolete  spiral  threads  may  also  be 
present  below  the  suture,  but  are  so  ^veak  and  infrequent  as  to  be 
non-characteristic  of  the  species.  The  aperture  is  irregular  in  shape, 
but  is  generally  ovate  or  broadly  elliptical.  The  interior  of  the 
aperture  is  bluish-black  with  a  white  tinge  along  the  parietal  callus 
and  the  columella.  The  parietal  callus  is  very  thick  and  extends 
laterally  beyond  the  preceding  whorls  so  that  the  upper  corner  of 
the  aperture  is  off-set  and  thickened.  The  corner  is  retracted  so 
that  a  shallo^v'  notch  is  formed  in  the  peristome.  The  operculum 
is  paleomelanian  in  structure. 

Measurements  in  mm.  of  5  representative  specimens  are: 
Length         Width         Aperture  Height         Whorls 


(TYPE) 


Type  locality.  Nacimiento  de  Rio  Mante,  about  5  miles  west  of 
Ciudad  Mante,  Tamaulipas.  Type  UF.  19754;  collected  January  26, 
1964  by  Fred  G.  Thompson.  Paratypes:  UF.  19755  (253),  Museo 
Nacional  de  Mexico    (30)  ;  same  data  as  the  type. 

Remarks.  The  Rio  Mante  issues  from  a  cave  at  the  base  of  a 
limestone  cliff.  Large  blocks  of  limestone  occur  in  the  river  near 
the  base  of  the  cliff,  but  elsewhere  the  river  bed  is  covered  with  sand 
and  silt.  P.  corpulentus  was  found  on  limestone  boulders  immedi- 


19.8 

19.7 

14.0 

3.3 

24.6 

18.1 

12.2 

3.5 

27.2 

17.8 

12.9 

4.0 

30.1 

19.5 

15.8 

4.5 

31.7 

18.7 

14.2 

4.1 

30  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

ately  at  the  mouth  of  the  cave,  but  did  not  occur  even  ten  yards 
downstream  on  similar  limestone  blocks. 

P.  corpulentus  is  most  similiar  to  P.  monachus  Pilsbry  and  Hink- 
ley  which  it  resembles  in  characteristics  of  the  aperture,  and  the 
color,  texture,  and  appearance  of  the  lower  whorls.  P.  monachus 
differs  from  P.  corpulentus  by  having  nearly  flat-sided  whorls  that 
are  strongly  shouldered  below  the  suture,  by  having  a  more  slender 
shell  with  a  longer  spire,  and  by  having  distinct  spiral  threads  or 
chords  below  the  suture  through  the  length  of  the  shell.  Topotypic 
specimens  of  P.  monachus  are  illustrated  for  comparative  purposes 
(page  28,  figs.  6-10). 

The  notched  aperture  is  not  unique  to  P.  corpulentus,  but  occurs 
independently  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  This  character  tends 
to  occur  in  some  specimens  of  P.  monachus,  and  to  much  more 
elaborate  extremes  in  P.  pleurotoma  Pilsbry  and  Hinkley,  and 
P.  dalli  Pilsbry  (1896:  269-270).  These  species  do  not  have  rela- 
tionships in  common,  but  are  more  closely  related  to  other  un- 
notched  species  of  the  genus.  P.  pleurotoma  is  similar  in  all  other 
features  of  the  shell  to  P.  suturalis  Pilsbry  and  Hinkley,  with  which 
it  may  be  subspecifically  related  (Pilsbry,  1956:  37)  .  P.  dalli  is 
similar  in  other  shell  features  to  large  species  of  the  P.  laevissimus 
complex  of  southern  Mexico  and  Central  America. 

Morrison  (1952:  7)  proposed  the  subgenus  Pilsbrychilus  for  P. 
dalli  because  of  its  notched  peristome.  By  definition  this  subgenus 
would  also  include  P.  pleurotoma,  P.  corpulentus,  and  possibly  P. 
monachus,  or  would  justify  the  recognition  of  another  subgenus  to 
include  these  species.  Since  the  character  occurs  among  unrelated 
species  within  the  genus,  and  is  of  dubious  specific  value  in  at 
least  one  instance  (P.  pleurotoma),  its  use  as  a  subgeneric  criterion 
is  unacceptable.  Pilsbrychilus  Morrison,  1952,  cannot  be  considered 
distinct  from  Pachychilus  Lea,  1851,  s.s. 

References 

Morrison,  J.  P.  E.  World  relationships  of  the  melanians  (an  Ab- 
stract). Amer.  Malac.  Union  New  Bull.  Ann.  Rept.,  1951:  6-9. 
1952. 

Pilsbry,  H.  A,  A  remarkable  central  American  melanian.  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  269-270.  1896. 

Pilsbry,  H.  A.  Inland  Mollusca  of  northern  Mexico.  III.  Polygy- 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  51 

ridae  and  Potodominae.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  108\  19-40. 
1956. 
Pilsbry,  H.  A.  and  A.  A.  Hinkley  Melaniidae  of  the  Panuco  River 
system,  Mexico.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  519-531   1909. 


HENRY  G.  FRAMPTON 

1902-1966 

Henry  G.  Frampton  was  born  in  Sharon,  Pennsylvania  on  Feb- 
ruary 4,  1902.  He  attended  grade  schools  in  Sharon  and  in  St. 
Petersburg,  Florida,  and  later  Culver  Academy,  Culver,  Indiana, 
and  the  University  of  the  South  at  Sewanee,  Tennessee.  He  started 
his  career  as  a  newspaper  man  in  Knoxville,  Tennessee,  and  later 
became  managing  editor  of  the  Clearwater,  Florida  Sun.  In  1926 
he  moved  to  Miami  and  joined  the  staff  of  the  Miami  Daily  News, 
first  as  a  reporter  and  later  as  News  Editor. 

Ahvays  a  naturalist  at  heart,  his  interest  in  mollusks,  particularly 
the  genus  Liguus,  became  established  about  this  time,  largely 
through  his  association  with  Charles  Torrey  Simpson,  one-time 
staff  member  of  the  Division  of  Mollusks  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum.  A  little  later  he  became  acquainted  with 
Richard  Deckert,  a  nature  artist,  and  Joseph  Farnum,  a  local 
Miami  naturalist.  Both  of  these  men  were  ardent  students  and 
collectors  of  Lig-uns. 

In  1936  Mr,  Frampton  was  named  "Outstanding  Newspaperman 
of  the  Year"  in  Florida  and  the  quality  of  his  work  was  instru- 
mental in  the  awarding  of  the  Pulitzer  Prize  in  Journalism  to  the 
Miami  Daily  News  in  1938.  Shortly  after  this  time  he  gave  up 
newspaper  work  in  order  to  establish  his  own  business,  the  Tropical 
Biological  Supply  Co.  in  Miami. 

In  1952  he  became  interested  in  Doberman  Pinschers  and  in  a 
very  short  time  became  an  outstanding  exhibitor.  It  was  while 
showing  a  prize  dog  at  a  show  in  Greenville,  South  Carolina,  on 
July  29,  1966,  that  he  suffered  a  cerebral  hemorrhage  which  caused 
his  death. 

Henry  Frampton  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Theodosia  Howie 
Frampton  of  Miami  and  one  son.  Major  Henry  G.  Frampton  II  of 
Colorado  Springs,  Colorado. 

Mrs.  Frampton  very  kindly  presented  his  very  large  collection  of 


32  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (1) 

Liguus  to  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity and  we  are  indebted  to  her  as  well  for  much  of  the  data  given 
above. 

The  collection  of  Liguus  approximates  16,000  specimens  which 
were  collected  mainly  in  4  areas,  namely  Pinecrest,  Central  Ever- 
glades; Long  Pine  Key,  south  central  Everglades;  the  coastal  ridge 
from  Fort  Lauderdale  to  Homestead  and  the  lower  Florida  Keys. 
Most  of  the  specimens  were  collected  between  1930  and  1935. 

During  March  and  April  of  1931,  William  Schevill  and  I  were 
camping  on  Paradise  Key,  less  than  1/2  mile  east  of  Long  Pine  Key. 
At  that  time  we  were  making  daily  trips  to  Long  Pine  Key  for 
Liguus.  H.  A.  Pilsbry  had  joined  us  here  for  a  short  period  of 
time,  staying  at  the  old  lodge  at  night  but  having  his  meals  with 
us.  One  week-end,  Henry  Frampton  and  Richard  Deckert  put  up 
at  the  lodge  and  we  all  planned  a  long  trip  north  of  Long  Pine 
Key  into  territory  which  had  never  been  explored  for  Liguus. 
With  two  cars  we  drove  to  the  north  edge  of  the  Key,  then  a  tramp 
of  about  two  miles  brought  us  to  a  hammock  which  we  called 
Powell  Hammock  after  A.  W.  B.  Powell  of  the  Auckland  Institute 
and  Museum  of  New  Zealand.  A  beautiful  yellow  Liguus  (L.  loss- 
manicus  Pilsbry)  was  the  only  color  form  present  on  this  hammock 
and  they  were  exceedingly  numerous.  In  order  to  cover  more 
ground,  we  decided  to  split  the  party,  Henry  and  I  to  explore  the 
country  to  the  north  and  east,  the  others  to  cover  several  ham- 
mocks near  by.  At  that  time  Dr.  Pilsbry  was  70  years  old  and 
Deckert  not  much  younger  and  a  very  long  trip  on  foot  for  them 
was  hardly  advisable.  It  was  still  early  in  the  morning,  about 
7  o'clock,  when  we  left  the  others  and  Henry  and  I  didn't  get 
back  to  the  car  until  about  10  P.M.  This  ended  what  was  to  be 
the  longest  walk  either  of  us  ever  made;  we  estimated  it  to  be 
about  30  miles!  Most  of  the  hammocks  we  explored  were  small 
and  but  few  of  these  possessed  Liguus.  The  walk  back  to  the  car 
gave  us  ample  opportunity  to  discuss  the  numerous  problems  con- 
cerned with  the  distribution  of  Liguus.  A  warm  friendship  devel- 
oped from  this  day  in  the  'glades  which  has  lasted  through  the 
years.  —  W.  J.  Clench 

NOTES  AND  NEWS 
Dates  of  the  Nautilus.  —  Vol.  80,  no.  1,  pp.  1-36,  iii,  was 


July,  1967  NAUTILUS  33 

mailed  July  6,  1966.  No.  2,  pp.  37-72,  iii,  pis.  1-4,  Oct.  11,  1966. 
No,  3,  pp.  73-108,  iii,  including  pi.  5,  Jan.  24,  1967.  No.  4,  pp. 
109-144,  iii,  iv,  including  pis.  6-9,  April  24,  1967.  —  H.  B.  B. 

Correction  for  April  no.  —  On  plate  9,  p.  124,  change 
"Miller"  to  Russell,  after  subspecies  name.  Apologies  are  presented 
for  this  error.  —  H.  B.  B. 

AcROLoxus  coloradensis  from  Montana.  —  Acroloxus  lacustris 
(Linne)  is  a  common  fresh  water  limpet  in  central  and  western 
European  lakes.  Ancylus  hendersoni  was  described  by  Bryant 
Walker  in  1925  from  Eldora  Lake  near  Boulder,  Colorado.  It  was 
renamed  Ancylus  coloradensis  by  Junius  Henderson  in  1930.  This 
species  is  the  only  known  representative  of  the  genus  Acroloxus  in 
North  America.  In  addition  to  the  type  locality,  it  has  been 
reported  by  Mozley  from  Jasper  Park,  Alberta,  Canada,  and  by 
Taylor  as  a  fossil  from  the  Pleistocene  (Dixon  Local  Fauna)  of 
south-central  Kansas.  The  authors  have  collected  A.  coloradensis 
in  Lost  Lake,  Glacier  National  Park,  Montana.  Lost  Lake  is  a 
small  lake  of  approximately  two  acres  and  is  located  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  about  4700  feet.  The  lake  drains  into  St.  Mary's  Lake,  a 
part  of  the  Hudsonian  Drainage.  Acroloxus  coloradensis  has  been 
found  on  the  imdersides  of  rocks  in  shallow  water  near  shore. 
There  was  sparse  vegetation  in  the  lake,  and  the  only  other 
mollusks  which  have  been  collected  are  Physa  gyrina  (Say)  and 
Pisidium  casertanum  (Poli)  .  The  sponge,  Spongilla  lacustris 
(Linne),  was  also  abundant  in  the  lake. 

We  should  like  to  thank  Dr.  Bengt  Hubendick,  director  of  the 
Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Goteborg,  Sweden,  for  the  identi- 
fication of  Acroloxus.  —  Richard  H.  Russell  and  Royal  Bruce 
Brunson,  Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Montana, 
Missoula. 

References 
Henderson,  J.  1930.  Ancylus  coloradensis,  new  name  for  A.  hender- 
soni Walker,  1925,  not  1908.  Nautilus,  44:Sl. 
Mozley,  A.  1926,  Preliminary  list  of  the  Mollusca  of  Jasper  Park, 

Alberta.  Nautilus,  -Z^: 53-56. 
Taylor,   D.W.    1959.   Late  Cenozoic  molluscan   faunas   from   the 

High  Plains,  U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Professional  paper  337. 
Walker,  B.  1925.  New  species  of  North  American  Ancylidae  and 
Lancidae.  Occ.  Pap.  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Mich.  No.  165. 


34  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

Ecology  of  Bulimulus  dealbatus  at  Everman,  Texas  —  The 
following  notes  deal  with  the  feeding  habits  and  parts  of  the  life- 
cycle  of  this  snail  in  Tarrant  County,  Texas.  Living  specimens 
were  found  aestivating  on  leaves  of  Johnson  grass  (Sorghastrum) 
in  June,  1958.  On  May  8,  1959  many  speciments  were  noted,  and 
two  pairs  were  seen  mating  conjoined  by  the  sex-organs.  A  sperm- 
atophore  was  removed  artificially  from  one  pair.  The  spermato- 
phore  is  much  as  in  Helix  aspersa,  being  composed  of  a  long, 
thread  behind  a  slightly  stouter  semen-filled  opaque  portion,  which 
in  turn  is  preceded  by  a  short,  stout,  transparent  end  of  about  the 
same  length  as  the  opaque  part.  The  semen  mass  is  only  about 
1/10  to  1/12  the  total  length  of  the  spermatophore.  July  2,  1959, 
rain  and  large  numbers  of  specimens  noted  climbing  vegetation, 
mostly  low  grass  and  forbs.  Collected  52  living  dealbatus  of  various 
sizes.  Each  was  marked  by  India  ink  on  the  aperture  and  numbered 
on  the  outer  whorl  (ultimate)  above  the  aperture,  and  the  dry 
ink  protected  by  a  layer  of  clear  lacquer.  Twenty  shells  were  full- 
sized  adults,  10  smaller  but  seemingly  reproductively  mature,  and 
12  were  half  grown  juveniles.  The  specimens  were  released  July 
14,  by  a  wooden  stake  driven  into  a  stand  of  prairie  vegetation, 
mostly  unmowed  grass,  where  the  species  had  been  previously 
found.  July  18,  prolonged  rain  in  the  afternoon.  A  marked  snail, 
number  now  illegible,  noted  13  feet  3  inches  from  stake;  13  spec- 
imens were  7-19  feet  from  stake,  averaging  a  foot  apart.  One 
marked  snail  was  adjacent  to  the  stake.  The  most  far-moved 
snail  was  found  alive  62  feet  SSW  of  the  release  stake.  The  dis- 
persal pattern  was  somewhat  concentric.  Most  were  moving  west 
in  slightly  shorter  grass.  Specimen  20  was  seen  feeding  on  a  dead- 
brown  herb  fragment.  Observations  were  continued  in  a  separate, 
more  distant  area,  very  gentle  rain  was  yet  falling.  Two  crawling 
not  feeding;  two  on  wilted,  brown,  wild-lettuce  (Lactuca)  stem 
and  chewing  dead-brown  leaves.  One  feeding  on  sepals  of  dead 
composite;  two  fed  on  dead-brown  forb;  one  chewing  on  dead- 
brown  end  of  a  grass  blade;  Very  small  specimen  noted  crawling, 
just  slightly  larger  than  newly  hatched  young  as  seen  in  the 
laboratory.  Adults  (2)  were  eating  dead-green  ragweed  (Am- 
brosia) leaf,  and  stem.  One  was  feeding  on  dried  red-flowered 
composite.  July  19,  one  was  noted  feeding  on  cut  dead-brown 
stem  of  a  coneflower.  One  was  feeding  on  dead-brown  stem  of 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  35 

Lactuca;  One  on  dead-brown  cut-leaf  of  small  ragweed;  one  was 
on  the  bark  of  a  dead-brown  coneflower  stem.  In  making  the 
feeding  observations,  gieat  care  had  to  be  used  in  approaching 
the  snails  as  sound  or  foot-fall  (vibration)  caused  them  to  with- 
draw or  cease  feeding,  for  unless  the  mouthing  actions  could  be 
observed  the  snail  could  not  be  recorded  as  feeding.  The  mowing 
of  the  edges  of  the  field  by  the  gravel  roadside  seemed  to  cause  a 
concentration  of  specimens  here  with  a  lesser  population  density 
in  more  central  area  of  the  fields.  A  slight  embankment  present 
by  the  roadside  may  also  have  in  some  way  had  an  effect  to  con- 
centrate population.  July  20,  an  adult  was  noted  with  its  head, 
neck,  and  forebody  thrust  into  the  ground.  Removal  of  the  spec- 
imen revealed  a  short  tube  to  penetrate  the  ground.  A  mass  of 
whitish,  collapsible  eggs  cohered  in  a  loose  cluster  in  the  earth  at 
the  end  of  the  tube.  These  eggs  hatched  about  Aug.  4,  and  23 
young  were  noted  aestivating  on  the  sides  of  the  jar-cage.  On  July 
20,  about  a  dozen  dealbatus  also  were  noted  feeding  on  dead-brown 
herbs  (mostly  forbs))  but  not  one  was  seen  eating  living  vegeta- 
tion. If  this  species'  habits  are  as  noted  here,  it  should  be  considered 
economically  beneficial  since  it  eats  non-living  vegetation  of  weeds 
rather  than  grasses.  —  Glenn  R.  Webb. 

Unitas  Malacologica  Europaea.  —  The  third  European  Mala- 
cological  Congress  will  be  held  September  3  to  6,  1968,  in  Vienna, 
Austria.  It  will  be  preceded  by  a  symposium  on  "Mollusks  as 
parasites  and  their  transmitters"  (Sept.  1-3)  .  Applications  for 
additional  infomiation  and  notices  of  attendance  should  reach 
me  before  Aug.  31,  1967.  —  Dr.  Oliver  E.  Pagot,  President, 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  Burgring  7,  A-1014,  Vienna,  Austria. 

Mudalia.  —  Haldeman,  1840,  Monogr.,  suppl.  to  no.  1:  pp. 
I  &  2,  originally  included  2  species,  which  he  termed  Anculosa 
(Mudalia)  turgida  and  Paludina  (Mudalia)  dissimilis  Say  [Cf. 
Tryon,  1873:  xxxiv.].  The  first  selection  of  its  type  seems  to  be 
that  of  Hannibal,  1912,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  London  10:  168,  who 
chose  Paludina  dissimilis  Say  =  Bulinius  carinatus  Brug.  [Cf., 
Morrison,  1954:  361],  below  his  statement  that  "types  have  been 
cited  for  all  the  group  names  ..."  Apparently  available  synonyms 
are:  Nitocris  Adams,  1854.  Spirodon  Tryon,  1873.  Alleghenya 
Clench  &  Boss,  1967.  —  H.  Burrington  Baker. 


36  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (1) 

JuGA  AND  Melasma.  —  When,  196:^,  Naiu.  11 :  "^b,  a  subsequent 
selection  ol  type  was  made  for  Melanin  (Melasma)  H.  &  A.  Adams, 
1854,  The  genera  ot  recent  Mollusca  /:  .H02,  and  another  for 
Vibex  (Jiiga),  op.  cit.:  304,  I  overlooked  earlier  citations  of  "types" 
by  Hannibal,  1912:  174.  However,  his  choice  of  Buccinum  virgin- 
icum  Gmelin  for  Juga  is  incorrect;  actually  Adams,  1854,  included 
"Virginica,  Gmelin"  in  the  genus  Ceriphasia  (p.  297)  but  listed 
"Virginea,  Say"  |Cf.  Tryon,  1873:  xv]  under  Juga.  Thus  my 
selection  of  Adams's  "siliada,  Gould"  appears  to  be  the  first  valid 
subsequent  designation. 

On  the  other  hand,  Hannibal's  citation  of  "Melania  blanda, 
Lea"  for  Melasma  seems  an  acceptable  designation  of  type,  but 
the  result  is  about  the  same,  since  M.  blanda  Lea,  1841  [not  1871] 
is  a  subjective  synonym  of  Adams's  "laqueata,  Say,"  which  was 
my  later  selection.  —  H.B.B. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Clench,  Wm.  J.  1966.  Notes  and  descriptions  of  new  Urocoptidae 
from  Cuba  and  Hispaniola  (Mollusca:  Pulmonata)  .  Breviora 
no.  245:  11  pp.  including  2  pis.  N.  spp.  of  Archegocoptis,  Uro- 
coptis  R:  Bracfiypodella. 

Feng,  S.  Y.  1965.  Heart  rate  and  leucocyte  circulation  in  Crassostrea 
viginica   (Gmelin) .  Biol.  Bull.  128:  198-210,  figs.  1-5,  tables  1-4. 

Frick,  Wolfgang.  1964.  Der  Kalziumstoffwechsel  bei  Helix  pomatia 
unter  dem  Einfluss  wechselnder  Kohlensaureatmospharen  [Influ- 
ence of  COo  on  calc  changes.]  Mitt.  Zoo.  Mus.  Berlin  41:  95-120, 
figs.  1-4,  tables  1-7,  and  pis.  1-7. 

Frontz,  Harold  O.  1966.  New  Solenocliilus  species  from  the  Cone- 
maugh  series  of  eastern  Ohio.  Ohio.  J.  Sci.  66:  433-436,  3  figs. 

Frings,  Hubert  &  Carl.  1965.  Chemosensory  bases  of  food-finding 
and  feeding  in  Aplysia  Juliana  (Mollusca,  Opisthobranchia) . 
Biol.  Bull.  12S:  211-217,  figs.  1-3. 

Ghose,  Krishna  Chandra.  1962.  The  nervous  system  of  Achatina 
fulica  Bowdich.  Ann.  Zoo.  [Agra]  4:  25-38,  including  fig.  1 
and  pi.  1. 

1963.  Morphogenesis  of  the  pericardium  and  heart,  kidney 

and  ureter,  and  gonad  and  gonoduct  in  the  giant  land  snail, 
Achatina  fulica  Bowdich.  Proc.  Zoo.  Soc.  16:  201-214,  figs.  1-21. 


July,   1967  NAUTILUS  iii 
1963.  The  pedal  gland  of  Achatina  fulica.  J.  Animal  Moiph. 


and  Physiol.  10:  80-82,  including  pi.  1. 

—  1963.  The  early  stages  of  development  in  Achatina  fulica 
Bowdich  (Mollusca:  Gastropoda)  .  J.  Bombay  Nat.  Hist.  Soc . 
^^.-228-232,  pis.   1-3. 

—  1964.  The  kidneys  of  two  land-snails  [Mollusca:  Pulmonata]. 


Proc.  Zoo.  Soc.  Calcutta  17:  159-167,  including  2  figs,  and  1  pi. 
—  1964.  The  structures  of  the  heart  of  Achatina  fulica  and 


Macrochlamys  indica  and  pace-maker  mechanism  and  refilling 
of  the  auricle  in  A.  fulica,  with  a  discussion  of  the  same  in  gast- 
ropods. Philippine  J.  Sci.  93:  219-229,  including  fig.  1  and  pi.  1. 


WILLIAM  H.  WEEKS  SHELL  COLLECTION:  New  price  lists 
of  this  famous  collection,  with  full  scientific  data,  are  in  prepa- 
ration. Many  new  additions  of  fine  and  rare  species  are  also 
included.  To  obtain  free  copies  write: 

George  E.  Jacobs,  853  Riverside  Drive,  New  York  32,  N.  Y. 


Vol.  81 OCTOBER,  1967 No.  2 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

THE  PILSBRY  QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS    AND    PUBLISHERS 

Horace  Burrington   Baker,   11   Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pa. 
(Emeritus  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  Pennsylvania) 

Charles  B.  Wurtz,  Biology  Department 
La  Salle  College,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  19141 

R.  Tucker  Abbott,  Henry  A.  Pilsbr)^  Chair  of  Malacology 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,   Pa.   19103 


CONTENTS 

Malacohdella  grossa  in  Pilar  morrhuana  and  Mercenaria 

campechiensis.  By  John  \V.  Ropes  and  Arthur  S.  Merrill  37 

Pleistocene  mollusks  from  New  Providence,  Bahamas.  By 
Edgar  B.   Hebard   41 

How  to  distinguish  between  Limopsis  and  Glycymeris.  By 

David  Nicol   45 

Cassis  madagascariensis  and  C.  m.  spinella  offshore  at 

Beaufort,  North  Carolina.  By  Douglas  A.   Wolfe  47 

Radulae  of  two  species  of  Pleuroploca    (Fasciolariidae) 

from  the  Indo-Pacific.  By  Virginia  Orr  Maes  48 

Two  new  Sonorella  from  Rincon  Mountains  of  Arizona. 

By    Walter  B.    Miller    54 

Mollusks  of  the  Outer  Banks,  N.  C.  By  Dorothy  E.  Beetle  61 

Some  land  snail  records  from  Oklahoma  and  Arkansas.  By 
Leslie  Hubricht  65 

Notes  and  news  67       Publications  n 


Wa^llie  Biotogxaliaboratoi 

'  LIBRARY 


.25  per  year  ($4.75  to  Foreign  Countries)  $1.25  a  copy. 

OCT  2  5  1967 

Mrs.  Horace  B.  Baker,  Business  Manager 
11   Chelten  Road,   Havertown,   Pennsylvania   19O83;0DS  HOLE,  MASS. 

Second-Class  Postage  paid  at  Spring  House,  Pa. 


NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Mollusks,  edited  and  published 
by  Horace  B.  Baker,  Charles  B.  Wurtz  and  R.  Tucker  Abbott. 

Matter  for  publication  should  be  sent  to  the  senior  editor.  Manuscripts 
should  be  typewritten  and  DOUBLE  SPACED  throughout,  including  titles, 
footnotes  and  bibliographies.  Galley  proof  (without  manuscript)  will  be 
submitted  to  authors  only  if  requested,  on  or  attached  to  first  page  of  MS. 

Authors  are  charged  for  engraving  blocks  of  plates  and/or  figures  at  cost. 
Minimum  charge  for  each  block  is  $3.00. 

Reprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.  Orders  should  be  wrhten  on  or 
attached  to  first  page  of  manuscript,  purchase  ORDERS,  when  re- 
quired, and  shipping  instructions,  MUST  accompany  original  order.  Extra 
clerical  or  bookkeeping  work  because  of  delayed  receipt  of  purchase  orders 
will  be  charged  for  accordingly: 

2  pp. 

100  copies  3.25 

Additional   100s  1.30 

Plates:  Add  $1.25  per  plate. 

[Postage  Extra] 

Reprints  are  shipped,  with  invoices,  by  Pony  Printing,  4  Cloverdale  Avenue, 
Upper  Darby,  Pennsylvania  19082. 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Secretary,  Route  2,  Box  318,  Marinette,  Wisconsin  54143. 


4  pp. 

8  pp. 

6.00 

9.50 

2.00 

3.00 

Back  Issues:  Vols,  3-70,  if  available,  can  be  obtained  from  Kraus  Periodicals, 
Inc.,  16  East  46th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10017.  Vols.  71  to  date  are 
available  from  the  Nautilus,  11  Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pennsylvania 
19083,  and  vary  in  price. 


In  satisfaction  of  postal  regulation   132-622. 

Owners    (but   non-profit)  :    Dr.   &   Mrs.   Horace  B.   Baker,   Dr.   Charles   B. 
Wurtz,  Dr.  R.  Tucker  Abbott.   Paid  subscriptions:   560,  shipped  by  mail. 


THE  NAUTILUS 

Vol.  81  October,   1967  No.  2 

MALACOBDELLA  GROSSA  IN  PITAR 
MORRHUANA  AND  MERCENARIA  CAMPECHIENSIS 

By  JOHN  W.  ROPES  and  ARTHUR  S.  MERRILL 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Biological  Laboratory,  Oxford,  Md. 

Specimens  of  the  morrhua  venus,  Pitar  morrhuana  \  (Linsley) , 
containing  the  commensal  nemertean,  Malacohdella  grossa  (O.  F. 
Miiller) ,  were  collected  during  a  May-June  1966  cruise  of  the 
Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  research  vessel  "Delaware."  Pitar 
morrhuana  has  been  recently  discovered  as  a  fifth  host  for  the 
nemertean    along    the    western    North    Atlantic    coast    by    Ropes 

(1966) .  The  present  account  adds  to  the  records  of  the  initial  dis- 
covery and  includes  observations  of  the  nemertean  in  the  southern 
quahog,  Mercenaria  campechiensis  (Gmelin)  .  More  extensive  dis- 
tributional records  of  the  quahog  offshore  of  the  middle  Atlantic 
coast  were  reported  by  Merrill  and  Ropes   (1967) . 

A  hydraulic  surf  clam  dredge  caught  73  P.  morrhuana  at  10  of 
447  locations  from  Montauk  Point,  N.  Y.,  to  Ocracoke  Inlet,  N.  C. 

(Fig.  1) .  A  total  of  61  P.  morrhuana  came  from  three  locations; 
22  contained  the  nemertean,  an  incidence  of  36%.  None  of  the  re- 
maining 12  clams,  from  seven  other  locations,  contained  the  nemer- 
tean. The  shell  length  measurements  of  the  clams  ranged  from  18 
to  50  mm.  and  averaged  35.9  mm.;  M.  grossa  occurred  in  specimens 
27  to  47  mm.  long.  No  multiple  occurrences  of  the  nemertean 
were  observed. 

The  nemertean  was  found  in  91  of  104  M.  campechiensis  from 
13  locations  (Fig.  1),  an  incidence  of  87.57o-  Porter  (1962)  found 
the  nemertean  nearly  as  often  (83.3%)  in  southern  quahogs  taken 
off  North  Carolina.  We  found  multiple  occurrences  in  two  clams; 
one  contained  4  worms,  the  other  2.  The  quahogs  were  larger 

(length  range,  80  to  127  mm.;  average,  104.5  mm.)  than  P.  mor- 
rhuana —  providing  more  space  for  multiple  occurrances  of  the 
nemertean.  Generally,  only  one  nemertean  inhabits  each  host. 

Martin  L.  H.  Thomas,  Fisheries  Research  Board  of  Canada, 
Biological  Substation,  Ellerslie,  P.  E.  I.,  found  M.  grossa  in  P. 
morrhuana  from  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  north  to  Goose  Harbor, 

37 


38 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (2) 


Pitor  morfhuono    * 


Sompl*  locations 

Depth  in 

Nutnbar 

of    P.  morrliuana 

Lot.   N. 

Long    W 

Meteri 

Eiomined 

•rith  M.  grottj 

39   02 

74    29 

20 

45 

16 

38    59 

74    29 

20 

9 

3 

38    40 

74    47 

1  1 

2 

0 

37    42 

75     13 

22 

1 

0 

37    41 

75     15 

20 

1 

0 

37    42 

75    05 

29 

7 

3 

36   29 

75    23 

24 

1 

0 

36    23 

75    33 

18 

4 

0 

36    IS 

75    31 

26 

2 

0 

36    09 

75    31 

29 

1 

0 

IMtrcenariQ    camp* 

ch.ensis   • 

Somple   locations 

D«pth  in 
Meters 

Number 

Enomined 

of    M.  compechient 

J 

Lot.  N. 

Long.  W 

witl>  M    grosto 

38    52 

74    47 

13 

1  1 

5 

38    40 

74    52 

27 

2 

1 

38    09 

74    49 

22 

4 

4 

37    48 

74    52 

20 

25 

22 

37    48 

75    07 

27 

1 

1 

37    42 

75     18 

20 

6 

6 

37    38 

75    34 

10 

1 

1 

37    28 

75    34 

16 

4 

2 

37    26 

75    28 

20 

1  1 

1  1 

37    25 

75    22 

27 

1 

1 

37    20 

75    38 

1  1 

1 

1 

37     12 

75    43 

1  1 

20 

19 

37    04 

75    48 

1  1 

1  7 

17 

-1 — 

74° 


n' 


Figure  1.  Sample  locations  for  Pilar  morrhuana  and  Mercenaria  campechi- 
ensis  and  numbers  containing  Malacobdella  grossa,  middle  Atlantic  coast. 

P.  E.  I.,  and  Grand  Etang,  Nova  Scotia  (personal  communica- 
tion).  Of  15  F.  morrhuana  collected  from  Malpeque  Bay  on  25 
August  1966,  12  (35  to  50  mm.  long)  contained  the  nemertean. 
Coe  (1954)  reported  that  M.  grossa  is  widely  distributed  along 
the  Atlantic  coast  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Texas.  Ropes  (1966)  found 
the  association  of  the  commensal  and  P.  morrhuana  in  offshore 
New  Jersey  waters.  The  above  records  extend  the  geographical 


October,   1967  nautilus  39 

Table  1.   A  list  of  known  mollusk  hosts  for  the  "enus  Malacobdella 


Atlantic  coast  pelecypod  hosts 
for  Malacobdella  jrrossa 


Reference 


Mercenaria  mercenaria 
Mercenaria  campechiensis 
Crassostrea  virginica 
Mya  arenaria 
Pitar  morrhuana 


European  coast  pelec\'pod  hosts 
for  Malacobdella  grossa 


Coe,  1943 
Porter,  1962 
Coe,  1943 
Coe,  1943 
Ropes,  1966; 
M.L  KThomas,  196' 


y€bmmu  n  i  c  a  t  i  o  n  ) 


(Personal 


Mya  arenaria 
Mya  truncata 
Cardium  aculeatuni 
Isocardia  cor 
Venus  mercenaria 
Pholas  crispata~ 
Ar c t ic a  islandic a 
Mactra  stultorum 


Coe,  1*^43 


Pacific  coast  pelecypod  hosts 
for  Malacobdella  grossa 

Siliqua  patula 
Macoma  secta 


Guberlet,  1925 
Coe^  1943 


Pacific  coast  pelecypod  hosts 
for  Malacobdella  minuta 

Yoldia  cooperi 

Japanese  coast  pelecypod  hosts 
for  Malacobdella  japonica 

Mactra  sachalinensis 

South  American  gastropod  hosts 
for  Malacobdella  auriculae 


Coe,  1945 


Takakura,  1897 


Chilina  dombeiana 


Guberlet,  1925 


range  of  this  association  north  to  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  and 
south  to  below  Chesapeake  Bay,  The  nemertean  association  with 
M.  campechiensis  described  above  extends  the  records  of  this  re- 
lationship north  to  Cape  May,  N.  J.  Porter  (1962)  originally 
found  the  nemertean  in  southern  quahogs  off  Cape  Lookout  and 
Beaufort,  N.  C.  Since  M.  campechiensis  occurs  southward  into  the 


40  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (2) 

Gull  of  Mexico  (Abbott,  1954) ,  possibly  the  nemertean  is  present 
in  these  clams  too. 

Seventeen  molluscan  species  serve  as  hosts  for  the  genus  Mala- 
cobdella  (Table  1)  ;  and  14  of  these  are  listed  for  M.  grossa.  Two 
species  of  the  genus  Mactra,  taxonomically  close  relatives  of  surf 
clams,  Spisula  soUdissima  (Dillwyn) ,  are  hosts  for  the  nemer- 
tean— one  on  the  European  coast  and  one  on  the  Japanese  coast. 
Although  the  relationship  between  M.  grossa  and  the  two  species 
of  Mactra  suggests  that  the  nemertean  might  occur  in  surf  clams, 
none  of  several  thousand  clams  opened  in  our  studies  has  con- 
tained it.  Numerous  ocean  quahogs,  Arctica  islandica  (Linnaeus) , 
a  host  for  the  commensal  in  Europe  (Brunberg,  1964) ,  have  also 
been  examined  with  negative  results.  Both  S.  soUdissima  and  A. 
islandica  are  more  abundant  and  widely  distributed  than  P. 
morrhuana  and  M.  campechiensis  along  the  middle  Atlantic  coast. 
Nevertheless,  apparently  the  nemertean  is  unable  to  associate 
with  either  of  the  species. 

Literature  cited 
Abbott,  R.  T.   1954.  American  Seashells.  D.  Van  Nostrand  Co., 

Inc.,  New  Jersey,  541  p. 
Brunberg,  L.   1964.  On  the  nemertean  fauna  of  Danish  waters. 

Ophelia  1:  77-111. 
Coe,   W.   R.    1943.    Biology    of   the    nemerteans   of    the   Atlantic 

coast  of   North   America.   Trans.   Connecticut  Acad.   Arts  Sci. 

55:    129-328. 
Coe,  W.  R.  1945.  Malacobdella  miniita,  a  new  commensal  nemer- 
tean. J.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  35:  65-67. 
Coe,  W.  R.  1954.  The  nemertean  fauna  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

In  Galtsoff,  Paul  S.    (ed.)    Gulf  of  Mexico — its  origins,  waters, 

and  marine  life.  U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Fish.  Bull.  55: 

303-309. 
Guberlet,  J.  E.   1925.  Malacobdella  grossa  from  the  Pacific  coast 

of  North  America.  Publ.  Puget  Sound  Biol.  Station,  5:1-13. 
Merrill,  A.  S.  and  J.  W.  Ropes.    1967.  Distribution  of  southern 

quahogs  off  the  middle  Atlantic  coast,  U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife 

Service,  Comm.  Fish.  Rev.  29:  62-64. 

Porter,    H.   J.    1962.    Incidence    of   Malacobdella    in    Mercenaria 

campechiensis  off  Beaufort  Inlet,  North  Carolina.  Proc.  Natl. 

Shellfish.  Assoc.  55:  133-145. 
Ropes,  J.  W.  1966.  Pitar  morrhuana,  new  host  for  Malacobdella 

grossa.  Nautilus  79:129-131. 
Takakura,    U.    1897.    On    a    new   species    of   Malacobdella     (M. 

japonica)  .  Annot.  Zool.  Japan  1:  105-112. 


October,  1967  nautilus  41 

PLEISTOCENE  MOLLUSKS  FROM 
NEW  PROVIDENCE  ISLAND,  BAHAMAS 

By  EDGAR  B.  HEBARD 

Department  of  Geology,  New  York  University 

In  the  course  of  geological  research  on  the  island  of  New 
Providence  in  the  Bahamas,  the  following  marine  fauna  was 
collected  from  coastal  outcrops,  quarries,  and  excavations  (Table  1). 
Gastropoda 

Fissurella  angusta  (Gmelin,  1791) 

Astraea  phoehia   (Roding,  1798) 

Livona  pica   (Linne,  1758) 

Petaloconchus  sp. 

Batillaria  minima   (Gmelin,  1791) 

Cerithium  floridamim    (Morch) 

C.  algicola   (C.  B.  Adams,  1845) 

Epitonium  novangliae   (Couthouy,  1888) 

Strombus  gigas  (Linne,  1758) 

Trivia  pediciilus    (Linne,  1758) 

Polinices  lacteus  (Guilding,  1834) 

Natica  canrena  (Linne,  1758) 

N.  cayennensis   (Recluz,  1 850) 

Tonna  galea   (Linne,  1758) 

Fasciola  tulipa    (Linne,  1758) 

Oliva  reticularis    (Lamarck,  1811) 

Olivella  sp. 

Conus  verrucosus   (Hwass,  1792) 

Terebra  cinerea  (Born,  1778) 

Bulla  striata  (Bruguiere,  1792) 

Pelecypoda 

Area  zebra   (Swainson,  1833) 
A.  imbricata  (Bruguiere,  1789) 
Barbatia  cancellaria  (Lamarck,  1819) 
Anadara  notabilis  (Roding,  1798) 
Glycymeris  decussata   (Linne,  1758) 
G.  undata    (Linne,  1758) 
Brachiodontes  exiistus   (Linne,  1758) 
Plicatula  gibbosa   (Lamarck,  1801) 
Aequipecten  gibbus  (Linne,  1758) 
Spondylus  ictericus    (Reeve) 
Ostrea  frons  (Linne,  1758) 
Lucina  pensylvanica  (Linne,  1758) 
Anodontia  alba   (Link,  1807) 
Codakia  orbicularis  (Linne,  1758) 
Divaricella  quadrisulcata   (Obrigny,  1842) 


42  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

Chmna  macerophylla  (Gmelin,  1791) 

C.  congregata   (Conrad,  1833) 

C.  fiorida  (Lamarck,  1819) 

Pseudochama  radians  (Lamarck,  1819) 

Echinochama  cornuta    (Conrad) 

Americardia  media   (Linne,  1758) 

Laevicardium  laevigatum   (Linne,  1758) 

Chione  cancellata   (Linne,  1767) 

Tellina  radiata   (Linne,  1758) 

T.  listen   (Roding,  1798) 

T.  alternata  (Say,  1822) 

Arcopagia  fausta  (Pulteney,  1799) 

Macoma  orientalis  hendersoni   (Rehder,  1939) 

Bankia  sp. 

The  mollusk  fauna  found  in  the  lithified  marine  strata  of  New 
Providence  Island  consists  of  49  species  dominated  by  Lucina 
pensylvanica.  Possibly  other  fossils  would  appear  to  be  subdom- 
inant  with  more  extensive  collecting.  Species  diversity,  with  a 
small  number  of  individuals  per  species,  is  characteristic  of  tropical 
faunas.  The  collected  New  Providence  Pleistocene  fauna  is  not  as 
diverse  as  the  Florida  Pleistocene  fauna  of  222  mollusks  collected 
by  Richards  (1938)  .  Only  16  New  Providence  Pleistocene  mollusks 
are  identical  to  Richards'  fauna. 

The  Pleistocene  fauna  from  New  Providence  occurs  at  present 
throughout  the  tropical  and  subtropical  west  Atlantic,  and  most 
species  range  from  North  Carolina  to  the  West  Indies.  No  endemic 
Bahamian  species  have  been  found  in  the  New  Pleistocene  fauna. 
Recent  species  of  mollusks  in  the  limestone  cays  of  the  Bimini  area 
(Newell  and  Imbrie,  1955) ,  and  the  east  and  west  coasts  of  Florida 
(Richards,  1938) ,  are  also  well  represented  in  the  Pleistocene  record 
of  Bimini  and  Florida. 

The  following  non-marine  fauna  was  collected  from  the  New 

Providence  Pleistocene  dunes  at  excavations,  quarries,  and  roadcuts 

(Table  1). 

Cepolis  varians  (Menke) 

C.  sp. 

Cerion  rhyssum  (Dall) 

C.  agassizii  (Dall)  ^ 

C.  glans  (Kwester) 

C.  spp. 

The  non-marine  fauna  is  dominated  by  Cerion  which  is  endemic 

to  the  West  Indies  and  Florida.  The  adidt  forms  are  abundant  in 


October,   1967 


NAUTILUS 


43 


TABLE    1 


NEW  PROVIDENCE  ISLAND  LOCALITIES 


Collection  Elevations 
Above  Sea  Level 
Locality*            (in  feet) 

Geographic 

Locations 

On  SW  peninsula 

Coord 

24°29'N. 

inates 
,77°28 

Marine : 

Coral  Harbor  (E) 

1-3 

'W, 

W.  Marine  Pit  (E) 

4-8 

S.  of  Lyford  Cay 
Dune 

25''01'N. 

,77''31 

'W 

Ross  Pit  (E) 

4-8 

1  Mile  S.  of 
Harold  Pond 

25°01'N. 

,77°23 

'W 

E.  Marine  Pit  (E) 

4-8 

Near  E.  end  of 
Blue  Hill 

25°03'N. 

,77°20 

•w, 

Clifton  Pier  (E) 

10-16 

On  W.  end  of 
island 

25°00'N. 

,77'=33 

'W. 

Claridge  (Q) 

10-16 

1  Mile  E.  of 
Blue  Hill 

25"'02'N. 

,77=19 

■w. 

E.  Coral  Reef  (CO) 

2-5 

On  E.  end  of 
island 

25°03'N. 

,77''16 

'\^. 

Non-Marine : 

Lyford  Cay  Dune  (RC) 

20-50 

On  W.  end  of 
island 

25'01'N. 

,77°32 

'W, 

Nassau  Dune: 
Nassau  St.  (Q) 

40-60 

On  NE  part  of 
island 

25°04 'N. 

,77°20' 

'W. 

Queen's  Stair  (E) 

50-100 

On  NE  part  of 
island 

25''04'N. 

,77°20' 

'W. 

Collin's  Ave.  (RC) 

60-90 

On  NE  part  of 
island 

25°04'N. 

,77°20' 

'W. 

*  (E)  =  Excavation,   (Q)  =  Quarry,   (CO)  =  Coastal  Outcrop,   (RC)  =  Roadcut 


the  dune  bioturbite^  layers,  which  consist  of  uncemented  sands. 
Some  juveniles  were  noted  which  may  indicate  premature  death  or 
leaking  of  recent  fauna.  Several  deformed  specimens  of  Cerion 
were  also  found.  During  growth  there  may  have  been  damage  due 
to  abrasion.  Regrowth  of  the  calcareous  shell  resulted  in  deformity 
of  these  specimens. 

Limestone  outcrops  show  the  most  abundant  and  varied  snail 
faunas.  Snails  prefer  this  limey  type  of  habitat  which  offers  shelter, 
adequate  moisture,  abundant  food  supply,  and  an  available  source 
of  lime    (presumably  for  secreting  of  the  shell)     (Burch,   1962) . 


^  Extinct  Ball,   (1905,  p.  40)  . 

^  Bioturbite  is  used  by  Purdy  and  Imbrie   (1964,  p.  49)    to  describe  the  layers 
in  the  New  Providence  Island  dunes  containing  the  fossil  land  snail,  Cerion. 


44  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

Another  ecological  factor  besides  habitat  which  is  important  for 
the  diverse  speciation  of  Cerion  is  dispersion  or  transportation 
from  one  island  to  another  by  the  sea.  Hurricanes  may  have  swept 
the  land  snails  to  sea  where  they  would  be  carried  by  marine 
currents  to  another  island.  Bartsch  (1946)  found  that  species  of 
Cerion  can  stand  complete  submergence  for  4i/2  days  in  salt  water 
and  survive.  Also  young  shells  attached  to  dead  leaves  may  like- 
wise have  been  picked  up  by  the  hurricane's  powerful  winds  and 
carried  to  another  island. 

Marine  fossils  although  rare  were  found  with  the  nonmarine 
fauna  in  the  New  Providence  Dunes.  These  mollusks  may  have 
been  carried  to  the  higher  dunes  from  lower  levels  by  wind,  waves, 
birds  or  even  crabs.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  marine  fauna 
found  in  the  dune  bioturbite  layers. 

Livona  pica 

Cerithium  sp. 

Natica  canrena 

Olivella  sp. 

Area  zebra 

Spondylus  ictericus 

Ostrea  sp. 

References  Cited 
Bartsch,   P.    1946.   The  operculate   land  mollusks  of   the   family 

Annulariidae  of  the  island  of  Hispaniola  and  the  Bahamian 

Archipelago:    in    Bull.    192    of    the    Smithsonian    Institution, 

Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  263  pp. 
Burch,  T.  B.  1962.  How  to  know  the  eastern  land  snails,  Dubuque, 

Iowa,  W.L.  Brown  Co.,  214  pp. 
Dall,  W.H.  1905.  Fossils  of  the  Bahama  Islands:  In  Shattuck,  G.B., 

The  Bahama  Islands:  New  York,  pp.  23-47. 
Newell,  N.P.,  and  Imbrie,  J.   1955.  Biological  reconnaissance  in 

the  Bimini  area:   Great  Bahama  Bank,  New  York  Acad.   Sci. 

Trans.   (2) ,  18:    (1)  :  3-14. 
Purdy,  E.G.,  and  Imbrie,  J.I.   1964.  Carbonate  sediments.  Great 

Bahama  Bank;  Field  trip  guidebook  for  field  trip  No.  2:  Geol. 

Soc.  America,  pp.  1-58. 
Richards,  H.G.  1938.  Marine  Pleistocene  of  Florida,  Bull.  G.S.A. 

49:  1267-1296. 


October,  1967  nautilus  45 

HOW  TO  DISTINGUISH  BETWEEN 
LIMOPSIS  AND  GLYCYMERIS 

By  DAVID  NICOL 
University  of  Florida,  Department  of  Geology,  Gainesville 

The  misidentification  of  Limopsis  for  Glycymeris,  or  consider- 
ably less  so  the  other  way  around,  is  much  too  common  Deeper 
dredging,  because  of  better  equipment,  means  that  more  specimens 
of  Limopsis  are  being  collected,  and  this  is  compounding  the 
problem. 

Part  of  the  difficulty  stems  from  the  fact  that  in  our  eagerness 
to  classify  species,  we  pay  too  much  attention  to  the  variable 
morphologic  characters  that  may  define  the  species  but  too  little 
attention  to  the  much  more  constant  or  consistent  morphologic 
characters  that  define  the  pelecypod  family  or  genus.  Obviously 
one  must  first  have  his  specimens  allocated  to  the  correct  pelecypod 
family  and  genus  before  he  can  identify  the  species.  The  remainder 
of  this  note,  then,  is  a  discussion  of  the  consistent  morphologic 
characters  that  distinguish  the  difference  between  Limopsis  and 
Glycymeris. 

Glycymeris  has  a  much  greater  size  range  than  does  Limopsis. 
An  exceedingly  large  limopsid  will  attain  a  height  or  length  of  at 
least  70  mm.,  but  this  is  indeed  exceptional,  and  most  limopsid 
species  do  not  attain  half  this  size.  On  the  other  hand,  several 
species  of  Glycymeris  attain  a  height  or  length  of  more  than 
100  mm.,  and  many  species  reach  the  maximum  size  of  any 
Limopsis.  Any  large  robust  shell  is  almost  certainly  a  glycymeridid, 
and  so  our  difficulty  occurs  with  those  specimens  commonly  less 
than  40  mm.  in  height  or  length. 

Do  your  specimens  have  a  solid  reddish-brown  color  or  splotches 
or  zig-zag  patterns  of  reddish  brown?  If  so,  they  are  certainly 
Glycymeris.  A  purple  color  occurs  uncommonly  amongst  the 
glycymeridids  and  some  species  are  devoid  of  color.  On  the  other 
hand,  Limopsis  never  has  a  color  pattern;  almost  all  species  are 
colorless,  but  an  occasional  species  will  have  a  purplish,  lavender, 
or  pinkish  tint  on  the  inside  margins  of  the  valves.  The  lack  of 
color  amongst  most  of  the  limopsids  may  be  linked  with  the 
geographic  distribution  of  the  family,  which  is  best  represented 
in  cold  or  deep  water,  whereas  the  colorful  glycymeridids  are  most 


46  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

common  in  Avarm  shallow  waters  and  are  never  found  in  the  polar 
regions  or  in  the  abyssal  zone.  Thus,  only  the  drab  or  colorless 
shells  should  cause  much  difficulty  in  their  proper  allocation. 

The  morphologic  character  most  consistently  pointed  out  in 
differentiating  Limopsis  from  Glycymeris  is  the  presence  of  a  tri- 
angular ligamental  pit  under  the  beak  in  the  former  genus  and 
its  absence  in  the  latter  genus.  This  is  the  most  reliable  single 
criterion  for  separating  the  two  genera.  However,  a  very  few  large 
limopsids  have  this  pit  so  poorly  developed  that  it  is  barely 
apparent.  Another  aid  in  identification  is  that  the  ligament  of 
Glycy7neris  is  arranged  in  chevron-shaped  grooves,  but  this  is  not 
true  for  all  of  them.  Limopsis  never  has  the  ligament  lodged  in 
chevron-shaped  grooves. 

All  living  glycymeridid  species  and  almost  all  fossil  species  have 
well  developed  denticulations  on  the  interior  margins  of  the 
valves.  Most  limopsids  have  smooth  interior  margins  and  when 
denticulations  are  present  they  are  small  and  commonly  found  on 
only  a  limited  part  of  the  interior  margins  of  the  shell.  However, 
there  are  a  few  exceptional  limopsids  that  do  have  moderately  well 
developed  denticulations  along  the  inner  margins  of  the  shell. 

Nearly  all  glycymeridids  have  some  form  of  radial  ornamenta- 
tion as  either  well  developed  ribs  or  striations  or  both.  Relatively 
few  limopsids  have  radial  ribs  or  riblets.  If  your  specimens  have 
no  trace  of  radial  sculpture,  you  almost  certainly  have  a  species  of 
limopsid. 

Let  us  now  summarize  these  observations  so  that  one  can  identify 
his  specimens  quickly. 

1.  Shell  is  more  than  60  mm.  in  height  or  length:  Almost  cer- 
tainly Glycymeris.  2.  Splotches  of  color  or  color  pattern:  Glycymeris. 
3.  Triangular  ligamental  pit  under  the  beaks:  Limopsis.  4.  Liga- 
ment arranged  in  chevron-shaped  grooves:  Glycymeris.  5.  Denti- 
culations well  developed  along  anterior,  ventral,  and  posterior 
margins  of  the  inside  of  the  valves:  Almost  certainly  Glycymeris. 
6.  No  indication  of  any  radial  ornamentation  on  the  outside  of  the 
valves:  almost  certainly  Limopsis. 


October,   1967  nautilus  47 

CASSIS  MADAGASCARIENSIS  AND  C.  M.  SPINELLA 
OFFSHORE  AT  BEAUFORT,  NORTH  CAROLINA 

By  DOUGLAS  A.  WOLFE 

Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  Radiobiological  Laboratory,^ 
Beaufort,  North  Carolina  28516 

According  to  Abbott  (1954.  "American  Seashells",  pp.  193-194)  , 
the  Caribbean  species  Cassis  madagascariensis  Lamarck  1822  is 
replaced  in  the  Florida  Keys  by  the  form  spinella  Clench  1944, 
which  is  reported  to  occur  also  "off  Beaufort,  North  Carolina 
(fossil?) ."  Although  the  helmet  shell,  previously  called  Cassis 
cameo  Stimpson,  has  long  been  known  in  the  state  (see  for  example 
Dall,  1889.  Bulletin  of  the  U.S.  National  Museum,  No.  37,  p.  134) , 
Porter  (1965.  Nautilus  78  (3)  :  106)  only  recently  confirmed  an 
extant  population  of  C.  m.  spinella  off  the  coast  of  North  Carolina. 
On  September  27,  1966,  I  collected  two  live  helmet  shells  from  the 
deck  of  a  trawler  loaded  with  calico  scallops,  which  had  been 
caught  some  25  to  30  miles  south  of  Beaufort  Inlet  in  about  90 
feet  of  water.  The  two  helmet  shells,  catalogued  in  my  personal 
collection  as  numbers  1070  and  1071,  corresponded  clearly  to 
Abbott's  descriptions  of  C.  m.  spinella  Clench  and  C.  madagascar- 
iensis Lamarck,  respectively.  The  two  forms,  which  are  represented 
in  my  collection  also  by  specimens  obtained  from  the  beaches  near 
Cape  Lookout,  N.  C,  are  readily  distinguished.  Both  have  3  rows 
of  tubercles  on  the  body  whorl,  but  in  C.  madagascariensis 
Lamarck,  the  spines  are  larger  and  fewer  in  number,  and  the  size  of 
the  topmost  spine  in  the  first  row  of  tubercles  is  exaggerated.  In  C. 
madagascariensis,  the  white  teeth  on  the  outer  lip  extend  from 
one-third  to  one-half  the  width  of  the  lip  and  the  spaces  between 
the  teeth  are  colored  deep  brown,  whereas  in  spinella  Clench  the 
teeth  are  more  restricted  to  the  inner  edge  of  the  outer  lip  and  are 
usually  only  tinged  with  brown.  The  species  proper  has  a  generally 
more  massive  shell  than  does  spinella  Clench.  Data  for  the  two 
specimens  reported  above  are  shown  in  the  following  table: 


^  The  Radiobiological  Laboratory  is  supported  through  a  cooperative  agree- 
ment between  the  U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  and  the  U.  S.  Atomic 
Energy  Commission. 


48 


5 

NAUTILUS 

Vol.  81  (2) 

#1070 

#1071 

C»  ra 

.  spine 

11a 

Co  madagascariensis 

Lengthy  mm. 

187 

137 

Widths  mm. 

141 

106 

Number  of  whorls 

9 

9 

Number  of  spines  in 

first  tubercular  row 

of  body  whorl 

16 

10 

Number  of  teeth  on 

outer  lip 

9 

11 

Operculum  lengthy  mm. 

50 

35 

Operculum  width^  mm. 

6»4 

6.7 

The  presence  of  C.  m.  spiiiella  Clench  off  the  North  Carolina 
coast  is  hereby  substantiated,  and  the  previously  reported  range 
for  C.  madagascariensis  Lamarck  must  be  extended  northward  to 
include  a  probable  population  living  offshore  near  Cape  Lookout, 
N.C.  These  records,  coupled  with  the  report  of  Warmke  and 
Abbott  (1961.  "Caribbean  Seashells",  p.  99)  that  C.  m.  spinella 
is  found  off  Puerto  Rico,  suggest  that  the  two  forms  of  helmet 
shell  occur  together  over  a  broad  range,  extending  from  North 
Carolina  into  the  West  Indies,  as  proposed  earlier  for  the  species 
by  DalL— 


RADULAE  OF  TWO  SPECIES  OF  PLEUROPLOCA 

(FASCIOLARIIDAE)  FROM  THE  INDO-PACIFICi 

By  VIRGINIA  ORR  MAES 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia 

Two  Species  of  the  genus  Pleuroploca  Fischer,  1884,  common  to 
many  Indo-Pacific  reefs  are  P.  trapezium  (Linne,  1758)  and  P. 
filamentosa  (Roding,  1 798)  .  Pleuroploca  trapezium,  type  of  the 
genus  (by  monotypy) ,  is  found  from  East  Africa  through  the 
Indian  and  Pacific  Oceans  to  Japan,  the  Philippines,  New  Guinea, 


^  This  study  is  based  on  material  collected  at  Mahe,  Seychelle  Islands,  by 
Mrs.  R.  E.  M.  Ostheimer  and  Dr.  M.  S.  Buerk.  Comparative  material  came 
from  East  Africa,  Madagascar,  and  New  Caledonia.  It  is  in  the  collection  of 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 


October,   1967 


NAUTILUS 


49 


Radulae  of  Pleuroploca  filamentosa  and  P.  trapezium:  all   to  scale  except 
fig.  5. 


50 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81    (2) 


1601- 


140 


120 


^100- 


80 


60 


40 


20 


•    • 


V 


O 


o 


o 


o 
o 


o 
o 


•  s  Pleuroploci   f ilamen tosa 
O-   Pleu  roploca    t  r  apezi  urn 


X 


J. 


0.2  0.4  0.6  0.8 

lateral    teeth  width    in   mm. 


Scatter  diagram  of  the  ratio  of  the  length  of  the  shell  to  the  width  of  the 
lateral   radular   teeth   of  Pleuroploca   filamentosa   and   P.    trapezium. 


October,   1967  nautilus  51 

and  the  Solomon  Islands.  Pleuroploca  filamentosa  has  a  slightly 
wider  range  throughout  the  Indian  Ocean  and  east  through  the 
Pacific  to  Samoa. 

Widely  sympatric,  the  two  species  are  not  usually  found  to- 
gether. The  larger  angular — whorled  Pleuroploca  trapezium,  often 
over  200  mm.  in  length,  prefers  a  mud,  sand,  and  weed  micro- 
habitat  such  as  a  Thalassia  flat,  while  the  smaller,  round — whorled 
P.  filamentosa,  seldom  over  170  mm.,  is  found  more  frequently  on 
a  substrate  of  clean  sand  and  coral  blocks  of  the  more  open  reefs. 
However,  in  New  Caledonia,  where  Pleuroploca  trapezium,  does 
not  occur,  P.  filamentosa  is  found  frequently  on  Thalassia  flats  as 
well  as  open  reefs  (personal  observation) .  This  suggests  the  habitat 
differences  are  caused  by  competition,  not  preference. 

Little  is  known  of  the  feeding  habits  of  the  two  species.  We 
have  no  feeding  records  of  P.  trapezium  but  P.  filamentosa  has  fed 
on  Miirex  and  Calliostoma  (in  New  Caledonia,  Risbec,  1932,  p. 
375) ,  and  on  Drupa  (in  Ceylon;  Robertson,  personal  communica- 
tion) .  However,  both  probably  are  similar  to  the  Western  Atlantic 
Fasciolariidae.  The  latter  prey  primarily  on  fairly  large  gastropods 
but  also  devour  worms,  some  clams  and  even  carrion  (Paine, 
1963,  p.  67) .  As  is  interesting  to  note,  the  larger  western  Atlantic 
Fasciolaria  tulipa  frequently  feeds  on  its  slightly  smaller  relative 
F.  hunteria.  Even  if  the  larger  of  the  Indo-Pacific  species  does  not 
feed  on  the  smaller,  they  probably  compete  for  food.  The  present 
study  shows  that  the  larger,  Pleuroploca  trapezium  has  a  propor- 
tionately wider  radula  which  should  favor  it  even  when  competing 
with  P.  filamentosa  of  equal  size. 

Pleuroploca  species  overpower  their  prey  with  their  foot, 
wrenching  or  rasping  aside  opercula  or  wedging  pelecypod  valves 
open  with  their  shell  edge.  They  are  incapable  of  boring  hard 
shell  and  use  their  radulae  only  to  tear  or  rasp  relatively  soft 
tissue  which  is  scraped  loose  and  transported  into  the  mouth  with 
an  upward  stroke  of  the  ribbon  (Gunter,  1936,  p.  363,  observing 
P.  gigantea)  . 

If  the  action  of  this  radula  is  compared  to  that  of  a  garden 
rake,  the  advantage  of  increasing  the  number  of  cusps  as  the  teeth 
widen  becomes  obvious.  Neither  the  width  of  the  tines  nor  the 
spaces  between  them  may  be  increased  without  impairing  the 
rake's  efficiency,  but  a  wide  rake  with  many  tines  loosens  and 


52 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (2) 


transports  more  material  than  a  narrow  one.  Paine  (1963  b,  p.  403) 
calculated  that  the  closely  related  Western  Atlantic  Fasciolaria 
consumes  3%  of  its  own  volume  per  day.  It  must,  therefore, 
procure  more  food  in  the  same  amount  of  time  as  the  size  of  the 
animal  increases.  In  the  fresh-water  snail,  Lymnaea  stagnalis, 
Hubendick  (1957,  p.  521)  found  the  larger  individuals  fed  with 
fewer  radula  strokes  per  minute.  If  this  applies  to  the  Indo-Pacific 
Pleuroploca,  an  increase  in  size  of  the  radula  is  imperative  to  offset 
the  greater  demand  for  food  and  slower  rate  of  feeding  as  the 
snails  grow. 

shell  width  of  number 

length  lateral  of   cusps      examples 


f ilaraentosa 

21    -    40 

0.09 

-   0.13 

7 

-     9 

2 

57 

0.22 

-  0.23 

12 

1 

61   -   80 

0.29 

-0.32 

13 

-  14 

-z^ 

81  -  100 

0.35 

-0.46 

13 

-  17 

12 

106 

0.42 

-   0.43 

17 

1 

150 

0.64 

-0.68 

21 

1 

trapezium 

61   -   80 

0.30 

-   0.45 

16 

-    22 

3 

81-  100 

0.44 

-0.65 

19 

-   25 

6 

101  -  120 

0.54 

-0.67 

18 

-    25 

4 

121  -  140 

0.45 

-  0.88 

18 

-    30 

5 

■ 

141-  144 

0.81 

-0.84 

27 

-    28 

2 

Table  1.  Comparison  of  shell  length,  size,  and  numbers  of  radula  teeth  in 
two  species  of  Pleuroploca.  All  measurements  are  in  mm.  Radulae  are 
measured  near  the  posterior,  formative  end  of  the  ribbon. 


The  radulae  of  Pleuroploca  filamentosa  and  P.  trapezium  are 
rather  similar,  consisting  of  over  200  rows  of  narrow,  peg-cusped 
median  teeth  flanked  by  wide,  strongly-cusped  laterals  (Page  49) . 
Commonly  there  are  3  cusps  on  the  central  teeth  of  both  species 
but  variants  have  up  to  5.  Pleuroploca  filamentosa  has  a  slightly 
wider  and  more  heavily-cusped  central  tooth  than  P.  trapezium. 
The  number  of  cusps  on  the  lateral  teeth  varies  with  the  size  of 
the  individual.  This  is  summarized  in  the  table  below.  Although 
P.  filamentosa  has  a  larger  median,  the  broad  lateral  teeth  of  P. 
trapezium  give  that  species  a  much  wider  radula  in  proportion  to 


October,   1967  nautilus  53 

its  size.  This  is  illustrated  by  figs.  3  and  4,  which  shows  part  of  the 
ribbon  of  each  species  from  shells  of  approximately  the  same 
size  and  also  by  the  scattered  diagram    (page  50)  . 

Variation  in  the  numbers  of  cusps  on  lateral  teeth  of  the  same 
width  is  also  noted.  This  is  due  in  part  to  the  age  of  the  animal. 
For  example,  a  young  male  Pleuroploca  trapezium  with  an  undeve- 
loped penis  and  a  clean,  thin-lipped,  rapidly  growing  shell  85  mm. 
in  length  had  lateral  teeth  0.44  mm.  wide  with  19  cusps.  Two 
smaller  but  older  males  with  fully-developed  penes  and  corroded, 
solid-lipped  shells  80  and  75  mm.  long  had  lateral  teeth  0.42  and 
0.45  mm.  wide,  respectively.  Both  of  the  latter,  mature  animals, 
have  21  cusps  throughout  much  of  the  ribbon  (Figs.  6  &  7)  . 

Usually  there  are  one  or  two  more  cusps  on  the  laterals  of  the 
formative,  posterior  port  of  a  radula  than  on  the  older,  anterior 
portion,  although  new  cusps  may  become  "lost"  for  several  rows 
while  becoming  established.  Cusps  are  added  singly  to  the  outer 
edge  of  each  lateral  in  intervals  of  from  2  to  over  100  transverse 
rows  and  may  or  may  not  be  added  simultaneously  to  both  laterals 
of  a  single  row  (Fig.  5)  .  Some  asymetric  radulae  have  2  or  3  more 
cusps  throughout  one  side  of  a  ribbon   (Fig.  3) . 

The  production  of  additional  cusps  poses  a  physiological  ques- 
tion. If  the  same  odontoblasts  produce  the  lateral  teeth  through- 
out the  life  of  the  animal,  as  stated  by  Runham    (1963,  p.  271) 
what  induces  them  to  increase  the  number  of  cusps? 

Unlike  their  Western  Atlantic  relative,  Pleuroploca  gigantea, 
whose  central  tooth  tends  to  become  monocuspid  with  age  (HoUis- 
ter,  1954,  p.  46)  there  seems  to  be  no  variation  in  cusping  of  the 
central  tooth  with  either  age  or  size  of  the  Indo-Pacific  species. 
Nor  are  there  any  signs  of  sexual  dimorphism,  found  in  some 
muricid  genera,  such  as  the  adding  of  extra  lateral  cusps  or  the 
thickening  of  the  bases  of  the  teeth  (Arakawa,  1958,  p.  212  and 
Maes,  1966,  p.  73) .  Although  we  found  the  shells  of  females  of 
both  species  are  larger  than  the  males  (mean  lengths  124,  102  and 
119,  88  mm.  for  Pleuroploca  trapezium  and  P.  filamentosa  respec- 
tively) the  apparently  broader  female  radula  is  correlated  with 
size  not  sex.  The  dimorphism  disappeared  when  a  ratio  of  shell 
length  to  tooth  width  was  made. 

It  is,  therefore,  probably  that  a  necessary  increase  in  feeding 
capacity  has  been  the  cause  of  the  increase  in  breadth  and  cusping 


54  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

of  the  radula  with  shell  size.  But  the  mechanics  of  the  production 

of  the  additional  cusps  remains  an  intriguing  puzzle. 

Literature  cited 

Arakawa,   Kohman   Y.,    1958.   On  the  remarkable  sexual   dimor- 
phism of  the  radula  of  Dmpella.  Venus  19  {S A)  :  206-216,  pL  6. 

Gunter,  G.,  1936.  Radular  movement  in  Gastropods.  Jour.  Wash. 
Acad.  Sci.  26(9)  :  361-365. 

Hollister,  S  C,  1954.  Some  notes  on  the  radula.  Nautilus  68  (2)  : 
44-46. 

Hubendick,  B.,  1957.  The  eating  function  in  Lymnaea  stagnalis 
(L.) .  Arkiv  Zool.  ser.  2,  10  (15)  :  511-521. 

Maes,  V.  O.,  1966.  Sexual  dimorphism  in  the  radula  of  the  muricid 
genus  Nassa.  Nautilus  79  (3)  :  73. 

Paine,  R.  T.,  1963.  Trophic  relationships  of  8  sympatric  predatory 
gastropods.  Ecology  44:  63-73. 

Paine,   R.   T.,    1963b.   Feeding  rate   of  a  predaceous  gastropod, 
Pleuroploca  gigantea.  Ecology  44:  402-403. 

Risbec,  J.,  1932.  Note  sur  les  moeurs  de  Ricinula  chaidea  Duel,  et 
de  Fasciolaria  filamentosa.  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  Fr.  57:  374-375. 

Runham,  N.  W.,  1963.  A  study  of  the  replacement  mechanism  of 
the  pulmonate  radula.  Quart.  Jour.  Micro.  Sci.  104  (2)  :  271-277. 
Explanation  of  radular  figures  1  to  7.  1)  Pleuroploca  fila- 
mentosa, female,  from  shell  91.5  mm.,  lateral  tooth  .36  mm.,  14 
cusps.  2)  P.  filamentosa,  young,  from  shell  21.4  mm.,  lateral 
tooth  .09  mm.,  8  cusps.  3)  P.  filamentosa,  male,  from  shell  94.0 
mm.,  assymetric  teeth  both  .37  mm.,  14  and  16  cusps. 

4)  P.  trapezium,  male,  from  shell  93.5  mm.,  lateral  tooth 
.52  mm.,  24  cusps.  5)  Same  radula  as  above  enlarged  showing 
addition  of  cusp.  6)  P.  trapezium,  juvenile  male,  from  shell  84.9 
mm.,  lateral  tooth  .44  mm.,  19  cusps.  7)  P.  trapezium,  adult 
male,  from  shell  80.0  mm.,  lateral  tooth.  .42  mm.,  20  cusps. 


TWO  NEW  SONORELLA  FROM  RINCON  MOUNTAINS 

OF  ARIZONA 

By  WALTER  B.  MILLER 
Dept.  of  Biological  Sciences,  University  of  Arizona,  Tucson 

In  an  attempt  to  obtain  topotypes  of  Sonorella  rinconensis 
Pilsbry  and  Ferriss,  whose  type  locality  is  "Rincon  Peak,  above 
7500  ft.",  I  undertook  a  three-day  back-pack  trip  to  Rincon  Peak 
during  the  Easter  holidays,  April  16-18,  1965,  accompanied  by  my 
son,  W.  Nixon  Miller,  and  his  friend,  Marshall  Bulle.  The  region 
above  7500  ft.  is  relatively  small  in  area,  narrowing  down  to  the 
cone-shaped  peak,  whose  granite  summit  is  at  8482  ft.  Snails  were 


October,   1967  nautilus  55 

found  only  in  a  gigantic  rockslide  on  the  northeast  side  of  the 
peak-rock,  in  the  fir  zone;  they  were  an  odorata-\ikG  species,  which 
turned  out  to  be  an  interesting  new  species,  described  below.  Still 
looking  for  rinconensis,  we  then  investigated  a  promising,  large 
canyon,  about  one  mile  north-northwest  of  the  peak  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  about  6000  ft.  There,  we  collected  several  fine  specimens 
of  large  shells  which  certainly  looked  like  rinconensis.  On  dissec- 
tion, however,  they  revealed  an  anatomy  related  to  sabinoensis, 
with  genitalia  of  different  proportions;  they  belong  to  a  new 
species  described  below.  No  rinconensis  were  collected  on  that  trip; 
I  have  collected  it,  at  other  times,  in  Posta  Quemada  Canyon,  on 
the  southwest  flank  of  Rincon  Peak/Wrong  Mt.,  at  a  much  lower 
elevation  of  about  3700  ft. 

SoNORELLA  BAGNARAi  new  species.  Page  59,  figs.  A-E. 

Description:  Shell  depressed,  heliciform,  thin,  glossy,  light 
greenish-tan,  with  chestnut-brown  spiral  band  on  the  well-rounded 
shoulder;  umbilicate,  the  umbilicus  contained  about  8  times  in 
the  diameter.  Embryonic  shell  of  about  I1/2  -whorls;  the  first  14 
whorl,  including  apex,  with  radial  striae  only;  over  the  second 
1/4  whorl,  the  radial  striae  break  up  into  raised,  hyphen-like 
papillae;  over  the  remainder  of  the  embryonic  shell,  the  raised 
papillae  anastomose  into  a  reticulate,  granular  pattern  on  the 
upper  portion,  and  into  fine,  nearly  parallel,  ascending  and 
descending,  spiral  threads  on  the  portion  near  the  lower  suture. 
Subsequent  whorls  are  radially  striate  and  microscopically 
wrinkle-granulose,  up  to  the  body  whorl.  Body  whorl  has  growth 
striae  only,  covered  by  silky-lustrous  periostracum ;  suture  descend- 
ing moderately  to  the  slightly  expanded  peristome.  Aperture 
oblique,  oval,  wider  than  high;  parietal  callus  thin. 

Holotype  measurements:  Height  11.0  mm.;  max.  diam.  20.8  mm.; 
umbilicus  2.6  mm.;  whorls  4  y^. 

Genitalia  of  holotype  (Page  60,  figs.  A,  C)  :  The  short,  muscular 
penis  contains  a  very  short,  cylindrical  verge  of  about  i/4  the 
length  of  the  penis;  the  penial  sheath  encloses  the  entire  penis 
and  overlaps  part  of  the  proximal  epiphallus.  Epiphallus  nearly 
twice  as  long  as  the  penis,  thin;  epiphallic  caecum  vestigial,  not 
detached  from  epiphallus;  vas  deferens  thicker  than  epiphallus. 
The  vagina  is  about  1  1/9  times  as  long  as  the  penis;  free  oviduct 


56  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

about  as  long  as  vagina.  Base  of  penis  and  vagina  unusually  wide 
and  muscular. 

Measurement  of 

genitalia,  in  mm.  Holotype  Paratype  A 

Penis  3.0  2.5 

Verge  1.5  1.5 

Penial  sheath  4.0  3.5 

Epiphallus  5.0  6.0 

Vagina  4.5  4.5 

Free  oviduct  5.0  4.0 

Type  locality:  Rincon  Peak,  Rincon  Mts.,  Pima  Co.,  Arizona, 
in  large,  granite  rockslide  on  NE  side  and  immediately  below 
summit  of  the  peak  at  8000  to  8200  ft.  elevation.  (W.N.  Miller, 
Marshall  Bulle,  and  W.B.  Miller,  17  April  1965) .  Holotype  ANSP. 
(312760).  Paratypes  in  collection  of  ANSP.  (312761),  Dept.  of 
Biological  Sciences,  University  of  Arizona  (2821) ,  and  the  author 
(4768) . 

The  shells  are  remarkably  uniform  in  size,  shape,  and  color,  the 
smallest  paratype  measuring  19.5  mm.  and  the  largest  21.1  mm. 
in  diameter.  Some  paratypes  show  a  few  spiral  grooves  on  the 
body  whorl  next  to  the  suture.  By  shell  characteristics,  S.  hagnarai 
appears  to  belong  to  the  group  of  S.  clappi  P.  &  F.,  being  most 
closely  related  to  S.  odorata  P.  Sc  F.  Its  ecology  is  similar  to  that  of 
odorata  in  that  it  lives  at  high  elevation,  in  the  Canadian  Life 
Zone,  among  rocks  heavily  strewn  with  humus  and  fallen  logs  of 
Douglas  fir.  It  can  be  separated  from  odorata  in  that  the  body 
whorl  has  no  granulose  sculpture,  the  spiral  grooves,  if  present  at 
all,  are  very  few,  and  the  aperture  is  more  elongate-oval.  It  is 
in  the  anatomy  of  the  animal,  however,  that  bagnarai  is  most 
unique.  The  mantle  is  strongly  pigmented  with  large  spots  of 
dark-grey  to  black  pigment  (Page  59,  figs.  D,  E)  ;  this  character- 
istic has  been  observed  in  only  one  other  Sonorella,  S.  greggi 
W.B.  Miller,  which  lives  in  Sonora.  The  mucus  on  the  mantle 
collar  and  along  the  sole  is  orange.  The  genitalia  are  most  closely 
similar  to  those  of  S.  fragilis  Pils.,  which  was  placed  by  Pilsbry 
in  a  special  subgenus,  Myotophallus,  characterized  by  a  short, 
muscular,  verge-less  penis.  S.  bagnarai,  however,  does  possess  a 
distinct,  thick,  albeit  very  short,  verge.  Page  60,  figs.  A,  B,  C,  and 
D  are  comparative  drawings  of  the  lower  genitalia  of  S.  bagnarai 
and  S.  odorata. 


October,  1967  nautilus  57 

Ferriss  collected  a  form  of  S.  odorata  from  Spud  Rock  on  Mica 
Mt.  and  from  the  "Northern  slopes  of  the  Rincons,"  which  Pilsbry 
described  as  the  form  populna.  Pilsbry  indicates  that  the  genitalia 
dimensions  and  proportions  are  much  as  in  odorata  s.s.  and 
differentiates  populna  by  the  thinner  shell,  color  differences,  and 
wider  body  whorl.  Mica  Mt.  and  Rincon  Peak  are  separated  by 
a  long,  low  saddle,  Happy  Valley  Saddle,  which  is  barely  high 
enough  to  enter  the  lower  levels  of  the  Transition  Zone.  The 
presence  of  odorata  in  the  Rincon  Mts.,  along  with  the  similarity 
of  its  shell  characters  with  bagnarai,  strongly  suggest  that  hagnarai 
originated  as  an  isolated  population  of  odorata  which  became 
separated  from  the  larger  odorata  gene  pool  on  Mica  Mt.  when 
Happy  Valley  Saddle  became  drier,  some  time  after  the  last  Ice 
Age,  and  conditions  changed  there  from  Canadian  to  Transition. 
The  population  probably  underwent  rapid  differentiation  by 
genetic  drift  brought  about  by  its  relatively  small  size.  In  cases 
where  a  population  is  already  kept  small  by  the  confines  of  the 
habitat,  any  occasional  natural  catastrophe,  such  as  prolonged 
drought,  might  bring  the  level  of  the  population  to  near  extinc- 
tion. This,  in  turn,  would  favor  genetic  homozygosity  which  prob- 
ably would  further  reinforce  the  process  of  genetic  drift.  Conver- 
gence in  the  genitalia  toward  the  morphology  of  Myotophallus  is 
considered  to  be  only  a  phenotypic  expression  of  the  segregated 
genes  which  were  probably  present,  but  masked,  in  the  ancestral 
Sonorella.  Gene  expression  for  a  thickened  penis  base  also  occurs, 
somewhat  less  extremely,  in  5.  walkeri  P.&F.,  5.  huachucana  Pils. 
and  its  subspecies,  S.  sahinoensis  dispar  Pils.,  and  5.  sabinoensis 
tucsonica  P.&F. 

This  species  is  named  after  Dr.  J.  T.  Bagnara,  eminent  zoologist 
at  the  University  of  Arizona,  who  has  given  me  considerable  assist- 
ance and  encouragement,  and  with  whom  I  have  enjoyed  num- 
erous collecting  trips. 
Sonorella  bequaerti  new  species.  Page  9,  figs.  G-1. 

Description:  Shell  depressed-globose,  heliciform,  thin,  glossy, 
light  brown,  with  chestnut-brown  spiral  band  on  the  well-rounded 
shoulder;  umbilicate,  the  umbilicus  contained  about  9  to  10  times 
in  the  diameter,  partially  covered  by  the  reflected  columellar  lip. 
Embryonic  shell  of  about  1  I/2  whorls;  its  apex  silky -wrinkled, 
followed  by  radial  striae  only,  for  the  first  half- whorl;  remainder 


58  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

of  embryonic  shell  with  hyphen-like  papillae  which  anastomose 
into  a  reticulate  pattern  over  the  upper  part  of  the  whorl  and  into 
the  hachitana  pattern  of  nearly  parallel,  descending  and  ascending, 
spiral  striae  on  the  region  near  the  lower  suture.  Post-embryonic 
whorls  with  raised  papillae  superimposed  over  growth  striae,  the 
papillae  numerous  at  first,  sparse  later,  and  absent  on  body  whorl. 
Body  whorl  has  growth  striae  and  fine,  spiral,  incised  lines  along 
entire  whorl,  most  prominent  along  the  suture;  suture  descends 
sharply  to  the  well-expanded  peristome;  periostracum  with  silky 
luster.  Aperture  large,  oblique,  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  high; 
parietal  callus  thin. 

Holotype  measurements:  Height  15.3  mm.;  max.  diam.  26.2  mm.; 
umbilicus  2.8  mm.;  whorls  5. 

Genitalia  of  holotype  (Page  60,  figs.  E,  F)  :  The  short,  narrow 
penis  contains  a  thin,  slightly  annulated  verge,  measuring  about 
2/^  the  length  of  the  penis,  and  tapering  gradually  to  a  thin  point; 
seminal  duct  opens  subterminally;  penial  sheath  short,  about  i/g 
the  length  of  the  penis.  Epiphallus  about  as  long  as  the  penis; 
epiphallic  caecum  small.  Vas  deferens  thicker  than  epiphallus. 
The  vagina  is  twice  as  long  as  the  penis;  free  oviduct  about  y^  the 
length  of  the  vagina. 


Measurements  of 

genitalia,  in  mm. 
Penis 

Holotype 
6.0 

Paratype  B 
6.5 

Chimenea  Can. 
6.0 

Verge 
Penial  sheath 

4.5 
2.5 

4.5 
2.5 

3.5 

2.5 

Epiphallus                     6.0 
Epiphallic  caecum       0.7 
Vagina                          13.0 

6.0 

0.5 

11.5 

6.0 

0.5 

12.0 

Free  oviduct 

4.5 

3.5 

3.5 

Type  locality:  Rincon  Peak,  Rincon  Mts.,  Pima  Co.,  Arizona, 
in  granite  rocks  along  cliffs  in  canyon  which  runs  NW.  from 
Rincon  Peak  and  just  W  of  the  Rincon  Peak,  Happy  Valley  Saddle 
trail,  at  elev.,  ca.  6000  to  6100  ft.  (W.N.  Miller,  Marshall  Bulle, 
and  W.B.  Miller,  18  April  1965).  Holotype  ANSP.  (312762). 
Paratypes  in  the  collections  of  the  Dept  of  Biological  Sciences, 
University  of  Arizona   (2818) ,  and  the  author   (4769) . 

Other  localities:  Chimenea  Canyon,  Tanque  Verde  Mts.,  Pima 
Co.,  Arizona,  about  1/2  mi.  above  Madrona  Ranger  Station;  elev. 
ca.  4000  ft.   (M.L.  Walton  and  J.C.  Bequaert,  3  April  1965) . 


October,   19()7 


NAl  TILLS 


59 


t  i  M  I  I  II  I  lOmm 


Holotypc.  Soiiorella  bagimrai  W'.li.  Miller.  A-C,  shell;  I)-E,  animal,  showing 
])igincnt  spots  on  mantle. 


The  type  lot  consists  of  8  adult  shells,  of  which  4  were  alive 
and  dissected.  The  largest  shells  are  the  holotype  and  2  others, 
with  a  maximum  diameter  of  26.2  mm.;  the  smallest  paratype 
measures  22.6  mm.  The  single  live  adult  Irom  Chimenea  Canyon 
measures  23.6  mm.  By  shell  characteristics,  S.  bcquaerti  is  not 
distinguishable  from  .S.  sabnioensis  P.&F.,  .S'.  inarmorarius  P.&F., 
or  .S'.  rinconcnsis  P.&F.  The  large  variability,  in  shell  size  and 
shape,  of  the  sabinoensis  complex  easily  encompasses  the  variations 
marniorarius,  rinconeusis,  and  bequaerti.  The  apical  sculpture  is 


60 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (2) 


Lower  genitalia.  A.  S.  bagJiarai  W.B.  Miller,  holotype.  B.  Verge  of  5.  odorata 
P.&F.  C.  Verge  of  S.  bagnarai.  D.  S.  odorata.  E.  S.  bequaerti  W.B.  Miller, 
holotype.  F.  Verge  of  S.  bequaerti,  holotype.  G.  Verge  of  S.  sabinoensis  P.&F., 
topotype  4847.  H.  S.  sabinoensis.  topotype  4847.  Legend  as  after  figs,  on 
page  4.    (Correction:  3rd  line  from  bottom  should  be  last.) 


similar  for  all,  being  of  the  hachitana  type.  It  is  in  the  morpho- 
logy of  the  genitalia  that  bequaerti  can  easily  be  distinguished.  Its 
penis  is  much  shorter  and  thinner  than  that  of  sabinoensis  and  jnar- 
morarius;  in  typical  sabinoensis  and  marmorarius  the  penis  meas- 


October,   1967  nautilus  61 

ures  from  10.0  mm.  to  15.0  mm.  whereas  in  bequaerti  the  penis 
varies  from  6.0  mm.  to  7.5  mm.  Also,  in  bequaerti,  the  vagina  is 
twice  as  long  as  the  penis,  whereas  in  sabinoensis  and  marmorarius, 
it  is  as  long  or  shorter  than  the  penis. 

S.  bequaerti  inhabits  the  middle  and  lower  slopes  of  the  south- 
east side  of  the  Tanque  Verde  Mts.  and  the  west  side  of  the 
Rincon  Mts.;  the  other  slopes  of  these  mountains  have  not  been 
explored  for  bequaerti.  It  is  apparently  sympatric  with  S.  rincon- 
ensis  P.8cF.,  whose  enormously  large  genitalia  easily  separate  it 
from  bequaerti,  but  the  two  have  not  been  found  in  the  same 
rockslides.  It  is  not  sympatric  with  S.  bagnarai  W.B.  Miller,  which 
inhabits  the  highest  Douglas  fir  forest  on  Rincon  Peak. 

In  phylogeny,  it  is  probable  that  bequaerti  evolved  from  a 
common  ancestor  with  sabinoensis,  marmorarius,  galiurensis,  and 
tortillita,  all  of  them  in  close  geographical  proximity.  It  evolved 
in  the  direction  of  a  small,  thin  penis  and  verge,  while  all  other 
species  of  this  group  maintained  or  developed  a  relatively  long 
penis  and  verge,  being  longest  in  tortillita. 

This  species  is  named  after  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Bequaert,  life-long 
malacologist  and  entomologist,  who  has  provided  inspiration  and 
encouragement  in  the  search  for  Sonorella,  and  with  whom  I  have 
enjoyed  numerous  collecting  trips. 

MOLLUSKS  OF  THE  OUTER  BANKS,  N.  C. 

By  DOROTHY  E.  BEETLE 
Peninsula  Junior  Nature  Museum  &  Planetarium,  Newport  News,  Va. 

The  Outer  Banks  of  North  Carolina  are  a  chain  of  lenticular 
sand  bars  and  islands  which  protect  the  coast  and  stretch  seaward 
in  a  great  V  as  far  as  30  miles  off  shore.  An  idealized  profile  of 
the  islands  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  the  Sound  shows  beach, 
the  first  barrier  dune,  an  interval  and  the  secondary  dune.  Interior 
sand  flats,  some  with  small  fresh  water  ponds  and  creeks,  a  wooded 
dune  facing  the  Sound  and  marsh  land  reaching  beyond  it  to  the 
water  complete  the  profile.  High  sand  dunes  add  some  elevation 
to  the  islands,  which  are  otherwise  but  a  few  feet  above  sea  level. 
Jockey  Hill  on  Nag's  Head  is  the  highest  dune  and  has  an  eleva- 
tion of  138  feet. 

Three  major  habitats  are  found  throughout  the  area:  the  dunes, 
the  sand  flats  and  the  marshes.  Live  dunes,  still  moving  with  the 


62  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

wind,  have  plant  communities  pioneered  by  sparse  stands  of  salt- 
meadow  cordgrass  and  sandbur.  More  stable  dunes  are  noted  for 
their  covering  of  sea  oats,  a  distinctive  and  handsome  grass,  as 
well  as  other  grasses  and  herbs. 

The  wooded  dunes  occupy  the  only  high  land  on  the  islands. 
Common  trees  in  this  maritime  forest  are  live  oak,  red  cedar,  wax 
myrtle,  yaupon,  American  holly,  red  bay,  lollolly  pine,  water  and 
willow  oaks.  Palmetto  reaches  its  northernmost  distribution  on 
Baldhead  Island.  Wooded  areas  are  not  extensive  in  any  locality. 
Of  interest  around  Nag's  Head  are  some  trees  characteristic  of 
upland  forests  much  farther  inland. 

Between  the  barrier  and  secondary  dunes  the  sand  is  nearly 
devoid  of  plants.  The  sand  flats  have  a  mixed  shrub,  grass  and 
herb  association.  Yaupon,  wax  myrtle,  saltmeadow  cordgrass, 
sedges,  rushes,  composities  and  cactus  are  to  be  found  here. 

Salt  marshes  are  of  two  kinds.  The  regularly  flooded  or  low 
salt  marsh  is  distributed  mainly  along  the  Outer  Banks  north  to 
Oregon  Inlet  and  along  the  coast  from  the  South  Carolina  line 
to  Beaufort.  Smooth  cordgrass  is  the  dominant  plant,  occuning  in 
vast  pure  stands.  Differences  in  the  height  of  the  plant  seem  to  be 
related  to  internal  drainage  and  salinity  rather  than  to  genetic 
differences.  A  rise  in  elevation  of  a  foot  or  more  permits  black 
needlerush,  glasswort  and  sea  lavender  to  enter  the  association. 

The  irregularly  flooded  salt  marsh,  reached  by  the  spring  and 
storm  tides,  is  the  most  extensive  coastal  type.  Saltmeadow  cord- 
grass, salt  grass  and  sea  oxeye  are  typical  of  the  area.  Large  stands 
occur  on  Roanoke  Island,  the  sound  side  of  the  Outer  Banks  and 
on  the  mainland  shore  of  Pamlico  Sound.  The  water  which  floods 
them  is  usually  of  lower  salinity  than  that  of  the  regularly  flooded 
marshes. 

Small  fresh-water  marshes  and  ponds  are  scattered  along  the 
Outer  Banks.  Surprisingly  fresh  water  wells  up  from  the  sands 
on  tiny  islands  in  the  ocean,  because  extensive  sand  beds  under- 
lying the  Sound  carry  fresh  water.  These  beds  were  laid  down,  in 
the  area  now  called  the  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain,  during  Cretaceous 
and  Cenozoic  time.  The  sand  beds  are  flat,  dipping  gently  sea- 
ward, and  are  probably  thickest  offshore.  A  well  drilled  at  Cape 
Hatteras  in  1946  went  through  3,000  feet  of  Cenozoic  and  6,800 
feet  of  Cretaceous  sands  and  clays. 


October,   1967  nautilus  63 

Mollusks  were  found  in  fresh-watei"  ponds  near  the  Bodie  Island 
and  Cape  Hatteras  Lighthouses,  Nag's  Head  and  Ocracoke.  They 
also  occurred  in  the  short  creeks  that  rise  just  behind  the  barrier 
dunes  and  flow  into  the  Sound. 

In  contrast  to  the  varied  and  abundant  fresh-water  moUuscan 
assemblage  living  on  the  coastal  plain  only  one  clam,  Sphaeriiim 
partumeium,  and  two  gastropods,  Lymnaea  Jnimilis  and  Gyraiiliis 
parvus,  appear  to  be  present  on  the  Outer  Banks.  Slightly  brackish 
ponds  have  Hydrobia  miniita  and  Melampus  bidentatiis  present. 

The  large  fresh-water  pond  at  Bodie  Island  Lighthouse  dries 
partially  each  summer,  but  is  kept  in  existence  by  a  dam.  It  is 
being  filled  by  plant  invasion  and  sand.  The  considerable  amount 
of  organic  debris  has  resulted  in  a  soft  mucky  bottom,  a  rarity 
on  the  Banks.  A  similar  pond  exists  on  Pawley's  Island,  S.C.  and 
in  the  latter  was  found  a  population  of  Helisoma  diiryi  eudiscus 
as  well  as  Melampus  and  Hydrobia.  Euglandina  rosea,  the  carni- 
vorous land  snail  of  subtropical  regions,  has  established  itself  on 
sand  dunes  in  the  vicinity  of  this  pond. 

Examination  of  the  decaying  vegetation  lining  the  margins  of 
fresh-water  channels  and  ponds  on  the  Outer  Banks  showed  Poly- 
gyra  postelliana  espiloca,  Deroceras  laeve,  Succinea  ovalis,  and 
Vertigo  ovata  occupying  this  habitat. 

In  the  leaf  litter  under  the  shrubs  and  trees  of  the  wooded 
dunes  at  Nag's  Head,  Buxton  Woods  at  Cape  Hatteras  and  areas 
on  Ocracoke  and  Baldhead  Island,  the  following  snails  were 
found:  Mesodon  thyroides,  Triodopsis  albolabris,  T.  fallax,  T. 
hopetonensis,  Retinella  cf.  indentata,  Ventridens  cerinoideus, 
Anguispira  alternata  fergusoni,  Philomycus  carol iniensis,  Succinea 
campestris,  S.  ovalis,  S.  wilsoni,  Gastrocopta  pellucida  hordeacea 
and  Pupoides  albilabris.  Three  species  which  are  able  to  maintain 
themselves  on  the  sand  dunes  in  spite  of  the  limited  plant  cover 
are  Triodopsis  hopetonensis,  Succinea  campestris  and  Catinella 
pugilator.  Of  interest  is  the  establishment  of  the  introduced  species, 
Helicella  variabilis,  in  lawns  on  Roanoke  Island  and  around  More- 
head  City. 

A  total  of  17  land  mollusks  and  3  fresh-water  mollusks  was 
found  on  the  Outer  Banks.  By  comparison  39  land  snails  and  73 
fresh-water  species  of  snails  and  clams  have  been  collected  on  the 
North  Carolina  Coastal  Plain.  Very  probably  the  molluscan  fauna 


64  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

now  living  on  the  Banks,  like  the  fauna  and  flora  present,  is  a 
remnant  of  the  previous  total.  This  remnant  represents  a  past 
distributional  pattern  as  well  as  a  survival  ability  to  withstand 
the  severe  conditions  of  salt  spray,  drought,  wind  and  sand. 

During  Miocene  time  the  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain  was  submerged 
and  the  North  Carolina  coast  ended  at  what  is  now  called  the 
Piedmont  where  the  land  rises  several  hundred  feet  in  elevation. 
A  gradual  withdrawal  of  the  sea  and  exposure  of  the  coast  occurred 
as  the  great  ice  sheets  of  the  Pleistocene  tied  up  water  and  lowered 
the  sea  level.  Mollusks,  in  addition  to  other  forms  of  life,  advanced 
into  the  exposed  land  at  this  time.  Later  the  range  became  dis- 
continuous with  the  melting  of  the  ice  and  subsequent  rise  in  sea 
level. 

The  Outer  Banks  are  unstable.  At  the  present  time  their  form 
is  changing  gradually  as  the  result  of  longshore  currents  moving 
great  quantities  of  sand  from  farther  north  and  waves  pounding 
on  what  were  formerly  shoals  to  the  east.  Currently  the  Banks  are 
being  moved  closer  to  the  coastline.  Observation  of  the  sand  dunes 
shows  that  they  invade  and  cover  living  forest  in  some  places,  while 
uncovering  long  buried  trees,  ancient  forest  graveyards,  in  others. 
This  movement  of  the  sand  dunes  and  the  changing  land  areas  on 
the  islands  have  had  a  limiting  effect  on  their  occupation  by  animal 
and  plant  species. 

An  examinaion  of  the  ranges  of  mollusks  found  on  the  islands 
shows  that  two  of  the  fresh-water  species,  Sphaerium  partumeium 
and  Gyraulus  parvus  are  widely  spread  over  the  North  American 
continent,  as  are  4  of  the  land  gastropods,  Deroceras  laeve,  Succinea 
ovalis,  Pupoides  albilahris  and  Vertigo  ovata.  The  introduced 
species,  Helicella  variabilis,  and  the  Retinella  species,  which  was 
not  positively  identified,  are  not  included  in  this  total. 

Mesodon  thyroides,  Triodopsis  albolabris  and  T.  fallax  are 
widely  found  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Lymnaea  humilis 
appears  to  be  confined  to  the  southeastern  United  States  east  of 
the  Appalachians. 

Species  restricted  to  the  coastal  plain  are:  Polygyra  postelliana 
espiloca,  Triodopsis  hopetonensis,  Ventridens  cerinoideus,  Anguis- 
pira  alternata  jergusoni,  Philomycus  caroliniensis,  Succinea  camp- 
estris,  S.  wilsoni,  Catinella  pugilator  and  Gastrocopta  pellucida 
hordeacea. 


October,   1967  nautilus  65 

Of  the  land  and  fresh-water  species  of  the  Outer  Banks,  31.5% 

are  widely  spread  over  North  America,  21%  occur  only  east  of  the 

Rocky  Mountains  and  47.3%  are  restricted  to  the  Atlantic  Coastal 

Plain.  None  are  endemic  to  the  islands.  Territorial  limits  of  the 

35  land  species  of  the  entire  North  Carolina  coastal  region  are 

divided  into  almost  identical  percentages.  Three  species  have  been 

found,  however,  only  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina. 

Literature  cited 
Brown,   C.   A.    1959.   Vegetation  of  the   Outer   Banks  of  North 

Carolina  La.  State  University  Press.  Baton  Rouge,  pp.  179. 
Dawley,  C.  W.  1965.  Checklist  of  fresh- water  mollusks  of  North 

Carolina.  Sterkiana  19:  35-39. 
Dunbar,  C.  O.  1964.  Historical  geology.  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc. 

7th  printing,  pp.  319,  326  -  327,  353. 
Hubricht,   L.    1961.   Eight   new  species  of  land  snails  from   the 

southern  United  States.  Nautilus  75    (2)  :  60-64. 
Pilsbry,   H.  A.   1939  -   1948.   Land   Mollusca  of  North  America 
(north  of  Mexico)  .  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia.  Monographs 

No.  3. 
Rehder,  H.  A.  1949.  Some  land  and  freshwater  mollusks  from  the 

coastal    region   of   Virginia    and    North    and    South    Carolina. 

Nautilus  62   (4)  :  121-126. 

SOME  LAND  SNAIL  RECORDS  FROM  OKLAHOMA 
AND  ARKANSAS 

By  LESLIE  HUBRICHT 

During  the  spring  of  1966  the  author  spent  two  weeks  collecting 
land  snails  in  eastern  Oklahoma  and  western  Arkansas.  Some  of 
the  more  important  new  records  are  listed  here. 
Stenotrema  Inhrosum    (Bland)  . 

Stenotremn  ahaddona  Branson,  1964,  Nautilus  77:   103-104,  fig. 
la-c. 

Stenotrema  ahaddona  is  based  on  slightly  immature  specimens  of 
Stenotrema  labrosum,  in  which  the  lip  is  formed  but  the  shell  is 
thin  and  the  umbilicus  is  covered  but  not  filled  in. 
Triodopsis  lioderma    (Pilsbry)  . 

Polygyra  indianorum  lioderma  Pilsbry,  1902,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Philadelphia  p.  511. 

Mesodon.  It  is  most  closely  related  to  Triodopsis  divesta   (Gould) . 
Philadelphia,  Monographs  3,  vol.  1,  p.  741. 

Specimens  of  this  species  collected  on  the  Arkansas  River  bluff, 


66  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

opposite  Sand  Springs,  Tulsa  Co.,  Oklahoma  were  dissected;  and 
it  was  found  to  belong  in  the  genus  Triodopsis  rather  than  in 
Mesodon.  It  is  most  closely  related  to  Triodopsis  divesta  (Gould)  . 
Back  in  1935  I  collected  this  species  on  the  bluffs  along  the 
Verdigris  River,  between  Verdigris  and  Catoosa,  Rogers  Co., 
Oklahoma.  I  was  not  able  to  find  it  there  on  my  recent  trip. 
Haplotrema  concavum    (Say)  . 

Oklahoma:  Mayes  Co.:  bluff  below  dam,  Langley. 
Glyphyalinia  wheatleyi    (Bland)  . 

Retinella  zikmundi  Branson,  1964,  Proc.  Okla.  Acad.  Sci.  44: 
27-29,  PI.  1,  fig.  1-3. 

Oklahoma:  Cherokee  County.  Arkansas:   Benton,  Carroll,  and 
Washington  Counties. 
Glyphyalinia  solida    (H.B.Baker) . 

Arkansas:  Logan  and  Montgomery  Counties. 
Paravitrea  multidentata    (Binney)  . 

Arkansas:  Benton  Co.:  Sugar  Creek  bluff,  1  mile  north  of  Avoca. 
Paravitrea  petrophila   (Bland) . 

Oklahoma:  Le  Flore  Co.:  Rich  Mtn.,  near  base,  1.7  miles  south- 
east of  Page. 
Ventridens  ligerus   (Say) . 

Oklahoma:  Le  Flore  Co.:  base  of  Short  Mtn.,  below  Kerr  Dam. 
Helicodiscus  notius  notius  Hubricht. 

Oklahoma:   Creek,  Delaware,  Payne,  and  Tulsa  Counties.  Ar- 
kansas: Franklin  County. 
Helicodiscus  jacksoni  Hubricht. 

Oklahoma:  Le  Flore  and  Tulsa  Counties. 
Succinea  indiana  Pilsbry. 

Oklahoma:  Muskogee  and  Sequoyah  Counties. 
Succinea  witteri  Shimek. 

Oklahoma:   Craig,  Ottawa,  Sequoyah,  and  Wagoner  Counties. 
Arkansas:  Franklin,  Sebastian,  and  Yell  Counties. 
Catinella  vermeta   (Say) . 

Oklahoma:  Cherokee,  Delaware,  Le  Flore,  Muskogee,  Ottawa, 
Sequoyah,  and  Wagoner  Counties.  Arkansas:  Franklin,  Madison, 
Washington,  and  Yell  Counties. 

In  many  of  the  specimens  dissected  the  penial  appendix  was 
greatly  reduced,  and  in  some  cases,  completely  wanting.  Such  speci- 
mens were  found  to  contain  numerous  small  nematode  worms. 


October,   1967  nautilus  67 

Catinella  wandae  Webb. 

Arkansas:  Polk  Co.:  Rich  Mtn.,  Rich  Mtn.  Station. 
Strobilops  aenea  Pilsbry. 

Arkansas:  Franklin,  Madison,  Washington,  and  Yell  Counties. 
Carychiiim  exile  H.  C.  Lea. 

Oklahoma:  Adair,  Cherokee,  Delaware,  Le  Flore,  Mayes,  and 
Sequoyah  Counties.  Arkansas:  Benton,  Conway,  Polk,  and  Sharp 
Counties. 


NOTES  AND  NEWS 

Unionid  fauna  of  Cannadaigua  Lake  outlet.  New  York.  — 

While  collecting  mollusks  in  the  Oswego  River  drainage  system 
in  central  New  York  State,  I  discovered  an  area  comparatively 
rich  in  fresh-water  mussels  (Unionidae)  in  the  Canandaigua  Lake 
outlet  at  Alloway,  in  Wayne  County. 

Unfortunately  the  waters  of  the  stream  are  becoming  increas- 
ingly polluted,  and  I  would  like  to  report  the  species  found  there 
before  they  become  eradicated. 

The  species  are  listed  in  order  of  their  abundance,  from  the 
commonest  to  the  rarest,  for  the  three  major  habitats  encountered 
in  the  stream.  Ligumia  recta  (Lamarck)  and  Lasmigona  compressa 
(Lea)   are  represented  by  dead  valves  only. 

I.  On  cobble  and  gravel  bars  in  a  current  of  20-30  cm./sec: 
Elliptio  complanata  (Solander) ,  Lasmigona  costata  (Rafinesque) , 
Alasmidonta  marginata  (Say)  ,  Villosa  iris  (Lea) ,  Strophitus  un- 
dulatus  (Say) ,  Lampsilis  radiata  siliqiioidea  (Barnes) ,  L.  radiata 
radiata   (Gmelin) ,  Fusconaia  fiava   (Rafinesque) . 

IL  Along  banks  on  silty  bottom  in  a  current  of  0-20  cm./sec: 
Lampsilis  ovata  ventricosa  (Barnes) ,  Fusconaia  fiava  >  (Rafin- 
esque) ,  Elliptio  complanata  (Solander) ,  Anodonta  grandis  (Say) , 
Lampsilis  radiata  siliquoidea  (Barnes) ,  L.  radiata  radiata  (Gme- 
lin) ,  Strophitus  undulatus    (Say)  . 

in.  In  quiet  pools:  Anodonta  grandis  (Say) ,  Elliptio  compla- 
nata (Solander) ,  Lasmigona  costata  (Rafinesque) ,  Strophitus  un- 
dulatus (Say) , — WiLLARD  N.  Harman,  Cornell  University,  Dept. 
Entomology  and  Limnology,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

References 
Clarke,  Arthur  H.,  and  Clifford  O.  Berg.   1959.  The  freshwater 

mussels  of  central   New  York  with  an   illustrated  key   to  the 


68  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

species  of  northeastern  North  America.  Cornell  Univ.  Agr.  Exp. 
Sta.   Memoir  367:1-79 
Robertson,  Imogene  C.  S.,  and  Clifford  L.  Blakeslee.   1948.  The 
Molliisca  of  the  Niagara  frontier  region.  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat. 
Sci.  7P  (3):  1-191. 

Heilprin,  Angelo,  Explorations  on  the  west  Coast  of  Florida 
and  in  the  Okeechobee  wilderness.  1887,  Wagner  Free  Institute 
of  Science,  Philadelphia,  pp.7-  134,  plates  2-21.  Through  a  curi- 
ous error,  75  species  of  mollusks  described  in  1887  were  listed  as 
new  in  the  Zoological  Record  101:  pt.  9,  Mollusca,  pp.  1-187  for 
1964    (1966). 

In  1964  the  Paleontological  Research  Institution,  Ithaca,  New 
York,  republished  this  rare  volume  of  Heilprin  in  their  Palaeonto- 
graphica  Americana  ^.-365-506,  plates  54-74.  The  compiler  for  the 
Zoological  Record  simply  overlooked  this  fact  though  it  is  clearly 
indicated  on  the  title  page  of  the  republication  as  "Reprint"  and 
by  the  date  of  "1887".  The  next  page  is  the  reprinted  title  page 
of  Heilprin  and  the  following  page,  a  "Preface"  by  Katherine 
V.W.  Palmer,  Director  of  the  Paleontological  Research  Institute, 
in  which  she  gives  thanks  to  the  authorities  of  the  Wagner  Free 
Institute  of  Science  for  allowing  the  republication  of  this  rare  and 
important  paper  on  the  late  Tertiary  molluscan  fauna  of  the 
Florida  peninsula. — W.  J.  Clench. 

Range  of  the  Asiatic  clam  in  Florida. — The  Asiatic  clam, 
Corbicula  fiuminea  (Miiller) ,  was  first  observed  in  the  United 
States  in  1938.  The  rapid  spread  of  this  mollusk  from  the  Colum- 
bia River  in  Washington,  southeasterly  across  the  United  States, 
to  the  Gulf  Coast  streams  of  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  and  Alabama 
is  well  documented  (Dundee  and  Dundee,  1958;  Sinclair  and  In- 
gram, 1961;  Dundee  and  Harman,  1963;  Hubricht,  1963,  1964). 
Records  from  the  Florida  State  Board  of  Health  biological  sur- 
veys indicate  the  initial  entrance  and  dispersal  of  Corbicula  fiumi- 
nea in  Florida. 

In  1960  the  Florida  State  Board  of  Health  conducted  a  bio- 
logical survey  of  the  Escambia  River.  Among  the  organisms  re- 
ported was  the  Asiatic  clam  (Schneider,  1964)  .  Specimens  ranged 
from  2-4  mm.  long  (anterior-posterior  length) .  Based  on  size-class 


October,   1967  nautilus  69 

distribution  as  discussed  by  Keup,  Horning  and  Ingram    (1963) 
apparently  the  clam  invaded  this  area  about  1959.  This  appears 
to  be  the  first  record  for  Florida. 

The  following  year  an  extensive  water  quality  survey  of  the 
Apalachicola  River  was  conducted  (Schneider,  1961)  .  Corbiciila 
fiuminea  was  collected  from  two  areas  of  the  river,  near  Blounts- 
town,  Florida  and  near  Apalachicola,  Florida.  The  specimens  were 
approximately  the  same  size  as  those  found  a  year  earlier  in  the 
Escambia  River,  indicating  a  recent  invasion  into  the  Apalachicola 
watershed. 

In  1963  an  abundance  of  Corbicula  fiuminea  was  reported  from 
the  Apalachicola  River  near  Chattahoochee,  Florida  (Heard) . 
There  is  good  evidence  that  the  clam  entered  this  portion  of 
the  river  from  do^vnstream.  Heard  states,  "Corbicula  flu7ninea 
was  found  to  be  absent  above  the  (Jim  Woodruff)  dam,  but 
present  below  it  at  both  stations".  Perhaps  it  was  transported  by 
waterfowl  as  suggested  by  Dr.  William  J.  Clench,  Curator  of 
Mollusks,  Harvard  University.  Dredging  operations,  barge  traffic, 
or  fishermen  also  could  have  been  responsible  for  its  upstream 
transportation. 

The  range  of  Corbicula  fiuminea  in  Florida  is  presently  from 
the  Escambia  River  near  Century,  Hwy.  4,  Escambia  County 
(Schneider,  1964)  to  the  Withlacoochee  River  at  the  south  edge 
of  Inglis,  U.  S.  Hwy.  19  and  98,  Levy  County  (Heard,  1964) .  The 
eventual  extent  of  its  range  in  Florida  is  unknown. — Robert  F. 
ScHNEmER,  Biologist,  Bureau  of  Sanitary  Engineering,  Fla.  State 
Board  of  Health,  Pensacola,  Fla. 

Literature  Cited 

Dundee,  D.  S.  and  H.  A.  Dundee.   1958.   Extentions  of  known 

ranges  of  four  mollusks.  Naut.  72    (2)  :  51-54. 
Dundee,   D.   S.    and   W.   J.    Harman.    1963.    Corbicula   fiuminea 

(MuUer)    in  Louisiana.  Naut.  77    (1)  :   30. 
Heard,  William  H.  1964.  Corbicula  fiuminea  in  Florida.  Naut.  77 

(3)  :  105-107. 
Hubricht,  Leslie.  1963.  Corbicula  fiuminea  in  the  Mobile  River. 

Naut.  77   (1)  :  31. 
.   1964.  Corbicula  fiuminea  at  Vicksburg,   Mississippi.  Naut. 

77  (4)    :143. 
Keup,  L.,  W.  B.  Horning  and  W.  M.  Ingram.   1963.  Extension 

of  range  of  Asiatic  clam  to  Cincinnati  reach  of  the  Ohio  River. 

Naut.  77   (1):  16-18. 


70  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

vSchneider,  Robert  F.  1961.  A  biological  report  of  the  Apalachicola 

River.  Florida  State  Board  of  Health,  pp.  1-32. 
.  1964.  An  ecological  survey  of  the  Escambia  River,  Florida. 

Unpub.  thesis  Illinois  State  University,   pp.   1-229. 
Sinclair,  R.  M.  and  W.  M.  Ingram.  1961.  A  new  record  for  the 

Asiatic  clam  in  the  United  States,  the  Tennessee  River.  Naut.  74 

(3)  :   114-118. 

The  American  Malacological  Union  held  a  most  successful 
annual  meeting,  the  thirty-third,  July  31st  to  August  6th  at  Ottawa, 
Canada.  As  guests  of  the  National  Museum  of  Canada  and  Carle- 
ton  University  over  160  A.M.U.  members,  their  families  and 
friends  enjoyed  the  hospitality  of  our  neighbor  to  the  north. 
Housing,  meals  and  meeting  rooms  were  provided  by  the  Uni- 
versity while  the  Museum  not  only  arranged  that  one  day's  session 
be  held  at  the  Museum  itself  but  provided  the  annual  dinner 
at  Ottawa's  finest  restaurant.  On  the  final  day  two  chartered  buses 
transported  delegates  to  Montreal  for  a  brief  visit  to  Expo  67. 

A.M.U.  President  Leo  G.  Hertlein  presided  over  a  record  num- 
ber of  papers  of  which  abstracts  will  be  printed  in  the  1967  Annual 
Report  Bulletin: 

Growth  and  longevity  of  naiads  from  Fishery  Bay  in  Western 
Lake  Erie,  David  H.  Stansbery.  Small  beginnings,  Adlai  B.  Wheel. 
The  mollusks  of  Sable  Island,  Nova  Scotia,  Arthur  H.  Clarke,  Jr. 
Hosts,  spermatophores,  and  the  systematics  of  some  eastern  Odos- 
tomia  (Pyramidellidae) ,  Robert  Robertson.  Notes  on  captive  Leu- 
cozonia  nassa,  Chaetopleura  apiculata  and  Ischnochiton  floridanus, 
Dorothy  Raeihle.  Mexican  pearly  freshwater  mussels,  Joseph  P.  E. 
Morrison.  Bivalve  larval  development  types,  Paul  Chanley.  Sea- 
sonal reproduction  in  the  Lampsilinae  (Pelecypoda:  Unionidae) , 
William  H.  Heard.  Notes  on  the  evolution  of  Spengleria  (Gas- 
trochaenidae:  Bivalvia) ,  Kenneth  J.  Boss.  Distribution  and  growth 
rates  of  the  edible  mussel,  Mytilus  edulis  in  the  Canadian  Arctic, 
Irene  Lubinsky.  A  Correlation  of  Postglacial  molluscan  succession 
and  radiocarbon-dated  pollen  sequence  from  Atkins  Lake,  On- 
tario, Marcel  Ouellet.  Distribution  of  Arctic  marine  gastropods, 
Mrs.  A.  H.  Macpherson.  Zoogeographic  and  evolutionary  patterns 
in  northern  Lymnaeidae  and  Planorbidae,  Arthur  H.  Clarke,  Jr. 
Notes  on  the  taxonomy  and  zoogeography  of  the  Columbellidae, 
George  E.  Radwin.  Notes  on  the  molluscan  fauna  off  the  coast  of 


October,   1967  nautilus  71 

North  Carolina,  Hugh  J.  Porter  and  Charles  E.  Jenner.  The  San 
Juan  Expedition  to  the  Gulf  of  Tehuantepec,  Donald  R.  Shasky. 
Architeuthis,  the  giant  squid,  Fredrick  A.  Aldrich.  Dissociation 
and  reorganization  of  molluscan  tissues,  Vera  King  Farris.  The 
freshwater  Mollusca  of  Taiwan  (Formosa) ,  Henry  van  der  Schalie 
and  Gary  L.  Pace.  On  the  evolution  of  torsion  in  the  Limidae 
(Mollusca:  Bivalvia) ,  Thomas  }.  Gilmour.  A  proposal  to  register 
with  the  A.M.U.  all  antiquarian  shell  books,  Mart  Hulswit.  Mala- 
cologia — Five  years  of  publication,  John  B.  Burch.  Studies  on  suc- 
ceinidae,  C.  M.  Patterson.  The  habits  and  distribution  of  Carinifex 
and  Parapholyx,  Gary  L.  Pace.  Endodontid  land  snails  of  Rapa 
Island,  pattern  and  problems  in  speciation,  Alan  Solem.  Polyem- 
bryony  in  buline  snails,  Chin-Tsong  Lo  (read  by  Gary  Pace)  .  A 
taxonomic  study  of  some  species  of  the  freshwater  snail  genus 
Semisulcospira  in  Japan,  John  B.  Burch  and  George  M,  Davis. 
Ecology  and  distribution  of  the  marine  Mollusca  of  Barbados,  Vin- 
cent Conde.  Electrophoretic  analysis  of  esterases  in  BiiUnns,  John 
B.  Burch  and  G.  K.  Lindsay.  Commensal  bivalves  from  the  North 
Carolina  coast,  Charles  E.  Jenner  and  Anne  E.  McCrary.  Distribu- 
tion of  the  posterior  pallial  nerves  in  Latnpsilis  ventricosa ,  Louise 
R.  Kraemer.  Postglacial  dispersal  patterns  of  littoral  marine  mol- 
lusks  and  crustaceans  in  eastern  Canada,  E.  L.  Bousfield.  A  Plea 
to  list  rare  molluscan  species  endangered  by  pollution  or  othei 
causes,  Herbert  D.  Athearn.  Locomotion  in  Aporrhais  and  Haliotis, 
Alan  Solem.  Radular  studies  of  Tai^van  muricid  gastropods,  Shi- 
Kuei  Wu.  Systematics  of  Xylophaga  versus  the  teredinids,  a  study 
in  contrasts,  Ruth  D.  Turner.  Tree  snails  of  Cuba,  Hispanola  and 
Florida,  William  J.  Clench.  Western  Atlantic  Hastula,  Joseph  P.  E. 
Morrison. 

Officers  elected  for  1967-68  arc:  President,  Arthur  H.  Clarke,  Jr. 
Vice-president,  Joseph  Rosewater.  2nd  Vice-president,  Fay  Wolf- 
son.  Secretary',  Margaret  C.  Teskey.  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Horace  B. 
Baker.  Publications  Editor,  M.  Karl  Jacobson.  Councillors-at-large, 
Mrs.  Dorothy  Beetle,  Harold  D.  Murray,  David  H.  Stansbury,  Dan 
Steger.  The  1968  annual  meeting  will  be  held  in  July  at  Corpus 
Christi,  Texas;  7  Texas  shell  clubs  ^vill  co-host  the  event.  —  Mar- 
garet C.  Teskey,  Secretary,  American  Malacological  Union. 


72  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (2) 

PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Habe,  Tadashige.  1964.  Freshwater  molluscan  fauna  of  Thailand. 
Nature  and  Life  in  Southeast  Asia  3:  45-66,  &  pis.  1,  2.  N.  spp. 
of  Sinotaia  (Filopaludina  n.  subg.)  k  Unio. 

1964.  Notes  on  the  strange  ark  shell  Trisides  Roding.  Bull. 

Nat.  Sci.  Museum  7:  255-257,  &:  pi.  1. 

1964.  Notes  on  the  genus  Cucullaea  Lamarck    (Mollusca) 


Bull,  cit.:  259-261,  figs.  1  &:  2. 

1965.  The  arcid  subfamily  Anadarinae  in  Japan  and  its  ad- 


jacent areas.  Bull.  cit.  8:  71-85,  &  pis.  1-3. 

1965.  Notes  on  the  ivory  shell  genus  Babylonia  Schliiter  (Mol- 


lusca).  Bull,  cit.:   115-124,  k  pL  1 
Heard,  William  H.  1962.  The  Sphaeriidae  (Mollusca:  Pelecypoda) 
of  the  North  American  Great  Lakes.  Amer.  Midland  Nat.  67 : 
194-198. 

Survey  of  the  Sphaeriidae    (Mollusca;   Pelecypoda)    of  the 

southeastern  United  States.  Proc.  La.  Acad.  Sci.  26:  102-120,  6 
figs. 

The  biology  of  Pisidium  (Neopisidiiim)  conventus  Clessin 


(Pelecypoda;    Sphaeriidae) .   Mich.   Acad.   Sci.,   Arts  &  Letters 
48:  ll-%6,  2  figs.,  2  tables. 

1966.    Recent   Eupera     (Pelecypoda;    Sphaeriidae)     in    the 


United  States.  Amer.  Midland  Nat.  74:  309-317,  3  figs.  Euperinae 
new.  E.  cubensis  -\-  E.  singleyi. 

k  J.  B.  Burch.  1966.  Key  to  the  genera  of  freshwater  pele- 


cypods  (mussels  and  clams)  of  Michigan  Mus.  Zoo.  Univ.  Mich., 

circular  no.  4:  48  pp.,  48  figs. 
Horiuchi,  Shiro  &  Charles  E.  Lane.   1965.  Digestive  enzymes  of 

the  crystalline  style  of  Strombus  gigas  Linne.   1,  Cellulase  and 

some  other  carbohydrases,  Biol.  Bull.  129:  273-281,  6  figs.  &  4 

tables. 
Humes,   Ralph   H.    1965.   A   short   history   of  Liguus   collecting. 

J.  Hist.  Assoc.  S.  Fla.  no.  25:  67-82. 
Jaeckel,  S.  H.  1963.  Landmollusken  der  Insel  Djerba   (Tunesien) . 

Abhandl.  Sc  Ber.  Staatl.  Mus.  Tierk.  Dresden:  26:  257-261. 
&  H.  P.  Plate.  1964.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Mollusken- 

fauna  der  Insel  Mallorca.  Malak.  Abhandl.  ditto.  1:  53-87. 
8c  Plate.  1965.  Nachtrag  [to  preceding]  Abhandl.  cit.  2:  159- 


164,  1  map,  6  figs. 


October,   1967  nautilus  iii 

Langlois,  Thomas  H.  1965.  The  conjugal  behavior  of  the  intro- 
duced European  giant  garden  slug,  Limax  maximus  L.,  as 
observed  on  South  Bass  Island,  Lake  Erie.  Ohio  J.  Sci.  65:  298- 
304,  17  figs. 

Loosanoff,  Victor  L.  1965.  Gonad  development  and  discharge  of 
spawn  in  oysters  of  Long  Island  Sound.  Biol.  Bull.  129:  546-561, 
6  figs. 

1966.  Time  and  intensity  of  setting  of  the  oyster  Crassostrea 

virginica  in  Long  Island  Sound.  Biol.  Bull.  130:  211-227,  7  figs., 
4  tables. 

Loosjes,  F.  E.  ^  A.C.W.  Loosjes-van  Bemmel.  1966.  Some  anatom- 
ical, systematical  and  geographical  data  on  Neniinae  (Gastro- 
poda, Clausiliidae)  .  Zoo.  Verhandel.  [Leiden]  no.  77:  59  pp. 
-(-  1  pi.  &  1  table.  Genitalia  and  radulae. 

Lopes,  Hugo  de  Souza,  Arnaldo  C.  Dos  Santos  Coelho  8c  Paulo  de 
Sa  Cardoso.  1966.  Contribuicoes  de  conhecimento  dos  gastro- 
podes  marinjos  do  Brasil.  1,  Familia  Rissoidae.  Bol.  Mus.  Nac. 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  Zoologia.  no.  254:   11  pp.  -(-  3  pis. 

1965.    Uma   nova   especie   brasileira   do   genero   "Mitrella" 

Risso,    1826    (Gastropoda,    Columbellidae)  .    Rev.    Brasil.    Biol. 
25:  21-24,  2  figs. 

Magalhaes,   Luiz  A.    1964.   Moluscos  planorbideos  do  Estado  da 

Guanabara.  Rev.  Brasil.  Biol.  24:  277-288,   1   table. 
1965.  Afalia  em  "Drepanotrema  anatimum"   (Orbigny,  1835) 

(Pulmonata,  Planorbidae) .  Rev.  cit.  25:  93-96,  figs.  1,  2. 
Medcof,  J.  C.,  Arthur  H.  Clarke,  Jr.  &  John  S.   Erskine.    1965. 

Ancient  Canadian  east-coast  oyster  and  quahaug  shells.  J.  Fish. 

Res.  Board  Canada  22:  631-634. 
Paraense,  W.  Lobato,  Pierre  Fauran  %z  Edouardo  Cormes.   1964. 

Observations  sur  la  morphologie,  la  taxonomie,  la  repartition 

geographique  et  les  gites  d'  Australorbis  schrammi.  Bull.  Soc. 

Pathologie  exotique  57:  1236-1254,  figs.  1-17,  &  pis.  6,  7. 
Paraense  &  Nicanor  Ibanez   H.    1964.   "Australorbis  helophilus" 
(Pulmonata,    Planorbidae) .    Rev.    Brasil.    Biol.    24:    249-258, 

figs.  1-38. 
Paraense.  1965.  The  Brazilian  species  of  "Drepanotrema,"  VIII: 

"D.  heloicum"    (Orbigny,  1835).  Rev.  cit.  25:  25-34,  figs.  1-13. 
Parodiz,  Juan  J.  &  Lise  Hennings.  1965.  The  Neocorbicula   (Mol- 

lusca,  Pelecypoda)  of  the  Parana-Uruguay  basin,  South  America. 


iv  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (2) 

Ann.  Carnegie  Museum  38:  69-96,  figs.   1-9. 
Plasar,   Ivo.    1964.   Malakofauna  brehynskeho  a   Novozomeckeho 

rybnika   na   Ceskolipsku.   Sbornik   Narodniho   Muzea   v   Praze 

20:  257-287,  figs.   1-16. 
Reigle,    Norman    J.,    Jr.    1964.    The    distribution    of    the    genus 

Ventridens    (Mollusca,  Gastropoda)    in  Michigan.  Amer.  Mid- 
land Nat.  72:  507-508. 
Ropes,  John  W.  8c  Alden  P.  Stickney.  1965.  Reproductive  cycle  of 

My  a  arenaria  in  New  England.  Biol.  Bull.  128:  315-327,  figs.  1-14. 
Sastry,  A.  N.  1966.  Temperature  effects  in  reproduction  of  the  bay 

scallop,  Aeqiiipecten  irradians  Lamarck.  Biol.  Bull.  130:  118-134, 

4  figs.,  7  tables. 
Saurin,   E.    1958.   Pyramidellidae   de   Pho-Hai    (Sud  Viet-Nam)  . 

Inst.  Oceanogr.  Nhatrang,  contribution  no.  35:  63-86,  &:  pis.  1-4. 

N.    spp.    in    Cossmannia,    Odostomia,    PyrguUna,    Chrysallida, 

Egilina,   Babella,   Miralda,    Tiirbonilla,   Pyrgiscus,    Careliopsis 

&  Cincrulina. 
Schalie,  Henry  van  der.  1965.  Observations  on  the  sex  of  Camp- 

eloma   (Gastropoda:  Viviparidae)  .  occ.  Papers  Mus.  Zoo.  Univ. 

Mich.  no.  641:   1-15,  including  1  fig.  k  pis.  1-5. 
Scheltema,  Rudolf  S.  1965.  The  relationship  of  salinity  to  larval 

survival  and  development  in  A^assarius  obsoletus   (Gastropoda)  . 

Biol  Bull.  129:  340-354,  5  figs.  4  tables. 
Tebble,    Norman.     1966.    British    bivalve    seashells.    Handbook, 

British  Museum    (Natural  History),  212  pp.,  110  text  figs.,  12 

pis.   (8  in  color) .  An  excellent,  accurate,  well-illustrated,  useful 

guide  to  all  the  known  British  bivalves.  $4.00,  bound,  wTite: 

Sales  Section,  British  Information  Service,  845  Third  Avenue, 

New  York,  N.  Y.  10022. 


WILLIAM  H.  WEEKS  SHELL  COLLECTION:  New  price  lists 
of  this  famous  collection,  with  full  scientific  data,  are  in  prepa- 
ration. Many  new  additions  of  fine  and  rare  species  are  also 
included.  To  obtain  free  copies  write: 

George  E.  Jacobs,  853  Riverside  Drive,  New  York  32,  N.  Y. 


Vol.  81 JANUARY,  1968 No.  3 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

THE  PILSBRY  QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 


EDITORS   AND   PUBLISHERS 


Horace  Burrington  Baker,   11   Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pa. 


(Emeritus  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  Pennsylvania)  n^  "-'i'Oi^  Cci!  Lc 

Charles  B.  Wurtz,  Biology  Department         I  L  1  B  R  A  R 

La  Salle  College,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  19141         1  !  \  M  9  "^  1Q 

R.  Tucker  Abbott,  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  Chair  of  Malacology 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,   Pa.   19103  WOODS  HOLE,  M 


CONTENTS 


Partulidae:  Preview  of  anatomical  revision.  By  Yoshio 
Kondo    73 

Replacement  of  pleurocerids  by  Bithynia  in  polluted 

waters  of  central  New  York.  By  Willard  N.  Harman 77 

A  note  on  Catinella  oklahomarum.  By  F.  Wayne  Grimm 84 

Portuguese  marine  MoUusca  in  Bermuda.  By  R.  Tucker 

Abbott  and  Russell  H.  Jensen  86 

A  new  Meiocardia    (Pelecypoda,  Glossidae)    from  the 

Eocene  of  Florida.  By  David  Nicol  89 

Zoogeography  of  thecosomatous  pteropods  in  the  west 

Atlantic  Ocean.  By  Chin  Chen  94 

Notes  and  news  101         Publications  received  108 


.25  per  year  ($4.75  to  Foreign  Countries)  $1.25  a  copy. 


Mrs.  Horace  B.  Baker,  Business  Manager 
11   Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pennsylvania   19083 


Second-Class  Postage  paid  at  Spring  House,  Pa. 


NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Mollusks,  edited  and  published 
by  Horace  B.  Baker,  Charles  B.  Wurtz  and  R.  Tucker  Abbott. 

Matter  for  publication  should  be  sent  to  the  senior  editor.  Manuscripts 
should  be  typewritten  and  DOUBLE  SPACED  throughout,  including  titles, 
footnotes  and  bibliographies.  Galley  proof  (without  manuscript)  will  be 
submitted  to  authors  only  if  requested,  on  or  attached  to  first  page  of  MS. 

Authors  are  charged  for  engraving  blocks  of  plates  and/or  figures  at  cost. 
Minimum  charge  for  each  block  is  $3.00. 

Reprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.  Orders  should  be  WRnTEN  on  or 
ATTACHED  TO  FIRST  PAGE  OF  MANUSCRIPT.  PURCHASE  ORDERS,  when  re- 
quired, and  shipping  instructions,  MUST  accompany  original  order.  Extra 
clerical  or  bookkeeping  work  because  of  delayed  receipt  of  purchase  orders 
will  be  charged  for  accordingly: 

TEXT    PAPER  2  pp.         4  pp.         8  pp.  12  pp.         16  pp. 

First    100  copies   3.40  6.35  13.25  18.70  23.95 

Additional    100   65  1.40  4.30  5.50  6.70 

PLATE  PAPER 

First   100  copies  3.70  6.90  14.45  20.45  26.25 

Additional    100  90  1.95  5.45  7.25  9.00 

No  extra  charge  for  plates.  Prices  subject  to  change  without  notice.  Post- 
age extra. 

Reprints  are  shipped,  with  invoices,  by  Pony  Printing,  4  Cloverdale  Avenue, 
Upper  Darby,  Pennsylvania  19082. 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Secretary,  Route  2,  Box  318,  Marinette,  Wisconsin  54143. 


Back  Issues:  Vols.  3-70,  if  available,  can  be  obtained  from  Kraus  Periodicals, 
Inc.,  16  East  46th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10O17.  Vols.  71  to  date  are 
available  from  the  Nautilus,  11  Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pennsylvania 
19083,  and  vary  in  price. 


THE  NAUTILUS 

Vol.  81  January,   1968  No.  3 

PARTULIDAE:    PREVIEW    OF    ANATOMICAL    REVISION 

By  YOSHIO  KONDO 

Dissections  of  the  genitalia  of  109  forms  of  Partulidae  (Orthure- 
thra)  from  a  total  of  about  126  within  the  family  leads  to  the 
following  summarization: 

Genus  Eua,  4  species;  Samoana,  22  species;  Partula:  about  100 
species  plus  subspecies. 

Hypothesis  of  partulid  evolution:  Genus  Eua  is  the  most  primi- 
tive; Samoana  evolved  from  Eua;  Partula  evolved  from  Samoana. 
Eua  evolved  from  its  ancestral  stock  in  the  Samoa-Tonga  region. 
Samoana  evolved  from  Eua  in  Samoa-Tonga.  Co-existence  of  Eua 
and  Samoana  in  Tonga-Samoa  to  the  exclusion  of  Partula  supports 
this  hypothesis.  Place  of  origin  of  Partula  from  Samoana  cannot 
be  hypothesized  now. 

Distribution  of  the  126  kinds  of  Partulidae  is  given  in  Table  I. 
The  table,  and  the  list  to  follow,  includes  all  the  forms  dissected; 
those  not  dissected,  due  to  lack  of  animals;  and  species  whose 
existence  is  doubtful. 

Range:  Partulidae  range  from  Palau  to  Marquesas,  a  distance 
of  5,300  nautical  miles.  Samoana  is  distributed  for  4,700  miles, 
from  Guam  to  Marquesas.  Partula  is  also  distributed  for  4,700 
miles,  from  Palau  to  the  Society  Islands.  Eua  has  only  a  480-mile 
range,  from  Tonga  to  Samoa. 

Within  its  expectable  range,  Partulidae  is  absent  on  Yap,  Truk, 
Mangareva,  and  Pitcairn. 

High  specific  number  of  Partula  in  the  Society  Islands  provides 
evidence  that  the  genus  may  be  experiencing  a  rejuvenation  there. 
A  curious  instance  of  a  species  having  3  distinct  forms  of  genitalia 
occurs  in  Tahiti.  Five  of  the  8  varieties  (or  subspecies)  of  P. 
otaheitana  dissected  show  that  two  of  them  vary  in  anatomy  ac- 
cording to  valleys. 

Samoana  of  Marquesas  also  shows  evidence  of  rejuvenation.  To 
the  6  known  species  can  be  added  7  new  undescribed  forms. 

In  recent  times  the  Melanesian  partulid  species  have  been 
reduced  from  39  names  to  about  19.  Further  reduction  is  antici- 

73 


74 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (3) 


pated  in  the  Solomon  Islands  after  material  collected  in  1966 
through  National  Science  Foundation  assistance  (GB-3974)  is 
studied.  One  or  two  new  species  or  subspecies  may  be  added  from 
Santa  Cruz. 


Table  I 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  PARTULIDAE 


(Updated  to  1959) 


Res^ion 


Eua 


Samoana 


Partula 


Talaud 


1  ?  *♦ 


Micronesia 


Palau 

3 

Mariana 

1 

4 

«#•» 

Ponape 

2 

Kusaie 

1 

Melanesia 

Bismarck, Admiralty 

2 

N.Guinea, satellites* 

3 

Solomon 

8 

N.Hebrides 

5 

Santa  Cruz 

1 

Polynesia 

Hoorn 

1 

Rotuma 

1 

Fiji 

1 

2 

Tonga 

1 

1 

Samoa 

3 

5 

Cook 

1 

(l)»*«« 

Society 

4 

65 

(i; 

Austral 

3 

(1) 

Rapa 

1 

Marquesas 

6 

Totals 

4 

22 

IOC 

I 

♦    Loulsiade,  D'Entrecasteaux,  Trobriand,  VToodlark. 

««   Existence  doubtful, 

*»♦  One  new  species, 

♦**♦  Partula  hyalina  (l),  common  to  all  these  islands. 


January,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


75 


In  the  ensuing  list  of  genera  and  species,  undissected  species 
are  preceded  by  an  X,  doubtful  species  are  preceded  by  a  ?  mark. 

Partulidae 

Genus  Eua 

Tonga 

globosa  Pilsbry  and  Cooke 
Samoa 

expansa   (Pease) 

montana   (Cooke  and  Crampton) 
zebrina   (Gould) 

Genus  Samoana 
Tonga 


Eua 


Savaii,  Upolu 

Upolu 

Tutuila 


cramptoni  Pilsbry  and  Cooke 

Samoa 

stevensoniana    (Pilsbry) 

canalis  (Mousson) 

conica    (Gould) 

abbreviata    (Mousson) 

thurstoni  (Cooke  and  Crampton) 

Fiji 

alabastrina   (Pfeiffer) 

Austral 

dryas   (Crampton  and  Cooke) 

hamadryas    (Crampton  and  Cooke) 

oreas   (Crampton  and  Cooke) 

margaritae    (Crampton  and  Cooke) 

Society 

attenuata   (Pease) 

annectens   (Pease) 

diaphana    (Crampton  and  Cooke) 

X  solitaria   (Crampton) 

Marquesas 

strigata    (Pease) 

bellula  (Hartman) 

ganymedes   (Pfeiffer) 

inflata  (Reeve) 

decussatula  (Pfeiffer) 

magdalinae    (Hartman) 

Mariana 

fragilis    (Ferussac) 


Eua 

Savaii,  Upolu 
Savaii,  Upolu 
Upolu,  Tutuila 
Tutuila 
Ofu 

Moala 

Raivavae 
Raivavae 
Raivavae 
Rapa 

Tahiti,  Raiatea, 
Tahaa,  Borabora 
Huahine 
Moorea 
Moorea 

Nukuhiva,  Uahuka 

Uapou 

Hivaoa 

Hivaoa,  Tahuata 

Hivaoa,  Tahuata 

Fatuhiva 

Guam 


Society:  Borabora 

lutea  Lesson 

Tahaa 

faba  subangulata  Pease 

planilabrum   Pease 


Genus  Partula 

bilineata  Pease 

sagitta  Crampton  and  Cooke 

umbilicata  Pease 

eremita  Crampton  and  Cooke 

Raiatea 


76 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81  (3) 


faba   (Gmelin) 

fusca  Pease 

navigatoria    (Pfeiffer) 

vittata  Pease 

radiata  Garrett 

citrina  Pease 

imperforata  Garrett 

formosa  Garrett 

Candida  Crampton 

dentifera  Pfeiffer 

X  callifera  Pfeiffer 

X  cedista  Crampton 

auriculata  Broderip 

robusta  Pease 

X  dolichostoma  Crampton 

X  protracta  Crampton 

leptochila  Crampton 

labrusca  Crampton  and  Cooke 

dolorosa  Crampton  and  Cooke 

lugubris  Pease 

ovalis  Pease 

levilineata  Crampton 

turgida   (Pease) 

remota  Crampton 

atilis  Crampton 

tristis  Crampton  and  Cooke 

thalia  Garrett 

garretti  Pease 

rustica  Pease 

X  levistriata  Crampton 

X  cuneata  Crampton 

crassilabris  Pease 

hebe   (Pfeiffer) 

Huahine 

rosea  Broderip 

varia  Broderip 

arguta    (Pease) 

Moorea 

exigua  Crampton 

tohiveana  Crampton 

olympia  Crampton 

dendroica  Crampton 

aurantia  Crampton 

mirabilis  Crampton 

mooreana  Hartman 

suturalis  vexillum  Pease 

suturalis  strigosa  Pfeiffer 


taeniata  elongata  Pease 

Tahiti 

otaheitana  otaheitana  (Bruguiere) 

o.     amabilis    (Pfeiffer) 

o.     sinistrorsa  Garrett 

o.     rubescens  Reeve 

o.     affinis  Pease 

cytherea  Cooke  and  Crampton 

producta  Pease 

nodosa  Pfeiffer 

filosa  Pfeiffer 

clara  Pease 

hyalina  Broderip 

Austral 

hyalina  Broderip 

Cook 

hyalina  Broderip 

assimilis  Pease 

Fiji 

lirata  Mousson 

lanceolata  Cooke  and  Crampton 

Rotuma 

leefei  E.A.  Smith 

Hoorn 

subgonochila  Mousson 

New  Guinea,  satellites 

similaris  Hartman 

?  occidentalis  Hedley 

?  grisea  Lesson 

?  bulimoides  Lesson 

Admiralty,  Bismarck 

carteriensis   (Quoy  et  Gaimard) 

dorseyi   (Dall) 

Solomon 

micans  Pfeiffer 

coxi  Hartman 

regularis  Hartman 

X  incurva  Hartman 

X  flexuosa  Hartman 

X  pellucida  Pease 

X  hastula  Hartman 

cramptoni  Clench 

Santa  Cruz 

vanicorensis   (Quoy  et  Gaimard) 

New  Hebrides 

turneri  Pfeiffer 

pyramis  Hartman 


January,  1968  nautilus  77 

X  auraniana  Hartman  radiolata  Pfeiffer 

X  minor  Hartman  new  species 

X  milleri  Solem  Ponape 

Palau  guamensis    (Pfeiffer) 

calypso  Semper  emersoni  Pilsbry 

thetis  Semper  Kusaie 

leucothoe  Semper  martensiana  Pilsbry 

Mariana  Talaud 

gibba  Ferussac  ?  newcombiana  Hartman 

salifana  Crampton 

Selected  references 
Clench,  W.J.  1941.  Land  mollusca  from  the  Solomon  Islands.  Am. 

Mus.  Novitates  1129. 
Cooke,  Jr.,  CM.  and  H.E.  Crampton.  1930.  New  species  of  Partula. 

Bishop  Mus.  Occasional  Papers  IX  (11)  ;  3-9. 
Crampton,  H.E.  1916.  Studies  on  the  variation,  distribution,  and 

evolution  of  the  genus  Partula.  The  species  inhabiting  Tahiti. 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  Pub.  No.  228. 
,  1925.  Studies,    etc.    Guam    and    Saipan.    Ibid.    Pub.    No. 

228A. 

,  1932.  Studies,  etc.  Moorea.  Ibid.  Pub.  No.  410. 

-,  1956.  New  species  of  land  snails  of  the  genus  Partula  from 


Raiatea.  Am.  Mus.  Novitates  No.  1761. 
Pilsbry,   H.A.    1900.   On   the  zoological   position  of  Partula  and 

Achatinella.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia:   561-567. 

,  1900.  The  genesis  of  Mid-Pacific  faunas.  Ibid.  568-581. 

,  1909.  Partulidae.  Manual  of  Conchology  20:  155-336. 

,   1916.  Mid-Pacific  land  snail  faunas.  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci. 

2:  429-433. 
Pilsbry,  H.  A.  and  C.  M.  Cooke,  Jr.,  1934.  Partulidae  of  Tonga 

and  related  forms.  Bishop  Mus.  O.  P.  i^   (14)  :  3-21. 
Rensch,  I.   1937.  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Landschneckenfauna 

des  Bismarck-  Archipels  II.  Archiv  fur  Naturgeschichte,  N.  F. 
^(4):  526-644. 
Solem,  A.   1959.  Systematics  and  zoogeography  of  the  land  and 

fresh  water  Mollusca  of  the  New  Hebrides.  Fieldiana:  Zoology 

^^  (1)  •  

REPLACEMENT   OF    PLEUROCERIDS    BY    BITHYNIA    IN 

POLLUTED  WATERS  OF  CENTRAL  NEW  YORK 

By  WILLARD  N.  HARM  AN 

In  the  Oswego  River  drainage  basin  members  of  pleurocerids 
are  able  to  withstand  moderately  polluted  conditions,  but  in  these 
environments  they  are  unable  to  compete  successfully  with  a 
recently  introduced  species  from  Europe, 


78 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (3) 


Figure  1.  Distribution  of  Pleurocera  acuta  in  1966  in  the  Oswego  water- 
shed. ^  Living  population.  0.  Dead  specimens  only.  1.  Oswego  River.  2.  On- 
eida River.  3.  Onondaga  River.  4.  Seneca  River.  5.  Oneida  Lake.  6.  Onon- 
daga Lake.  7.  Otisco  Lake.  8.  Skaneateles  Lake.  9.  Owasco  Lake.  10.  Cayuga 
Lake.  11.  Seneca  Lake.  12.  Keuka  Lake.  13.  Canandaisjua  Lake. 


After  the  ice  sheet  retreated,  pleurocerid  fauna  invaded  the  St. 
Lawrence  watershed  {Goodrich.,  \9?>9)  .  Goniobasisvirginica  (Gme- 
lin),  and  Goniohasis  livescens  (Menke) ,  were  found  alive  in  the 
Oswego  River  watershed  before  the  turn  of  the  century  (DeKay, 
1843;  Beauchamp,  1888).  Apparently  they  entered  from  Lake 
Ontario  via  the  Oswego  River  and  its  tributaries,  the  Seneca,  One- 
ida, and  Onondaga  Rivers,  and  eventually  reached  Oneida  Lake 
and  the  larger  Finger  Lakes.  In  1825  the  Erie  Canal  was  opened 
from  Buffalo  to  Albany  creating  a  route  for  immigrating  aquatic 
fauna  from  the  west  (Clarke  and  Berg,  1959) .  Pleurocera  acuta 
Rafinesque  may  have  entered  the  drainage  basin  through  this  canal 
(Dazo,  1965) .  F.  C.  Baker's  classic  studies  on  Oneida  Lake  (1916) 


January,  1968  nautilus  79 

showed  that  G.  livescens  was  present  at  15  stations,  and  he  consid- 
ered the  species  to  be  ".  .  .  very  common  in  New  York  State." 

During  the  summer  of  1966  I  collected  aquatic  gastropods  at 
more  than  200  localities  in  the  Oswego  River  basin.  Pleurocera 
acuta  was  found  living  at  only  one  place  (Fig.  1) .  Goniobasis  vir- 
ginica  was  not  found  alive  (Fig.  2) .  Goniobasis  livescens  was  found 
living  at  13  localities,  all  isolated  from  the  major  rivers  (Fig.  3) . 
As  can  be  seen  in  Figures  1,  2,  and  3,  dead  specimens  of  the  above 
species  were  found  in  the  larger  rivers.  The  empty  shells  were 
greatly  eroded  and  the  snails  apparently  had  been  dead  for  some 
time.  In  Oneida  Lake,  where  Baker  had  found  G.  livescens  so  com- 
monly, not  a  single  shell  of  that  species  was  seen.  From  the  distribu- 
tion maps,  it  appears  that  P.  acuta  and  G.  virginica  never  entered 
the  smaller  streams  in  the  watershed.  Goniobasis  livescens^  how- 
ever, invaded  these  areas.  It  also  found  refuge  in  4  of  the  Finger 
Lakes,  Fayetteville  Green  Lake  south  of  Oneida  Lake,  and  De- 
Ruyter  Reservoir  still  farther  to  the  south. 

The  pleurocerids  are  well  known  to  be  clean  water  organisms 
(Dazo,  1965).  Unfortunately,  in  most  areas,  central  New  York's 
major  rivers  are  polluted.  However,  other  prosobranch  gastropods 
are  still  living  in  them.  They  are: 

Valvata  tricarinata    (Say) 
Campeloma  decisum  (Say) 
Viviparus  georgianus  (Lea) 
Amnicola  integra   (Say) 
Amnicola  limosa   (Say) 
Amnicola  lustrica  Pilsbry 
Bithynia  tentaculata   (Linnaeus) 

The  last  species  listed,  B.  tentaculata,  is  abundant.  In  areas  of 
rock  bottom  practically  every  stone  supports  a  large  colony,  and  in 
sandy  areas  much  of  the  vegetation  is  covered  with  them.  This  spe- 
cies is  in  fact  dominating  many  habitats  in  the  drainage  system 
(Fig.  4)  .  Blank  areas  appearing  on  the  map  along  the  rivers  are 
environments  with  soft,  shifting  bottoms  and  are  so  turbid  as  to 
prevent  the  growth  of  rooted  aquatic  plants.  Only  pulmonate 
snails  were  found  in  these  situations. 

Bithynia  tentaculata  is  an  introduced  species  (Berry,  1943).  It 
was  first  recorded  in  Lake  Michigan  in  1871  (Robertson  and  Blake- 
slee,  1948) ,  probably  being  introduced  from  Europe  into  the  St. 


80 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (3) 


Figure   2.    Distribution    of    Goniobasis   virginica    in    1966    in    the    Oswego 
watershed.    ^    Living  population.  0.  Dead  specimens  only. 


Lawrence  watershed  via  ballast  in  ships  (Bryant  Walker  in  Baker, 
1916)  .  William  Beauchamp  discovered  the  species  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Oswego  River  in  1876  (Baker,  1916) .  In  1888  he  reported  it 
in  the  Erie  Canal  in  Syracuse  and  at  West  Troy.  He  felt  that  it 
had  ".  .  .  become  the  most  abundant  shell  in  the  canal  .  .  ."  and 
thought  that  it  had  been  responsible  for  the  eradication  of  G.  vir- 
ginica  and  G.  livescens,  of  which  he  found  only  dead  specimens. 
In  1943  Berry  stated  that  B.  tentaculata  was  one  of  the  most  abun- 
dant mollusks  in  the  Great  Lakes. 

It  appears  that  B.  tentaculata  cannot  traverse  streams  with  areas 
of  turbulent  water.  In  central  New  York,  it  has  reached  only 
Oneida,  Onondaga,  Cayuga,  and  Seneca  Lakes.  These  are  the  only 
bodies  of  water  in  the  Oswego  watershed  that  are  joined  to  Lake 
Ontario  by  deep,  slow  rivers  (Fig.  4) .  Bithynia  tentaculata  has  not 


January,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


81 


Figure  3.  Distribution  of  Goniobasis  livescens  in  1966  in  the  Oswego 
watershed.    ^    Living  populations.   0.   Dead   specimens  only. 

reached  Canandaigua,  Keuka,  Owasco,  Skaneateles.  or  Otisco 
Lakes,  which  are  all  separted  from  the  major  rivers  by  shallow 
rapids. 

The  richly  eutrophic  and  somewhat  polluted  Oneida  Lake  sup- 
ports a  high  population  of  B.  tentaculata.  Seneca  and  Cayuga 
Lakes,  on  the  contrary,  support  relatively  low  populations.  They 
are  considerably  more  oligotiophic  than  Oneida  Lake  and  the 
major  rivers  of  the  drainage  basin.  Apparently  stable  populations 
of  B.  tentaculata  and  G.  livescens  occur  together  in  Seneca  and 
Cayuga  Lakes,  showing  that  G.  livescens  can  successfully  compete 
with  B.  tentaculata  in  clean  water.  In  Oneida  Lake  the  pleurocerid 
fauna  has  been  exterminated 

It  may  appear  that  pollution  per  se  eliminates  the  pleurocerids, 
but  one  can  infer  otherwise  from  obervations  at  Chittenango  Creek. 
This  stream  empties  into  Oneida  Lake  on  its  south  shore.  There 


82 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81  (3) 


Figure   4.    Distribution   of   Bithynia   tentaculata    in    1966    in    the    Oswego 
watershed.    ^    Living  populations.   0.  Dead   specimens  only. 

are  rapids  between  this  collection  area  and  Oneida  Lake,  and  B. 
tentaculata  is  not  present.  If  my  contention  that  B.  tentaculata 
will  not  traverse  white  water  is  true,  then  that  is  sufficient  reason 
for  its  absence.  During  1956  and  1957,  Clarke  and  Berg  (1959) 
collected  several  species  of  unionids  living  there.  When  I  sampled 
the  stream  during  the  summer  of  1966,  it  appeared  polluted  and 
no  living  mussels  were  found.  However,  P.  acuta  was  abundant  and 
associated  with  Amnicola  limosa  and  two  pulmonates.  Goniohasis 
virginica  is  found  in  the  polluted  rivers  of  the  Susquehanna  water- 
shed in  southern  New  York  (collected  by  the  author  in  1966) . 
Bithynia  tentaculata  is  not  present  there  either.  This  shows  that 
without  added  stress  of  competition  from  B.  tentaculata,  P.  acuta 
and  G.  virginica  are  able  to  exist  in  moderately  polluted  environ- 
ments. 


January,  1968  nautilus  83 

I  think  that  the  ehmination  of  pleurocerids  from  the  major 
rivers  and  Oneida  Lake  is  due  directly  to  competition  with  B.  ten- 
taculata.  Competition  has  been  defined  as  the  interaction  between 
organisms  that  are  both  utilizing  an  essential  resource  which  is  in 
short  supply.  If  competition  were  envolved  in  the  elimination  of 
pleurocerids,  species  competing  with  them  would  benefit  from  their 
extinction  in  direct  proportion  to  the  intensity  of  their  competition. 
The  populations  of  B.  tentaculata  have  increased  markedly  com- 
pared to  those  of  the  other  associated  gastropods.  Seemingly,  there- 
fore the  members  of  pleurocerids  and  B.  tentaculata  are  severe 
competitors,  and  the  pleurocerids  have  been  eliminated  because 
of  their  inability  to  compete  vigorously  in  polluted  situations. 

This  appears  to  be  another  case  where  an  introduced  species, 
this  time  with  the  help  of  man's  enrichment  of  the  waters,  has 
invaded  and  dominated  an  environment  at  the  expense  of  the 
native  fauna.  But  if  pollution  becomes  more  intense,  B.  tentacu- 
lata will  be  eliminated  also.  In  Onondaga  Lake,  a  veritable  open 
cesspool  for  the  city  of  Syracuse,  only  empty  shells  of  B.  tentaculata 
are  found,  along  with  those  of  9  other  species  of  aquatic  gastropods. 

References 

Baker,  Frank  Collins,  1916.  The  relation  of  mollusks  to  fish  in 
Oneida  Lake,  New  York.  N.  Y.  State  Coll.  Forestry  Tech.  Pub. 
4:1-366. 

Beauchamp,  William  M.,  1888.  Notes  on  American  shells.  Conch. 
Exchange.  2:114-115. 

Berry,  Elmer  C,  1943.  The  Amnicolidae  of  Michigan:  Distribu- 
tion, ecology,  and  taxonomy.  Misc.  Pub.  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ. 
Michigan.  57:1-68. 

Clarke,  Arthur  H.,  and  Clifford  O.  Berg.  1959.  The  freshwater 
mussels  of  central  New  York  with  an  illustrated  key  to  the 
species  of  northeastern  North  America.  Cornell  Univ.  Agr.  Exp. 
Sta.  Memoir.  367:1-79. 

Dazo,  Bonifacio  Capili.  1965.  The  morphology  and  natural  his- 
tory of  Pleurocera  acuta  and  Goniobasis  livescens  (Gastropoda: 
Cerithiacea:   Pleuroceridae)  .  Malacologia.  2(1):  1-80. 

DeKay,  James  E.  1843.  Zoology  of  New  York.  Part  5.  Mollusca. 
Albany.  271  p.  PI.   1-40. 

Goodrich,  Calvin.  1939.  Pleuroceridae  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River 
basin.  Occas.  Pap.  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michigan.  404:1-4. 

Robertson,  Imogene  C.  S.,  and  Clifford  L.  Blakeslee.  1948.  The 
Mollusca  of  the  Niagara  frontier  region.  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat. 
Sci.  i9(3)  :  1-191. 


84  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (3) 

A  NOTE  ON  CATINELLA  OKLAHOMARUM 
By  F.  WAYNE  GRIMM 

Since  the  publication  of  their  descriptions,  several  scattered 
records  have  been  reported  for  Catinella  oklahomarum  (Webb, 
1953a)  and  C,  pinicola  Grimm,  1960  (see  references) .  Examina- 
tion of  specimens  from  many  localities,  including  type  material, 
has  revealed  that  the  two  are  conspecific,  and  C.  pinicola  becomes 
a  synonym  of  C.  oklahomarum.  To  date,  no  specimens  have  been 
seen  which  connect  C.  oklahomarum  loculosa  (Webb,  1954)  with 
typical  oklahomarum,  and  loculosa  may  be  a  good  species. 

Catinella  oklahomarum  ranges  over  most  of  the  unglaciated 
land  in  the  eastern  and  south-central  United  States,  and  has  been 
collected  in  most  of  the  physiographic  provinces  within  this 
large  area.  Although  widely  distributed,  it  is  infrequently  found 
and  usually  occurs  in  small  numbers.  It  prefers  shady  upland 
habitats,  although  it  is  found  occasionally  in  culverts,  on  waste- 
ground,  and  near  the  margins  of  bodies  of  fresh  water.  I  have 
found  it  most  often  in  cutover  woods  in  hilly  country  and  in  the 
coastal  pinewoods.  Becoming  sexually  mature  in  late  autumn,  it 
increases  in  size  until  late  Spring  or  early  Summer  of  the  follow- 
ing year. 

The  genitalia  of  this  species  are  quite  variable,  for  the  penis 
ranges  in  shape  from  that  described  and  illustrated  by  Webb 
(1953a,  1954)  for  C.  oklahomarum  to  that  of  C.  pinicola  Grimm 
(1960).  This  variation  is  neither  geographic  nor  seasonal,  for  it 
appears  in  most  samples  in  which  several  specimens  are  examined. 
Some  of  this  variation  may  be  due  to  the  position  of  the  penis 
during  preservation.  Often,  the  appendix  is  bent  or  shoved  into 
the  penis  when  the  binding  tissues  contract  in  alcohol.  After  the 
penis  matures,  the  female  organs  increase  and  the  hermaphrodite 
duct  decreases  in  size. 

I  am  indebted  to  Glenn  R.  Webb  for  the  loan  of  specimens 
and  slides  from  his  collection,  and  to  Leslie  Hubricht  for  per- 
mission to  use  locality  records  from  his  collection. 

References 
Grimm,   F,   Wayne   1960.   Two  new  succineids   from  Maryland, 

with  notes  on  Catinella  vermeta.  Nautilus  74  (1)  :9-15. 
,   1961.  Landsnails  from  the  upper  Patuxent  estuary  margin 

(Maryland).  Nautilus  7^  (3)  :  106-109. 


January,  1968 


NAUTILUS 


85 


The  distribution  of  Catinella  oklahomarum  as 
represented  in  the  collections  of  Leslie  Hubricht, 
Glenn  R,  Webb,  c;nd  the  author. 


Hubricht,  Leslie   1963.   Some  landsnail  records  from  Louisiana. 

Sterkiana  10:  1-3. 

,  1964.  The  landsnails  of  Georgia.  Sterkiana  16:  5-9. 

,   1965.  The  landsnails  of  Alabama.  Sterkiana  17 :  1-4. 

.   1966.  Some  landsnail  records  from  Arkansas  and  Oklahoma. 

Nautilus  7P(4):   117-118. 
Webb,  Glenn  R.  1953a.  Anatomical  studies  on  some  midwestern 

Succineidae    and    two    new    species.    Jour.    Tenn.    Acad.    Sci. 

2(9(3):  213-220. 
,   1953b.  Additions  to  the  pulmonate  landsnails  of  Oklahoma 

(with  notes  on  anatomical  techniques)  .  Proc.  Okla.  Acad.  Sci. 

34:  81-84. 
-,   1954.  Quickella  (Mediappendix)  oklahomarum  loculosa  n. 


subsp.  Gastropodia  1  (2)  :  20. 


86  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (3) 

PORTUGUESE  MARINE  MOLLUSKS  IN  BERMUDA 
By  R.  tucker  ABBOTT  and  RUSSELL  H.  JENSEN 

Foreign  marine  mollusks  occasionally  appear  in  Bermuda 
waters,  but  rarely  survive.  Most  of  these,  like  Mytilus  edulis  Linn^ 
and  Crassostrea  virginica  (Gmelin) ,  arrive  on  the  bottoms  of 
small,  wooden  sailing  vessels.  Verrill  (1902)  records  a  1901  un- 
successful attempt  to  introduce  the  herbivorous  trochid,  Cittarium 
pica  (Linne) ,  from  the  Bahamas  to  Hamilton  Harbour,  Bermuda. 

Recently,  several  species  of  edible  European  marine  mollusks 
have  been  found  living  in  Harrington  Sound.  Attempts  to  in- 
troduce foreign  species  can  sometimes  lead  to  disruptive  effects 
to  the  local  fauna.  Sometimes,  undesirable  invertebrates  are  acci- 
dentally introduced  with  edible  oysters.  Additionally,  shells  new 
to  a  fauna  can  lead  to  the  description  of  unnecessary  new  taxa. 

Evidently,  the  introductions  have  been  going  on  since  1965, 
when  a  commercial  airline  pilot  living  at  Shelly  Bay  began  bring- 
ing in  pailsful  of  live  mollusks  packed  in  ice,  from  Lisbon,  Por- 
tugal. Live  specimens  have  been  dumped,  from  time  to  time, 
into  the  western  end  of  Harrington  Sound.  Living  specimens 
were  collected  from  June  to  August,  1967,  by  Mrs.  Gwyn  Outer- 
bridge,  Mrs.  Jane  Adriance,  Mr.  Arthur  Guest,  and  the  junior 
author.  The  presence  of  small  specimens  of  Venus  striatula  da 
Costa  suggests  that  at  least  one  species  has  produced  a  new  gen- 
eration in  Bermuda. 

Two  American  cold-water  bivalves  have  been  taken  alive  or  in 
freshly  dead  condition — My  a  arenaria  Linne  and  Mercenaria  mer- 
cenaria  (Linne)  — but  their  establishment  as  permanent  residents 
has  not  been  demonstrated.  The  following  species  have  been 
brought  in  from  Portugal: 

Cerastoderma  edule  (Linne) .  Numerous  live  and  dead  speci- 
mens taken  in  Harrington  Sound.  Specimens  ranged  in  length 
from  26  to  43.5  mm.  The  obese  shell  is  equivalve,  beaks  slightly 
in  front  of  the  midline,  and  with  24  to  29  radiating,  weakly 
scaled  ribs.  Color  yellowish  white,  some  specimens  stained  with 
light  rusty-brown.  This  species  has  a  normal  distribution  from 
the  Barents  Sea  and  the  Baltic  to  the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas, 
and  south  to  Senegal,  West  Africa. 

Venerupis  decussata    (Linne) .  Numerous  live  and  dead  speci- 


January,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


Portuguese  mollusks  in  Bermuda.  Fig.  1,  Cerastoderma  edule  (Linn.)  . 
Fig.  2,  Veyius  (Chamelea)  striatula  (da  Costa).  Fig.  3,  Venerupis  decussatn 
(Linn.)  .  Fig.  4,  Murex  brandaris  Linn.  Fig.  5,  Donax  variegatus  (Gmelin). 
All  about   natural  size 


88  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (3) 

mens  taken  in  Harrington  Sound.  Specimens  ranged  in  length 
from  31  to  36  mm.  The  strong  but  light-weight  shell  is  equivalve, 
beaks  at  the  anterior  third,  and  the  outer  surface  is  finely  decus- 
sated by  numerous  fine  radial  and  concentric  threads.  Color 
cream  to  tan  with  sparse  mottlings  and  broken,  narrow  radial 
rays  of  bluish  purple.  The  pallial  sinus  is  deep  and  U-shaped. 
The  interior,  posterior  hinge  plate  is  stained  dark-purple.  Its 
normal  distribution  is  from  southern  England  and  France  into 
the  Mediterranean  and  south  to  Senegal,  West  Africa. 

Venus  (Chamelea)  striatula  (da  Costa)  .  A  few  live  and  freshly 
dead  specimens  taken  in  Harrington  Sound.  Specimens  ranged  in 
length  from  19  to  30  mm.  The  thick,  flattish,  equivalve  shell  has 
numerous  small,  raised  concentric  ridges  which  are  sometimes 
intertwined.  Lunule  short,  heart-shaped.  Escutcheon  long,  zebra- 
striped  and  with  microscopic  radial  lines.  Pallial  sinus  small,  V- 
shaped.  Exterior  tan  to  cream  with  2  or  3  narrow  rays  of  mauve- 
brown.  Its  normal  distribution  is  from  Scandinavia  to  the  Black 
Sea  and  to  Morocco  and  the  Canary  Islands. 

Donax  variegatiis  (Gmelin)  .  Only  dead,  matched  valves  found. 
Probably  does  not  survive  long.  Specimens  ranged  in  length  from 
22  to  38  mm.  Shell  solid,  brittle,  wedge-shaped,  equivalve,  and 
covered  with  a  greenish  tan,  glossy  periostraciun.  Interior  whitish 
with  blue  or  brownish  yellow  staining.  Pallial  sinus  very  large 
and  rounded.  Its  normal  distribution  is  from  the  English  Channel 
to  the  western  shores  of  the  Mediterranean. 

Murex  brandaris  Linne.  Occasional  live  specimens  taken,  but 
no  eggs  or  young  have  been  found  as  yet.  Adults  from  55  to  61  mm. 
in  length.  If  established,  this  Mediterranean  (and  Portugal  to 
Senegal)  carnivorous  species  could  become  a  nuisance  to  bathers 
because  of  its  spiny  shells.  It  could  also  affect  the  bivalve  popula- 
tions of  Bermuda. 

Since  our  report  on  the  sudden  appearance  of  Macrocallista 
maculata  (Linne)  (Abbott  and  Jensen,  1967) ,  that  species  has 
now  spread  from  Harrington  Sound  to  the  mouth  of  Flatts  Inlet, 
Shelly  Bay,  Bailey's  Bay,  Spanish  Point,  and  Castle  Harbour 
Sound,  as  of  the  summer  of  1967. 

References 
Abbott,   R.  T.   and  R.  Jensen.    1967.   Molluscan  faunal   changes 

around  Bermuda.  Science  755;  3763:  687-688. 
Nobra,  Augusto.  1932.  Moluscos  marinhos  de  Portugal.  Inst.  Zool. 


January,   1968  nautilus  89 

Univ.  Porto.  466  pp.,  80  pis. 
Tebble,  Norman.  1967.  British  bivalve  seashells.  Handbook,  Brit. 

Mus.    (Nat.  Hist.).  212  pp.,  illus. 
Verrill,  A.H.  Zoology  Bermuda  Islands.  Trans.  Connecticut  Acad., 

vol.  11,  p.  708. 

A  NEW  MEIOCARDIA    (PELECYPODA,   GLOSSIDAE) 
FROM  THE  EOCENE  OF  FLORIDA 

By  DAVID  NICOL  Department  of  Geology,  University  of  Florida 

The  Crystal  River  Formation  (Ocala  Group)  of  Late  Eocene 
age  is  well  exposed  in  limestone  quarries  to  the  northwest,  west, 
south,  and  southeast  of  Gainesville,  Florida.  Although  most  of 
the  mollusks  are  represented  by  poorly  preserved  casts  and  molds, 
the  fauna  is  exceedingly  diverse.  Besides  the  many  different  kinds 
of  marine  mollusks,  there  is  also  a  great  diversity  of  Foraminifera, 
Bryozoa,  Crustacea,  and  Echinoidea.  However,  both  colonial  and 
solitary  corals  are  rare  and  represented  by  few  species.  Probably 
because  of  the  relatively  poor  preservation  of  most  of  the  mollusks, 
this  part  of  the  invertebrate  fauna  is  still  largely  undescribed. 
However,  Dr.  Katherine  V.  W.  Palmer  of  the  Paleontological 
Research  Institution  has  nearly  completed  a  monograph  of  the 
entire  molluscan  fauna  of  the  Ocala  Group. 

The  Crystal  River  Formation  is  a  pure  limestone  that  consists 
of  nearly  100  per  cent,  calcium  carbonate,  and  in  most  places 
more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  rock  is  composed  of  the  calcareous 
shells  or  skeletons  of  marine  invertebrates.  In  some  places  the 
limestone  has  been  replaced  by  chert,  and  at  a  few  localities  some 
of  the  fossils  have  been  silicified. 

An  undescribed  species  of  Meiocardia  is  an  uncommon  fossil  in 
the  Lepidocyclina-Pseudophragmina  faunizone  (Puri,  1957,  p.  48) 
of  the  Crystal  River  Formation.  Some  other  associated  invertebrates 
in  this  faunizone  are  Crassatella  sp.,  Glycymeris  sp.,  Cardium  sp., 
Plicatula  sp.,  Tapes  sp.,  Clavagella  (Clavagella)  sp.,  Clavagella 
(Stirpiilina)  sp.,  several  species  of  gastropods,  many  miliolids  and 
other  Foraminifera,  small  echinoids,'  and  fragments  of  bryozoans 
and  crustaceans.  As  far  as  I  am  aware,  this  is  the  first  report  of 
clavagellids  occurring  in  Cenozoic  strata  in  the  western  hemis- 
phere, and  both  Clavagella  (Clavagella)  sp.  and  Clavagella  (Stir- 
pulina)  sp.  are  much  like  species  described  from  the  Paris  Basin 


90  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (3) 

Eocene.  When  the  mollusks  are  better  known,  some  o£  them  can 
be  used  as  zone  fossils,  and  they  have  the  added  advantage  of 
being  identified  by  the  stratigrapher  and  field  geologist  with 
greater  ease  than  the  bryozoans,  Foraminifera,  and  ostracods. 

This  species  of  Meiocardia  is  only  the  second  reported  from 
Eocene  strata  along  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coasts  (Palmer  and 
Brann,  1965,  p.  192) .  Meiocardia  carolinae  Harris,  1919,  (Harris 
is  Van  Winkle  and  Harris)  has  been  found  in  Middle  and  Upper 
Eocene  strata  in  North  and  South  Carolina. 

The  present  distribution  of  Meiocardia  is  interesting  because 
it  is  disjunct,  a  rare  phenomenon  amongst  pelecypod  genera  and 
families.  There  is  one  species,  Meiocardia  agassizi  Dall,  living  in 
a  small  area  in  the  southeastern  Caribbean  Sea — Trinidad,  Bar- 
bados, and  off  the  north  coast  of  Venezuela.  This  region  has  not 
been  thoroughly  collected  in  the  deeper  waters,  and  so  the  exact 
geographic  range  of  this  species  is  not  known,  but  it  appears  to 
be  uncommon  and  confined  to  this  restricted  area.  The  remaining 
living  representatives  of  the  genus  are  found  in  Hawaii  westward 
to  southern  Japan,  the  Philippines,  the  East  Indies,  Queensland, 
and  westward  at  least  as  far  as  the  Persian  Gulf.  Although 
Meiocardia  is  not  confined  to  the  Indo-Pacific  today,  its  main 
development  is  in  this  region.  Several  other  genera  of  mollusks 
found  in  Ocala  strata  are  now  either  confined  to  the  Indo-Pacific 
region  or  nearly  so.  One  of  the  puzzling  questions  is  why  so  many 
of  these  present-day  Indo-Pacific  genera  disappeared  from  the 
Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coastal  regions  during  Middle  and  Late 
Eocene  times. 

Family  Glossidae 
Meiocardia  H.  and  A.  Adams,  1857 

Type  species:  subsequent  designation,  von  Martens,  1870,  Chama 
moltkiana  Spengler,  1783. 
Meiocardia  palmerae  Nicol,  new  species.  Figs.  1-5. 

Description:  Shell  small;  holotype  12.1  mm.  high,  11.8  mm. 
long;  largest  specimen  25.7  mm.  high,  26.8  mm.  long;  smallest 
specimen  11.8  mm.  high,  10.2  mm.  long;  average  for  10  specimens 
is  15.2  mm.  high,  14.2  mm.  long;  ratio  of  length  to  height  for 
the  10  specimens  0.93;  most  specimens  are  higher  than  long  but 
two  are  longer  than  high;  valve  outline  subtrapezoidal,  anterior 
side  arcuate,   ventral  margin   gently  rounded   and  sloping  post- 


January,   1968  nautilus  91 

eriorly,  posterior  side  subtruncate,  dorsal  margin  posterior  to  the 
beaks  gently  rounded,  dorsal  margin  anterior  to  the  beaks  rounded; 
anterior  adductor  muscle  scar  large  and  nearly  round,  located  at 
the  antero-dorsal  margin;  pallial  line  not  visible;  poserior  ad- 
ductor muscle  scar  larger  than  anterior,  indistinct,  located  midway 
on  the  posterior  border  of  the  valve;  7  of  the  casts  smooth  or 
nearly  so;  3  casts  have  concentric  rounded  ribs  well  marked,  as 
many  as  7  concentric  ribs  easily  seen,  ribs  not  seen  on  anterior 
margin  nor  posterior  to  a  prominent  keel  which  runs  from  the 
posterior  side  of  the  beak  to  the  postero-ventral  margin  in  a 
broad  arc;  a  second  and  shorter  keel  seen  in  a  few  specimens 
which  runs  from  under  the  beak  along  the  posterior  part  of  the 
dorsal  margin;  interior  margins  of  the  valves  apparently  smooth; 
beaks  high,  well  enrolled,  strongly  prosogyiate,  located  at  the 
anterior  y^  of  the  dorsal  margin;  only  portions  of  the  hinge  teeth 
seen  on  some  of  the  specimens;  they  appear  to  be  typical  for  the 
genus  Meiocardia. 

Comparison:  Meiocardia  palmer ae  is  clearly  distinct  from  M. 
carolinae  Harris,  1919,  by  being  proportionately  higher,  by  having 
higher  beaks,  by  having  a  larger  posterior  keel  or  ridge,  and  by 
being  smaller  than  M.  carolinae. 

Meiocardia  palmerae  is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Katherine  V.  W. 
Palmer,  Director  of  the  Paleontological  Research  Institution  at 
Ithaca,  New  York.  Dr.  Palmer  is  particularly  noted  for  her  re- 
search on  Eocene  mollusks  of  the  Gulf  and  Atlantic  Coasts. 

Localities:  Locality  #1.  The  type  locality  for  Meiocardia  palm- 
erae is  just  east  of  old  U.  S.  Highway  441  at  Zuber,  Marion  County, 
Florida.  This  is  Puri's  (1957,  p.  70)  PM-2,  and  in  the  same  pub- 
lication Puri  designated  this  place  as  the  cotype  locality  for  the 
Ocala  Group.  This  is  also  Puri  and  Vernon's  (1964,  p.  81)  Stop 
11;  SE14  SWi/4  Sec.  11,  T.  14  S.,  R.  21  E.  Besides  the  holotype, 
4  of  the  paratypes  were  collected  at  this  locality. 

Locality  #2.  One  paratype  was  collected  by  G.  H.  Espenshade 
of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  1955  at  U.  S.  G.  S.  locality 
#20154  (106) .  This  is  an  abandoned  phosphate  mine  with  solution- 
pitted  limestone  well  exposed;  'Trench  Phosphate  Mines,"  I1/2 
miles  northeast  of  Anthony,  Marion  County,  Florida;  Sec.  3,  T. 
14  S.,  R.  22  E. 

Locality  #3.  One  paratype  was  collected  at  an  abandoned  lime- 


92  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (3) 

stone  quarry  one  mile  west  of  Interstate  75  and  two  miles  south 
of  State  Highway  26,  Alachua  County,  Florida;  SEi/4  Sec  9,  T. 
10  S.,  R.  18  E. 

Locality  #4.  Two  paratypes  were  collected  at  the  Haile  Quarries, 
Newberry  Corporation  pits,  five  miles  northeast  of  Newberry,  Ala- 
chua County,  Florida  on  State  Highway  235;  SW14  SEi/4  Sec.  13, 
T.  9  S.,  R.  17  E.  This  is  Puri  and  Vernon's  (1964,  p.  82)   Stop  12. 

Locality  #5  The  largest  specimen  is  a  paratype  collected  approxi- 
mately two  miles  northeast  of  High  Springs,  Alachua  County, 
Florida;  N1/2  Sec  30,  T.  7  S.,  R.  18  E. 

Type  specimens  and  repositories:  The  holotype  and  4  paratypes 
are  deposited  in  the  collection  at  the  Paleontological  Research 
Institution — P.R.I. 

Holotype  P.R.I.  27543,  right  valve,  figured,  locality  #1. 
Paratype  P.R.I.  27544,  right  valve,  figured,  locality  #1. 
Paratype  P.R.I.  27545,  left  valve,  locality  #1. 
Paratype  P.R.I.  27546,  left  valve,  locality  #4. 
Paratype  P.R.I.  27547,  right  valve,  locality  #3. 

Five  of  the  paratypes  are  deposited  in  the  collection  at  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum — U.S.N. M. 

Paratype  U.S.N. M.  645660,  right  valve,  figured,  locality  #5. 
Paratype  U.S.N.M.  645656,  left  valve,  locality  #1. 
Paratype  U.S.N.M.  645657,  right  valve,  locality  #1. 
Paratype  U.S.N.M.  645658,  left  valve,  locality  #2. 
Paratype  U.S.N.M.  645659,  right  valve,  locality  #4. 

I  am  greatly  indebted  to  Dr.  David  W.  Ehrenfeld  and  Dr. 
Frank  G.  Nordlie  of  the  Zoology  Department  at  the  University  of 
Florida  for  taking  and  developing  the  photographs  of  Meiocardia 
palmerae. 

Literature  cited 

Adams,   H.,    and   A.   Adams,    1854-1858,   The   genera   of   recent 

Mollusca,  London,  vol.  2,  661  pp. 
Palmer,  Katherine  V.  W.,  and  D.  C.  Brann,  1965,  Catalogue  of 

the  Paleocene  and  Eocene  Mollusca  of  the  southern  and  eastern 

United    States.    Part    I.    Pelecypoda,    Amphineura,    Pteropoda, 

Scaphopoda,    and    Cephalopoda:    Bull.    Am.    Paleo.    48  (2\S)  : 

466  pp. 
Puri,  H.  S.,  1957,  Stratigiaphy  and  zonation  of  the  Ocala  Group: 

Fla.  Geol.  Survey,  Geol.  Bull.  38,  248  pp. 
Puri,  H.  S.,  and  R.  O.  Vernon,  1964,  Summary  of  the  geology  of 

Florida  and  a  guidebook  to  the  classic  exposures:   Fla.  Geol. 


January,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


93 


Figs.  1,  2.  Holotype  P.R.I.  27543.  Right  V'alve,  exterior;  1.  showing  beak, 
2.  showing  posterior  keel.  Specimen  12.1  mm.  high.  Figs.  3,4.  Paratype 
U.S.N.M.  645660.  Right  valve;  3.  posterior  dorsal  view  showing  both  keels, 
4.  exterior.  Specimen  25.7  mm.  high.  Fig.  5.  Paratype  P.R.I.  27544.  Right 
valve,  exterior  showing  concentric  ribs.  Specimen   17.0  mm.  high. 


Survey,  Special  Pub.  5   (Revised),  312  pp. 
Van  Winkle,  Katherine  E.  H.,  and  G.  D.  Harris,   1919,  New  or 
otherwise  interesting  molluscan  species  from  the  east  coast  of 
America:  Bull.  Am.  Paleo.  (9(33)  :  5-32. 


94  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (3) 

ZOOGEOGRAPHY  OF  THECOSOMATOUS  PTEROPODS 
IN  THE  WEST  ANTARCTIC  OCEAN* 

Bv  CHIN  CHEN 

Lamont  Geological  Observatory  of  Columbia  University  Palisades,  New  York 

Thecosomatous  pteropods  are  the  major  group  of  holoplank- 
tonic  gastropods  in  the  Antarctic  Ocean.  They  have  a  world-wide 
distribution  in  the  open  ocean,  mainly  inhabiting  the  upper  500 
meters,  but  a  few  species  live  in  deeper  water.  About  50  species 
of  thecosomatous  pteropods  have  been  described.  Less  than  one- 
tenth  of  these  have  their  main  distribution  in  the  polar  and  sub- 
polar regions. 

The  shells  of  thecosomatous  pteropods  are  usually  composed  of 
aragonite,  but  a  few  are  cartilaginous.  Pteropod  shells  in  the 
modern  pelagic  sediments  are  usually  encountered  at  depths  from 
200  m.  to  4000  m.  They  are  rare  in  the  shallow-water  deposits  of 
less  than  200  m.  Pteropod  shells  constitute  a  major  portion  of 
calcareous  pelagic  sediments  at  a  depth  of  about  2200  m.  in  the 
subtropical  and  tropical  areas.  They  diminish  gradually  to  4000  m. 
as  the  solution  rate  of  CaCOg  increases  with  depth.  Pteropod  ooze 
was  defined  by  Murray  and  Renard  (1891)  as  deep-sea  sediment 
in  which  a  very  large  part  of  the  calcareous  organisms  consists  of 
shells  of  pteropods  and  other  pelagic  gastropods. 

Two  hundred  eighty-one  plankton  samples  from  189  Eltanin 
stations  in  the  Scotia  Sea,  Weddell  Sea,  Drake  Passage,  and  the 
Pacific  sector  of  the  Antarctic  Ocean  were  available  for  this 
study.  Usually  the  entire  sample  was  studied.  If  there  were  more 
than  500  pteropods  in  a  sample,  a  half  or  one-eighth  aliquot  was 
examined.  The  abundance  of  each  species  (specimens  per  1000  m^ 
water)  in  the  upper  300  m.  is  shown  on  the  distribution  maps. 
The  taxonomy  of  thecosomatous  pteropods  used  here  follows 
Tesch    (1946,   1948). 

The  distribution  of  pteropods  has  been  reported  from  several 
expeditions  in  the  West  Antarctic  Ocean:  Terra  Nova  Expedition 
(Massy,  1920),  National  Antarctic  Expedition  (Eliot,  1907),  and 
Discovery  Expedition  (Massy,  1932;  Hardy  and  Gunther,  1935; 
and  Mackintosh,  1934)  .  However,  very  little  quantitative  data 
are  available. 


*  Contribution  from  Lamont   Geological   Observatory.   No.    1134. 


January,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


95 


MAP 


LimacinQ    helicina 


The  mean   position    of    the 
Antarctic    Convergence     is 
after  Mackintosh    (1946). 


The  legends  in  maps 
2-4   refer  to  the 
Jegend   in  this  map. 


iq: 


SpecimenyioOO  m'  water 
1-99 

100-999 
1000-9999 


AX 


J.Q.' 


I   >I0000 


Map  1.  Zoogeography  of  Limacina  helicina  in  the  upper  300  meters. 

Eight  species  are  found  in  the  region  mapped  and  four  of  these 
are  frequently  encountered.  These  4  major  species  can  be  grouped 
into  two  faunal  categories  on  the  basis  of  their  maximum  con- 
centration in  relation  to  the  Antarctic  Convergence.  Category  1, 
those  mainly  found  south  of  the  Convergence,  consists  of  Limacina 
helicina  (Phipps)  and  Clio  sulcata  (Pfeffer) .  Category  2,  those 
mainly  found  north  of  the  Convergence,  is  composed  of  Limacina 


96 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81   (3) 


MAP   2 


C!k?  sulcata 


Map  2.  Zoogeography  of  Clio  sulcata  in  the  upper  300  meters. 

retroversa  (Fleming)  and  Clio  antarctica  Dall.  Four  other  species, 
Clio  polita  Pelseneer,  Clio  chaptali  (Souleyet) ,  Limacina  helicoides 
Jeffreys,  and  Peraclis  reticulata  (d'Orbigny) ,  are  very  infrequently 
recorded  in  this  study.  The  former  3  rare  species  have  so  far  been 
found  in  the  Pacific  sector  of  the  Southern  Ocean,  and  the  latter 
species  is  found  in  the  South  Atlantic  and  west  Drake  Passage. 
Comparison    of    the    distribution    of    thecosomatous    pteropod 


January,  1968 


NAUTILUS 


97 


MAP  3 


■imacinQ   retroverso 


West  90* 


Map  3.  Zoogeography  of  Limacina  retroversa  in  the  upper  300  meters. 


species  in  the  two  polar  regions  shows  different  pattern.  The  4 
common  species,  Limacina  helicina,  L.  retroversa,  Clio  sulcata,  and 
C.  antarctica  are  circumpolar  in  the  Southern  Ocean.  There  is  a 
notable  difference  in  the  northern  polar  region  because  of  the 
absence  of  Clio  sulcata  and  C.  antarctica.  Limacina  helicina  is 
present  in  the  Pacific-  and  Atlantic-Arctic  regions,  while  L.  retro- 


98  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81    (3) 

versa  is  limited  to  the  North  Atlantic.  Limacina  retroversa  has 
been  reported   (Chen  and  Be,  1964)   to  be  a  dominant  species  in 
the  Labrador  Sea,  yet  it  is  notably  absent  in  the  North  Pacific 
(McGowan,  1960). 

Limacina  helicina  is  more  abundant  and  is  larger  in  size  south 

of    the    Antarctic    Convergence.     Its     maximum     concentration 

(>  10,000  specimens  per  1000  m^  water)   is  found  approximately 

5  degrees  south  of  the  mean  position  of  the  Antarctic  Convergence. 

The  largest  specimens  are  about  8  mm.  in  width. 

Limacina  helicina  has  been  reported  in  the  Southern  Ocean  by 
Meisenheimer  (1905,  1906),  Massy  (1920,  1932),  Mackintnosh 
(1934) ,  and  Hardy  and  Gunther  (1935) .  The  most  northern 
record  of  this  species  in  the  Southern  Ocean  is  at  31  °S,  8°E 
where  8  specimens  were  found  by  the  Valdivia  Expedition  (Meis- 
enheimer, 1905) . 

Clio  sulcata  is  characteristic  of  the  Antarctic  water.  A  dense 
patchy  distribution  (>  10,000  specimens  per  1000  m^  water)  was 
observed  in  the  upper  300  m.  in  the  South  Sandwich  Trench 
south  of  the  Convergence  in  May  of  1963.  A  narrow  patchy  area 
extends  in  a  north-south  direction,  parallel  to  the  direction  of 
the  trench, 

Clio  sulcata  was  first  described  by  Pfeffer  (1879)  from  two 
stations,  50°34'S,  83°44'W  and  45°35'S,  122°1'W.  The  latter  is 
so  far  the  most  northern  record.  This  species  has  been  reported 
in  the  Antarctic  by  Pelseneer  (1888,  1903),  Meisenheimer  (1905, 
1906),  Eliot  (1907),  Massy  (1920,  1932),  Mackintosh  (1934), 
Hardy  and  Gunther  (1935),  Spoel  (1962),  and  Taki  Okutani 
(1963) .  Massy  (1932)  stated  that  over  2000  specimens  were  caught 
in  hauls  made  at  34  stations  at  the  South  Sandwich  Islands  at 
soundings  of  0-250  m. 

Limacina  retroversa  is  more  abundant  in  the  Subantarctic  than 
in  the  Antarctic  waters.  It  is  found  throughout  a  region  extend- 
ing for  at  least  three  to  ten  degrees  of  latitude  south  from  the 
mean  position  of  the  Antarctic  Convergence.  Limacina  retroversa 
is  absent  or  very  rare  in  the  Weddell  Sea  whose  waters  are  a 
mixture  of  a  major  portion  of  Antarctic  continental  shelf  water 
and  a  minor  portion  of  warmer  water.  According  to  Mackintosh 
(1934) ,  this  species  shows  patchy  distribution  and  has  a  tendency 
to  form  shoals. 


January,  1968 


NAUTILUS 


99 


MAP  4 


Clio  gntarctica 


Map  4.  Zoogeography  of  Clio  antarctica  in  the  upper  300  meters. 


Clio  antarctica  is  widely  distributed  throughout  the  Subantarctic 
waters,  but  is  not  abundant  (<100  specimens  per  1000  m^  water). 
It  occurred  in  fairly  large  numbers  (about  200  specimens  per  1000 
m3  water)  from  a  station  at  55°S,  89°49'W.  This  species  is  very 
rare  or  absent  in  the  surface  waters  of  the  region  mapped. 

Clio  antarctica  was  observed  in   the  southern  regions  of  the 


100  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (3) 

three  great  oceans  around  the  South  Pole  (Pelseneer,  1888)  and 
in  an  intermediate  belt  of  temperate  waters  (Tesch,  1948) .  Ac- 
cording to  the  distribution  maps  of  Meisenheimer  (1905)  and 
Tesch  (1948)  the  majority  of  this  species  occurred  in  the  area 
between  40°  and  60°  S  latitudes,  but  it  was  recorded  from  a 
station  as  far  north  as  20°  S  latitude    (Meisenheimer,  1905,  map 

4). 

Acknoxuledgements.  I  am  deeply  grateful  to  Drs.  A.  Crary  and 

G.  Llano  of  National  Science  Foundation  under  whose  auspices 

the  biological  program  on  Eltanin  has  been  carried  out  and  to 

Dr.  A.W.H.  Be  who  was  in  charge  of  Lamont's  Antarctic  plankton 

sampling  program.  I  thank  J.  Hays,  A  Mclntyre,  T  Ericson  and 

N  Hillman  for  constructive  criticism.  Gratitude  is  expressed  to 

the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center  for  sorted  pteropod 

specimens.  This  research  was  supported  by  the  U.  S.  Antarctic 

Research  Programs  of  the  National  Science  Foundation    (Grants 

GA-276  and  GA-766) . 

References 

Chen,  C,  and  Be,  A.W.H.  1964.  Seasonal  distribution  of  euthe- 
cosomatous  pteropods  in  the  surface  waters  of  five  stations  in 
the  western  North  Atlantic,  Bull,  of  Marine  Science  of  the 
Gulf  and  Caribbean,  14:  185-220,  12  text-figures,  5  tables. 

Eliot,  C.  1907.  Mollusca,  VI.  Pteropoda,  Nat.  Antarctic  Exped. 
Nat.  Hist.,  3:  1-15,  2  plates. 

Hardy,  A.C.,  and  Gunther,  E.R.  1935.  The  plankton  of  the  South 
Georgia  whaling  grounds  and  adjacent  waters  1926-27,  Dis- 
covery Repts.,  11:  1-456,  193  text-figures,  77  tables  and  5  ap- 
pendix tables. 

Mackintosh,  N.A.  1934.  Distribution  of  the  macroplankton  in  the 
Atlantic  sector  of  the  Antarctic,  Discovery  Repts.,  9:  65-160,  48 
text-figures,  18  tables. 

,   1946.  The  Antarctic  Convergence  and  the  distribution  of 

surface  temperatures  in  the  Antarctic  waters,  Discovery  Repts., 
23:  117-212,  11  text-figures,  14  plates,  9  tables. 

Massy,  A.L.  1920.  Mollusca,  part  III.  -  Eupteropoda  (Pteropoda 
Thecosomata)  and  Pterota  (Pteropoda  Gymnosomata)  ,  British 
Antarctic  ("Terra  Nova")  Exped.,  Zoology  2:  203-231,  9  text- 
figures. 

,  1932.  Mollusca:  Gastropoda  Thecosomata  and  Gymnoso- 
mata, Discovery  Repts.,  3:  267-296,  1  text-figure,  1  plate. 

McGowan,  J.  1960.  The  systematics,  distribution  and  abundance 
of  Euthecosomata  of  the  North  Pacific,  Ph.D.  dissertation  of 
University  of  California  at  San  Diego,  1-212,  54  figures,  18  tables. 

Meisenheimer,  J.    1905.   Pteropoda,   Wiss.  Ergebn.   'Valdivia',   9: 


January,  1968  nautilus  101 

1-314,  35  text- figures,  9  maps,  27  plates. 
-,  1906.  Die    Pteropoden    der    Deutschen    Siidpolar-Exped., 


Dtsch.   Siidpolar-Exped.,  9:   96-153,    10   text-figures,    1    map,   2 

plates. 
Murray,  J.  and  Renard,  A.  1891.  Reports  on  the  deep-sea  deposits, 

Rept.  Sci.  Res.  Challenger  1872-1876.  1-525,  29  plates,  43  charts, 

22  diagrams. 
Pelseneer,   P.    1888.   Report   on   Pteropoda   collected  by   H.M.S. 

Challenger  during   the  year   1873-76,   II.   Thecosomata,   Rept. 

Voy.  'Challenger'.  Zool,  23:  1-132,  3  text-figures,  2  plates. 
,   1903.  Mollusques     (Amphineures,    gastropodes    et    lamelli- 

branches) ,  resultats  du  voyage  du  S.Y.  Belgica  en  1897-1899, 

27-83,  2  plates. 
Pfeffer,  G.  1879.  Uebersicht  der  wahrend  der  Reise  um  die  Erde 

in  den  Jahren  1874-1876  auf  S.M.S.  Gazelle  und  von  Herrn  Dr. 

Jagor  auf  seiner  Reise  nach  den  Philippinen  in  den  Jahren 

1857-1861    gesammelten    Pteropoden,    Monastber.    Kgl    Preuss. 

Akad.  Wissensch.,  230-247,  1  plate. 
Spoel,  S.V.D.   1962.  Aberrent  forms  of  the  genus  Clio  Linnaeus, 

1767,   with  a  review  of  the  genus  Proclio   Hubendick,    1951, 

(Gastropoda,  Pteropoda),  Beaufortia  P;  173-200,  10  text-figures, 

2  diagrams. 
Taki,  I.  and  Okutani,  T.   1963.  Reports  on  the  biology  of  the 

"Umitaka-Maru"  Expedition,  Part  3.  Journal  of  the  Faculty  of 

Fisheries    and    Animal    Husbandry,    Hiroshima    University    5: 

95-102,  1  text-figure,  2  tables,  1  plate. 
Tesch,  J.J.   1946.  The  thecosomatons  pteropods  I.   the  Atlantic. 

Dana  Report.,  28:  1-82,  34  text-figures,  8  plates. 
,   1948.  The  thecosomatons  pteropods,  II.  The  Indo-Pacific, 

Dana  Rept.,  30:  1-44,  34  text-figures,  3  plates. 


NOTES  AND  NEWS 


Margaret  M.  Teare. — Mrs.  Teare,  who  was  a  member  of  the 
American  Malacological  Union  for  over  20  years,  and  who  at- 
tended many  of  its  meetings,  passed  away  after  a  brief  illness,  in 
Buffalo,  New  York,  on  June  13,  1967.  She  will  be  missed  by  her 
many  friends. 

Correction. — Change  81  (2)  :  65,  third  line  from  bottom,  to: 
Mesodon  indianorum  lioderma  (Pilsbry) ,  1940,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
My  apologies  to  author. — h.  b.  b. 


102  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (3) 

Field  method  for  following  locomotory  activities  of 
SAND-BURROWING  GASTROPODS. — Many  spccics  of  sand-dwelling  mar- 
ine gastropods  crawl  about  over  the  sand  surface  at  night,  and 
remain  buried  in  the  sand  during  the  day.  In  conjunction  with 
studies  on  the  ecology  of  terebrid  species  from  Eniwetok  Atoll, 
several  unsuccessful  attempts  to  follow  the  locomotory  patterns 
of  animals  in  the  field  were  made,  utilizing  skin-diving  techniques 
in  water  from  three  to  seven  meters  deep.  The  large  Indo-Pacific 
species  of  Terebra  (crenulata,  guttata;,  maculata,  and  subulata) 
lie  buried  with  the  apex  of  the  shell  just  below  the  sand  surface, 
and  actively  crawl  over  the  sand  with  the  apex  dragging  on  the 
surface,  thus  producing  a  distinctive  trail  in  the  substratum. 
Under  optimal  field  conditions,  locomotory  activities  of  the  ani- 
mals could  be  followed  from  day  to  day,  but  any  disturbance 
of  the  sand  obliterated  the  trails,  thus  limiting  extended  studies 
on  individual  specimens. 

To  solve  this  problem  the  animals  were  tagged  by  using  two 
methods,  both  of  which  proved  to  be  effective.  For  small  specimens, 
a  ten-centimeter  length  of  thin  nylon  thread  was  securely  tied 
between  the  first  and  second  whorls,  with  the  knot  and  free  end 
directed  dorsally.  In  large  specimens  a  small  hole  (one  millimeter 
diameter)  was  drilled  through  the  solid  apex  of  the  shell,  and 
the  ten  centimeter  length  of  nylon  was  tied  through  this  opening. 
In  both  cases  a  thin  section  of  cork  was  firmly  attached  to  the 
free  end  of  the  thread.  Each  cork  section  was  painted  fluorescent 
orange  for  easy  location  under  water  and  was  numbered  with 
India  ink.  The  animals  were  then  easily  located  by  the  floating 
tag,  whether  they  were  aawling  or  buried.  The  tag  had  no  ap- 
parent hindering  effect  on  locomotion,  and  recovery  of  tagged 
animals  in  the  field  was  highly  successful. 

Daily  patterns  of  locomotion  over  a  two-month  period  were 
followed  by  placing  a  plastic  rod  upright  in  the  sand  behind  the 
apex  of  each  buried  animal.  A  numbered  metal  tag  was  attached 
to  the  rod  to  correspond  with  the  numbered  cork  attached  to  the 
animal.  Following  each  locomotory  period  the  trail  could  be 
followed  from  the  metal  tag  to  the  cork  marking  the  location  of 
the  animal. 

This  tagging  method  should  be  applicable  to  field  studies  on 
other    species    of    sand-dwelling    gastropods,    particularly    when 


January,  1968  nautilus  103 

studies  on  migratory  activity  require  extended  periods  of  daily 
observation. 

Research  at  the  Eniwetok  Marine  Biological  Laboratory  was 
sponsored  by  U.S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission  funds  alloted 
to  the  Univei'sity  of  Hawaii,  and  was  carried  out  in  partial  fulfill- 
ment of  the  requirements  of  the  M.S.  degree  at  the  University 
of  Hawaii. — Bruce  A.  Miller  (NDEA.  Fellow) ,  Department  of 
Zoology,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  Durham  03824. 

Fresh-water  mollusks  eaten  by  trout  and  other  fish. — 
Several  years  ago,  I  received  the  stomach  contents  of  3  medium 
sized  trout  taken  in  a  small  lake  in  Snohomish  County,  Wash- 
ington, on  May,  1935.  This  small  collection  proves  that  fresh- 
water mollusks  form  an  important  diet  for  trout.  In  1904-1910 
I  often  caught  yellow  perch  in  Lake  Union  that  had  their  bellies 
crammed  with  Pisidium  casertanum  or  abditum.  Pisidia  are 
doubtless  the  most  important  food  item  for  some  bottom  fish, 
especially  in  winter.  Pisidia  are  usually  the  only  mollusks  in  high 
mountain  lakes  and  some  species  have  a  high  northern  and  An- 
tarctic distribution.  I  have  often  found  them  in  abundance  in 
lakes  of  N.E.  Siberia,  Kamchatka,  Aleutian  Is.,  Alaska  and  in 
the  lakes  of  Antarctic  S.  Chile  and  Patagonia,  as  well  as  on  Mt. 
Rainier  and  mountain  lakes  in  the  Cascades. 

I  have  a  series  of  most  of  the  North  American  species  of 
Pisidium  and  they  are  especially  abundant  in  the  Canadian  lakes 
up  to  and  beyond  the  Arctic  Circle.  Some  specialists  have  spent 
nearly  a  life  time  in  collecting  and  studying  these  tiny  fresh-water 
clams.  Dr.  Sterki  collected  and  described  over  100  "new  species" 
of  Pisidium  from  slight  shell  variations.  With  more  careful  and 
conservative  study,  Rev.  Herrington  has  reduced  a  large  percentage 
of  these  to  synonymy. 

Gyraulus,  Physa,  Lymnaea  and  Ferrissia  are  also  important 
molluscan  food  for  shallow  water  fishes  especially  in  small  lakes, 
where  there  is  an  abundance  of  muddy  water  plants. 

The  most  abundant  shells  in  the  stomachs  of  these  fish  were 
Gyraulus,  Menetus,  Valvata  and  Ferrissia  fragilis  which  are  mostly 
in  shallow  muddy  water. 

The  following  species  of  shells  were  taken  from  the  stomach 
contents  of  the  3  trout.  This  list  constitutes  a  census  of  most  of 


104  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (3) 

the  species  of  fresh-water  shells  found  in  the  small  lakes  of  western 
Washington. 

Gyraulus  vermicularis   (Gould) . 
Menetus  cooperi  F.  C.  Baker 
Helisoma  anceps  (Menke) . 
Physa  gabbi  Try  on. 
Valvata  virens  Try  on. 
Ferrissia  fragilis   (Tryon) . 
Pisidium  randolphii  Roper, 
Pisidium  casertanum   (Poli) . 
Pisidium  compressum  Prime. 

Identifications  were  verified  by  Dr.  Henry  Pilsbry  of  Philadel- 
phia Academy  of  Sciences.  —  Walter  J.  Eyerdam. 


N.  S.  F.  Grants^  Fiscal  '66. — In  keeping  with  the  recent  tabu- 
lation (Boss.  1967.  Nautilus,  80:  141-2) .  I  have  again  complied  a 
list  of  those  scientists  working  in  the  various  aspects  of  malacology 
who  were  awarded  stipends  from  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion. These  data  were  taken  from  the  section  on  Biological  and 
Medical  Sciences  Research  Projects  of  NSF.'s  grants  and  awards 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1966,  available  for  one  dollar 
from  the  U.  S.  Gov't  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  20402. 

Bitterman,  M.  E.  Learning  in  ''Octopus"  (GB4501)  ;  24  months; 
113,100.  Bryn  Mawr  College,  Pennsylvania   (Psychobiology) . 

Franzen,  Dorothea  S.  Recent  Succineidae  of  central  North 
America  (GB2715-Amdt.  Nos.  1  and  2)  ;  $6,900.  Ilhnois  Wesleyan 
University    (Systematic  biology) . 

Heard,  William  H.  The  Sphaeriidae  of  North  America  (GB- 
4626);  24  months;  $18,400.  Florida  State  University  (Systematic 
biology) . 

Kay,  E.  Alison.  Littoral  marine  Gastropoda  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  (GB1346-Amdt.  No.  1);  12  months;  $1,800.  University 
of  Hawaii   (Systematic  biology) . 

Kondo,  Yoshio  Archaic  land  snail  families,  Achatinellidae, 
Partulidae,  and  Amastridae  (GB3974)  ;  24  months;  $53,400. 
Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum,  Honolulu,  Hawaii  (Systematic 
biology) . 

Little,  Colin.  Ionic  regulation  in  "Strombus  gigas"  Linnaeus 
(GB4160);  24  months;  $10,300.  University  of  Miami,  Florida 
(Regulatory  biology) . 

Loosanoff,  Victor  L.  Development  and  spawning  of  different 
physiological  races  of  "Crassostrea  virginica"  (Gmelin)  (GB5250)  ; 
24  months;  $11,300.  University  of  the  Pacific,  Dillon  Beach, 
California    (Environmental  biology) . 


January,  1968  nautilus  105 

Margolin,  Abraham  S.  Predator-prey  relationships  between 
echinoderms  and  molluscs  (GB5157)  ;  24  months;  $9,700.  Phoenix 
College,  Arizona    (Psychobiology)  . 

Menzel,  R.  W.  Cytotaxonomy  of  species  of  related  pelecypod 
mollusks  (GB5034)  ;  24  months;  $33,300.  Florida  State  University, 
(Systematic  biology)  . 

Moore,  Donald  R.  Systematics  and  zoogeography  of  western 
Atlantic  Caecidae  (GB5055)  ;  24  months;  |20,000.  University  of 
Miami,  Florida    (Systematic  biology)  . 

Morrill,  John  B.  Development  of  fresh  water  pulmonate  moll- 
uscs (GB4393)  ;  8  months;  $7,700.  College  of  William  and  Mary, 
Virginia    (Developmental  biology) . 

Murray,  J.  James,  Jr.  Population  genetics  of  the  genus  "Partula" 
(Gastropoda)  (GB4188)  ;  36  months;  $26,700.  University  of 
Virginia    (Genetic  biology) . 

Newell,  Norman  D.  Late  Permian  mass  extinctions  of  pelecy- 
pods  in  Japan  (GB4003)  ;  12  months;  $1,400.  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  New  York   (Systematic  biology) . — K.  J.  Boss. 

Two  NOTEWORTHY  ACHATINIDS  FROM  PANAMA During  a  rCCCUt 

short  trip  to  southeastern  Panama  (Jan.,  1967)  the  author 
collected  two  species  of  achatinid  snails  that  previously  had  not 
been  known  from  specific  localities,  Opeas  adamsi  Pilsbry  and 
Neosubulina  (Ischnocion)  triptyx  (Pilsbry)  .  O.  adamsi  was  des- 
cribed from  "Panama"  and  N.  triptyx  was  described  from  "Col- 
ombia" (1906,  Man  Conch.,  11,  Vol.  18:  216,  354).  Neither 
species  has  been  reported  in  the  literature  since  its  original  des- 
cription. I  collected  both  species  in  a  rain  forest  2.5  mi.  SW  El 
Real,  Tarien  Prov.,  Panama,  where  they  were  found  in  small 
numbers  among  debris  and  leaf  mulch. — Fred  G.  Thompson. 

New  LOCALITY  for  Limax  marginatus — Three  specimens  of 
L.  marginatus  Miiller  were  collected  at  526  East  Huisache  Street. 
San  Antonio,  Bexar  County,  Texas  on  May  29,  1967  by  Sally 
Wiley.  The  specimens  were  found  in  early  evening  under  wet 
leaves  beneath  a  Pomegranate  (Puncia)  bush  after  a  rain.  Addi- 
tional specimen  of  L.  marginatus  have  since  been  obtained  from 
this  locality.  Although  the  maximum  length  of  the  largest  speci- 
men (approximately  40  mm.)  is  less  than  the  length  cited  by  Pils- 
bry (1948,  Land  Mollusca  of  North  America,  II  (2)  :530) ,  all 
specimens  conform  to  the  description  of  the  species.  L.  marginatus 
is  introduced  to  the  United  States  from  Europe  and  is  herein 


106  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (3) 

reported  as  the  first  record  for  Texas.  We  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Dee 
Dundee  for  verification  of  the  specimens. — Harold  T.  Murray 
and  Sally  Wiley^  Trinity  University,  San  Antonio,  Texas. 


Permanent  whole-mounts  of  snail  genitalia^. — Differences 
in  the  genitalia  serve  as  major  criteria  for  delimiting  gastropod 
species,  particularly  in  the  Pulmonata.  The  potential  value  of  a 
method  of  preserving  dissected  genitalia,  in  a  near-natural  state, 
is  obvious.  Although  several  techniques  have  been  described  for 
the  preparation  of  whole  mounts  (Gregg,  Ann.  Rept.  Amer.  Malac. 
Union,  p.  39,  1958;  Michelson,  Nautilus,  7^:32-33,  1960),  they 
have  been  found  either  to  be  time  consuming,  to  require  a  high 
degree  of  technical  skill,  or  to  be  inadequate  for  the  large,  bulky 
genitalia  of  many  species  A  technique  has  now  been  devised  which 
is  simple,  rapid,  inexpensive,  and  adequate  for  specimens  of  any 
size.  Distortion  is  minimal  and  preparations  retain  their  natural 
color.  The  technique  combines  methods  proposed  by  Fan  (Tur- 
tox  News,  ^2:54-57,  1964)  for  mounting  stages  of  helminth  life- 
histories,  and  that  of  Waller  and  Eschmeyer  (Bioscience,  i5: 361, 
1965)    for  preserving  color  in  biological  specimens. 

Mounts  of  genitalia  are  prepared  in  the  following  manner.  The 
snail  is  removed  from  its  shell  and  the  genitalia  are  dissected  in 
50%  alcohol.  The  genitalia  are  oriented  in  a  drop  of  alcohol  on 
a  microscope  slide,  excess  alcohol  is  removed,  and  the  specimen 
is  attached  to  the  slide  by  adding  a  gelatin  solution.  (This  solu- 
tion is  prepared  by  adding  4  gm  of  purified  gelatin  to  24  ml.  of 
distilled  water  and  boiling  the  mixture  until  the  gelatin  has  com- 
pletely dissolved;  the  solution  is  cooled  to  45°C  before  use) .  Best 
results  are  obtained  when  a  few  drops  of  gelatin  are  allowed  to 
flow  over  the  entire  specimen  as  a  thin  film.  This  film  is  permitted 
to  solidify  for  1-2  minutes,  and  then  the  preparation  is  carefully 
immersed  in  10%  formalin  containing  lonol  CP-40®  (Shell 
Chemical  Co.)  at  a  concentration  of  1:500.  lonol  CP-40,  a  40% 
emulsion  of  butylated  hydroxytoluene,  is  an  antioxidant  that  has 
been  found  effective  in  conserving  the  color  of  biological  specimens. 

Slide  preparations  may  be  stored  indefinitely   in  Coplin  jars 


^The  investigation  was  supported  in  part  by  Grants  AI-00513  and  5TI  A-I  46 
from  the  U.S.   Public  Health  Service,  Bethesda,  Maryland. 


January,  1968  nautilus  107 

containing  the  formalin-antioxidant  mixture.  When  it  is  desired 
to  examine  the  preparation  the  slide  is  rinsed  for  30  seconds  in 
running  tap-water  and  then  placed  in  a  Mcjunkin  dish  or  other 
suitable  container  and  covered  with  1%  formalin.  Slides  may  be 
returned  to  the  formalin-antioxidant  mixture  for  future  storage. 
In  our  experience,  specimens  remain  free  of  distortion  and 
retain  their  natural  color  for  periods  in  excess  of  8  months.  The 
preparations  are  excellent  for  microscopic  examination,  camera 
lucida  drawings,  and  photography. — E.  H.  Michelson^  Dept. 
Tropical  Public  Health,  Harvard  School  Public  Health,  Boston. 

Laevapex  fragilis  on  the  Outer  Banks  of  North  Carolina. 
— The  widely  distributed  fresh  water  limpet,  Laevapex  fragilis 
(Tryon) ,  was  found  on  Ocracoke  Island  during  a  brief  visit  July 
4,  1967.  It  occurred  at  the  head  of  a  fresh  water  creek  near  the 
Ocracoke  campground.  The  animals  were  fairly  numerous  on 
the  submerged  stem  portions  of  Typha  and  Junciis.  The  water 
was  clear  and  cool,  the  bottom  sandy  with  very  little  decaying 
vegetation.  Of  40  shells  examined,  one  was  septate. — Dorothy  E. 
Beetle,  Peninsula  Nature  Museum,  Newport  News,  Va. 

Ficus  CAROLAE  AND  F.  FLORiDENSis.  —  A  rcceut  Sending,  by  Mrs. 
Leon  E.  Chambers,  of  fossil  shells  from  the  Caloosahatchee  Pliocene 
at  LaBelle,  Florida,  included  a  specimen  of  Ficus  which  was 
recently  described  as  Ficus  floridensis  Olsson  and  Harbison.  A 
comparison  with  the  Recent  species,  F.,  carolae  Clench,  indicates 
that  both  names  apply  to  the  same  species. 
Ficus  carolae  Clench. 

Ficus  carolae  Clench,  1945,  Johnsonia  1:  no.  18,  p.  3,  pi.  2,  fig. 
1-3  (5-1/2  miles  SE.  of  the  Elbow,  Key  Largo,  Florida,  in  92-100 
fathoms).  Hototype,  MCZ.  157501. 

Ficus  floridensis  Olsson  and  Harbison,  1953,  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sci., 
Philadelphia,  Monographs  no.  8,  p.  258,  pi.  41,  fig.  3-3a  (Pliocene, 
Willcox  Collection,  Caloosahatchee  River,  Florida.)  Holotype, 
ANSB.  572. 

In  addition  to  the  type  locality,  I  have  specimens  of  Ficus  carolae 
from  5  miles  E.  of  Carysfort  Light,  Florida  (fragment)  and  from 
the  Campeche  Banks,  Mexico.  —  William  J.  Clench. 


108  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81    (3) 

PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Maes,  Virginia  Orr.  1967.  The  littoral  marine  mollusks  of  Cocos- 
Keeling  Islands  (Indian  Ocean)  .  Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci.  Phila- 
delphia 119:  93-217,  4  text  figs  &  26  pis. 

Roper,  C.  F.  E.  and  R.  E.  Young.  1967,  A  review  of  the  Valby- 
teuthidae  and  an  evaluation  of  its  relationship  with  the  Chiro- 
teuthidae  (Cephalopoda:  Oegopsida) .  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
123,  no.  3612:  1-9,  map  &  4  pis. 

Powell,  A.  W.  B.  1967.  Mollusca  of  the  Kermadec  Islands.  Pt. 
2.  Rec.  Auck.  Inst.  Mus.  6:  3:  197-199,  1  pi.  New  spp.  of 
Fusiniis,  Baryspira  and  Lutraria. 

.  1967.  New  Zealand  molluscan  systematics  with  descriptions 

of  new  species;  part  6.  Ibid.,  6:  3:   185-196,  2  pis.  New  spp.  of 
Proxicharonia,  Morula  and  Semele. 

Fleming,  C.  A.  1966.  Marwick's  illustrations  of  New  Zealand 
shells,  with  a  checklist  of  New  Zealand  Cenozoic  Mollusca. 
Bull.  173,  Dept.  Sci.  Industrial  Research,  456  pp.,  145  pis. 

Wagner,  R.  J.  L.  and  R.  T.  Abbott  (editors) .  1967,  Van  Nos- 
trand's  Standard  Catalog  of  Shells.  Princeton,  N.  J.  Second 
edition,  303  pp.,  illus. 

Solem,  Alan.  1964.  New  records  of  New  Caledonian  nonmarine 
mollusks  and  an  analysis  of  the  introduced  mollusks.  Pacific 
Sci.  18:  130-136. 

,  1965.  Land  snails  of  the  genus  Amphidromus  from  Thai- 
land (Mollusca:  Pulmonata:  Camaenidae) .  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.  117   (3519)  :  615-628,  &  2  pis. 

Turner,  Ruth  T.  1962.  James  H.  Orton.  His  contributions  to  the 
field  of  fossil  and  recent  mollusks.  Rev.  Argention  Cienc.  Nat. 
8:  89-99,  portrait. 

,  1965.  Mussel.  Encycl.  Brit.:  2  pp.,  2  figs. 

Tuthill,  S.  J.,  Wilson  M.  Laird  &  Ronald  J.  Kresl.  1964.  Fossili- 
ferous  marl  beneath  Lower  Campbell    (Glacial  Lake  Agassiz) 
beach  sediments.  Proc.  N.  D.  Acad.  Sci.  18:  135-140,  figs.  1-3, 
table  1. 

Tuthill,  Laird  &  C.  I.  Frye.  1964.  Fossil  molluscan  fauna  from 
the  upper  terrace  of  the  Cannonball  River,  Grant  County, 
North  Dakota.  Proc.  cit.:    140-156,  5  figs.,  4  tables. 

Wear,  Robert  G.  1966.  Physiological  and  ecological  studies  on 
the  bivalve  mollusk  Arthritica  bifurca  (Webster,  1908)  living 
commensally  with  the  tubicolous  polychaete  Pectinaria  australis 
Ehlers,  1905.  1966.  Biol.  Bull.  130:  141-149,  7  figs.,  1  table. 

Weber,  William  A.  1965.  Theodore  Dm  Alison  Cockerell,  1866- 
1948.  Univ.  Colo.  Studies  Bibliography  no.  1:  124  pp.,  portrait. 


January,   1968  nautilus  iii 


WORLD  WIDE  SPECIMEN  SHELLS 

Bought — Sold — Traded.  New  1968  sale  catalogue  available. 
Write  for  free  copy.  Over  500  species  listed.  Many  species 
pictured,  including:  Conus,  Cypraea,  MargineUa,  Mitra,  Murex, 
Oliva,  Terehra,  Voluta  and  land  shells. 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  P.  W.  Clover,  P.  O.  Box  3246,  Chula  Vista,  California, 
U.  S.  A.  92011 


PUBLICATIONS  FOR  SALE:  Johnsonia.  Complete  to  date 
(not  bound) .  Vols.  1-4,  numbers  1  thru  45.  Manuel  de  Con- 
CHYLiOLOGiE  ET  DE  Paleontologie  Conchyliologique.  Paul  Fis- 
cher. 1887,  Paris.  [In  French;  1369  pages  and  23  plates  of  600 
figures.]  First  Book  of  Zoology.  E.  S.  Morse.  1875.  D.  Appleton 
Sc  Co.,  New  York.  A  monograph  of  the  Molluscan  Fauna  of 
the  Orthaulax  Pugnax  Zone  of  the  Oligocene  of  Tampa,  Florida. 
Bulletin  90,  U.  S.  National  Museum.  William  Healey  Dall. 
1915.  Notes  on  the  Unionidae  of  Florida  and  the  Southeastern 
States.  Charles  T.  Simpson.  1892.  (No.  911).  Synopsis  of  the 
Naiades,  or  Pearly  Fresh  Water  Mussels.  Charles  Torrey  Simp- 
son. 1900.  (No.  1205) .  The  Classification  and  Geographical 
Distribution  of  the  Pearly  Fresh-Water  Mussels.  Charles  T. 
Simpson.  1896.  (No.  1068).  Some  American  Conchologists. 
William  H.  Dall.  1888.  Anyone  interested  in  the  above,  write: 

Raymond  E.  Miskelly^  30  Holmes  Terrace, 
Plymouth,  Massachusetts  02360. 


WILLIAM  H.  WEEKS  SHELL  COLLECTION:  New  price  lists 
of  this  famous  collection,  with  full  scientific  data,  are  in  prepa- 
ration. Many  new  additions  of  fine  and  rare  species  are  also 
included.  To  obtain  free  copies  write: 

George  E.   Jacobs,  853  Riverside  Drive,  New  York  32,  N.  Y. 


Vol.  81 APRIL,  1968 No.  4 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

THE  PILSBRY  QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS   AND   PUBLISHERS 

Horace  Burrington  Baker,   11   Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pa. 
(Emeritus  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  Pennsylvania) 

Charles  B.  Wurtz,  Biology  Department 
La  Salle  College,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  19141 

R.  Tucker  Abbott,  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  Chair  of  Malacology 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia.   Pa.  19103 


CONTENTS 

Death  from  dessication  in  the  mud-snail  Nassarius 
ohsoletus:  Effect  of  temperature.  By  Carl  W.  Schaefer, 
Peter  Milch,  and  Norman  L.  Levin  109 

On  a  collection  of  terrestrial  Mollusca  from  Nicaragua. 

By  Morris  K.  Jacobson  114 

Anomalous  siphons  in  two  species  of  bivalve  mollusks. 
By  Haskell  S.  Tuhiash,  Carl  N.  Shnster,  Jr.  and  John 
A.  Couch  123 

Azumamorula,  new  name  for  Morulina  Dall,  1923,  not 

Boerner,  1906.  By  William  K.  Emerson  125 

Two  new  slugs   (Pulmonata:  Philomycidae:  Philomycus) 

from  Kentucky  and  Virginia.  By  Branley  A.  Branson  127 

Goniobasis  semicarinata  and   G.   indianensis  in   Blue 

River,  Indiana.  By  David  Bickel  133 

Resistance  of  fresh-water  operculate  snails  to  dessication. 

By  Marc  J.  Imlay  138 

Notes  and  news  140       Publications  received  iii 


.25  per  year  ($4.75  to  Foreign  Countries)  $1.25  a  copy. 

Mrs.  Horace  B.  Baker,  Business  Manager 
11   Chelten  Road,  Havertown,   Pennsylvania   19083  ____, 

Second-Class  Postage  paid  at  Spring  House,  Pa.ivl    \  HG   t  1     0^  Cji   Laui 

LIBRARY 

!         APR  2  9  196 

WOODS  HOLE,  MA! 


NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Mollusks,  edited  and  published 
by  Horace  B.  Baker,  Charles  B.  Wurtz  and  R.  Tucker  Abbott. 

AUTHORS  PLEASE  NOTE: 

Matter  for  publication  should  be  sent  to  the  senior  editor.  Manuscripts 
should  be  typewritten  and  DOUBLE  SPACED  throughout,  including  titles, 
footnotes  and  bibliographies.  Galley  proof  (without  manuscript)  will  be 
submitted  to  authors  only  if  requested,  on  or  attached  to  first  page  of  MS. 

Authors  are  charged  for  engraving  blocks  of  plates  and/or  figures  at  cost. 
Minimum  charge  for  each  block  is  $3.00. 

Reprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.  Orders  should  be  WRrrTEN  on  or 
ATTACHED  TO  FIRST  PAGE  OF  MANUSCRIPT.  REPRINTS  are  shipped,  with  iuvoiccs, 
by  PONY  PRINTING,  4  Cloverdale  Avenue,  Upj>er  Darby,  Pennsylvania 
19082.  PURCHASE  ORDERS,  when  required,  and  shipping  instructions, 
MUST  accompany  original  order.  Extra  clerical  or  bookkeeping  work  because 
of  delayed  receipt  of  purchase  orders  will  be  charged  for  accordingly: 

TEXT    PAPER  2  pp.         4  pp.         8  pp.  12  pp.         16  pp. 

First   100  copies   3.40  6.35  13.25  18.70  23.95 

Additional    100   65  1.40  4.30  5.50  6.70 

PLATE  PAPER 

First   100  copies  3.70  6.90  14.45  20.45  26.25 

Additional    100   90  1.95  5.45  7.25  9.00 

Prices  subject  to  change  without  notice.  Postage  extra. 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Secretary,  Route  2,  Box  318,  Marinette,  Wisconsin  54143. 


Back  Issues:  Vols.  3-70,  if  available,  can  be  obtained  from  Kraus  Periodicals, 
Inc.,  16  East  46th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10017.  Vols.  71  to  date  are 
available  from  the  Nautilus,  11  Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pennsylvania 
19083,  and  vary  in  price. 


THE  NAUTILUS 

Vol.  81  April,   1968  No.  4 


DEATH   FROM   DESICCATION   IN  THE   MUD-SNAIL, 
NASSARIUS  OBSOLETUS:  EFFECT  OF  TEMPERATURE 

By  carl  W.  SCHAEFER,  PETER  MILCH,  and  NORMAN  L.  LEVIN 

Section  of  Systematic  and  Environmental  Biology,  Biological  Sciences  Group, 

University  of  Connecticut,  Storrs;  Department  of  Biology,  Brooklyn  College, 

Brooklyn,  New  York;  and  Haskins  Laboratories,  Inc.,  New  York  City. 

Introduction.  The  mud-flat  snail,  Nassarius  ohsoletus  (Say)  ^, 
may  be  exposed  to  a  wide  range  of  temperatures  over  both  the 
daily  and  the  yearly  cycles.  The  extremes  of  temperature  are 
considerably  lessened  by  the  snails'  habit  of  burrowing  into  wet 
mud,  or  retreating  into  the  littoral  zone.  Nevertheless,  the  snails 
at  Jamaica  Bay,  New  York,  may  experience  a  yearly  range  of 
1-31  °C  (water-temperatures.  Levin  and  Fennel,  unpubl.)  ;  the 
tissue  temperature  of  the  snails  probably  does  not  vary  more 
than  a  few  degrees  from  that  of  the  water  (data  of  Lewis,  1963) . 
Even  on  hot  days  Nassarius  may  be  found  exposed  on  the  mud, 
which  suggests  a  considerable  ability  to  withstand  heat. 

Several  observations  have  been  published  on  the  abilities  of 
various  snail  species  to  withstand  exposure  to  high  temperatures 
and/or  desiccation  (e.g.,  Cawston,  1929;  Fischer,  1939;  Evans, 
1948;  Mattox,  1949;  Fraenkel,  1961;  Segal  and  Dehnel,  1962; 
and  Hunter  and  Meadows,  1965) .  Few  of  these  have  described 
experiments  which  controlled  temperatures;  however  (Brown's 
papers  (1960,  1961)  are  an  exception),  and  there  is  very  little 
work  of  this  kind  on  Nassarius. 

As  a  preliminary  and  as  a  stimulus  to  more  work  on  Nassarius, 
we  present  here  some  data  on  the  mortalities  of  Nassarius  desic- 
cated at  two  temperatures  (11°  and  25 °C)  commonly  experienced 
by  the  snails.  A  companion  paper  (Schaefer,  Milch,  and  Levin, 
in  press  (abstract,  1967))  considers  the  effect  of  trematode  para- 
sitism on  desiccatory  water-loss  in  Nassarius.  Much  more  work  is 
needed  on  the  interrelated  effects  on  Nassarius  of  temperature, 
desiccation,  salinity,  and  trematode  parasitism. 

Methods  and  materials.  Snails  were  collected  weekly  from  the 
mud-flats  at  Jamaica  Bay,  New  York.  They  were  kept  in  fresh 


^  Placed  in  the  genus  Ilyanassa  by  some  workers. 

109 


110  NAUTILUS  Vol.  81  (4) 

TABLE  1 
Mortality  and  Weight-loss  of  Nassarius  Desiccated  at  11°C 


Hours  of  No.  No.  (%)  Average 

desiccation        snails  dead  weight-loss  (%) 


0.6-0.9g 

96  2U  7  (29%)  18.6% 

120  24  18  (75%)  21.4% 

1^^^H  24  22  (92%)  20.7% 

168  24  24  (100%)  23.0% 

192  20  20  (100%)  24.4% 


24 

7 

(29%) 

24 

18 

(75%) 

24 

22 

(92%) 

24 

24 

(100%) 

20 

20 
1.0-1.39g 

(100%) 

28 

7 

(25%) 

36 

27 

(75%) 

36 

21 

(58%) 

36 

35 

(97%) 

40 

40 

(100%) 

96  28  7  (25%)  19.3% 

120  36  27  (75%)  21.7% 

144  36  21  (58%)  20.1% 

168  36  35  (97%)  21.9% 

192  40  40  (100%)  23.9% 

>1.4g 

96  7  1  (14%)  18.5% 

120  7  5  (72%)  20.2% 

144  7  6  (86.6%)  19.8% 

168  -77  (100%)  19.0% 

192  7  7  (100%)  22.8% 


7 

1 

(14%) 

7 

5 

(72%) 

7 

6 

(86.6%) 

7 

7 

(100%) 

7 

7 

(100%) 

combined 

(all  snails) 

64 

16 

(25%) 

67 

50 

(75%) 

67 

49 

(73%) 

67 

65 

(98.5%) 

67 

67 

(100%) 

96  64  16  (25%)  18.8% 

120  67  50  (75%)  21.1% 

144  67  49  (73%)  20.2% 

168  67  65  (98.5%)  21.3% 

192  67  67  (100%)  23.7* 

sea-water  at  11°C  and  used  within  24  hours  after  collection. 
Four  arbitrary  weight-classes  were  set  up  (less  than  0.6g.,  0.6-0.9g., 
1.0-1.39g.,  greater  than  1.4g.)  to  make  the  data  easier  to  interpret. 
Desiccation  was  over  anhydrous  CaS04,  changed  or  dried  after 
each  experiment.  One  to   10  snails  were  put  in  small  porcelain 


April,   1968  nautilus  111 

TABLE  2 
Mortality  and  Weight-loss  of  Nassarius  Desiccated  at  25°C 

Hours  of  No.  No.  (%)  Average 

desiccation       snails  dead  weight-loss  (%) 

<0.6g 

39  5  1  (20%)  16.6% 

H5  H  *4  (100%)  27.6% 


0.5-0.9g 

U8  20  9  (U5%)  17.3% 

60  24  1»+  (58.5%)  17.4% 

72  2«+  20  (83.5%)  20.4% 

8H  24  23  (96%)  20.7% 

96  24  24  (100%)  23.2% 


20 

9 

(45%) 

24 

14 

(58.5%) 

24 

20 

(83.5%) 

24 

23 

(96%) 

24 

24 
1.0-1.39g 

(100%) 

40 

3 

(7.5%) 

40 

5 

(12.5%) 

40 

15 

(37.5%) 

40 

25 

(62.5%) 

40 

38 

(95%) 

U8  40  3  (7.5%)  13.7% 

60  40  5  (12.5%)  15.1% 

72  40  15  (37.5%)  17.2% 

84  40  25  (62.5%)  18.5% 

96  40  38  (95%)  21.0% 


>l.'+g 

48  11  0  (0%)  12.1% 

60  11  2  (18%)  12.8% 

72  11  6  (54.5%)  17.2% 

8«*  11  10  (91%)  17.0% 

96  12  12  (100%)  18.3% 


11 

0 

(0%) 

11 

2 

(18%) 

11 

6 

(54.5%) 

11 

10 

(91%) 

12 

12 

(100%) 

combined  (snails  > 

0.6g) 

71 

12 

(17%) 

75 

21 

(28%) 

75 

41 

(55%) 

75 

58 

(77.5%) 

76 

74 

(97.5%) 

48  71  12  (17%)  14.3% 

60  75  21  (28%)  15.1% 

72  75  41  (55%)  18.2% 

84  75  58  (77.5%)  18.7% 

96  76  74  (97.5%)  20.8% 

crucibles;  our  data  showed  that  up  to  10  snails  per  crucible 
could  be  studied  at  once  without  influencing  mortality  or 
weight-loss. 

Viability  w^as  tested  by  removing  snails  from  the  desiccators  at 
stated  times  and  putting  them  individually  in  vials  of  fresh  sea- 
water.  Snails  were  considered  dead  if  they  did  not  respond  to 
touch  after   12  hours  in  sea-water.  In  earlier  experiments    (not 


112  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81     (4) 

reported  here) ,  snails  were  tested  for  only  2  hours.  This  indicated 
an  apparent  rate  of  mortality  that  subsequent  experiments  showed 
to  be  too  high.  The  12-hour  test  gave  the  most  reproducible 
results. 

Weight-loss  was  calculated  (initial  minus  final  weights)  and  is 
given  in  the  Tables  as  the  percentage  lost  from  the  initial  weight. 
It  is  assumed  that  all  weight  decrease  represents  the  loss  of  water. 

Results  and  discussion 

The  results  are  presented  in  Tables  1  and  2.  As  one  would 
expect,  the  higher  the  temperature,  the  sooner  death  occurs  from 
desiccation:  after  96  hours,  the  death-rate  was  25%  at  11°C,  and 
97.5%  at  25°C.  Other  (unpublished)  data  indicate  that,  at  37°C, 
all  snails  die  after  30-34  hours. 

There  is  some  suggestion  in  these  figures  that  death  is  caused 
not  only  by  the  amount  of  water  lost  but  also  by  the  length  of 
time  over  which  it  is  lost.  Thus  at  25°C,  nearly  100%  mortality 
occurred  when  20.8%  weight  had  been  lost  (96  hours) .  At  11°C, 
all  snails  were  dead  with  the  greater  average  loss  of  23.7%  (172 
hours).  Conversely,  when  25°C  snails  had  lost  18.7%  water  (84 
hours),  77.5%  were  dead;  of  11°C  snails  that  had  lost  that  much 
(at  96  hours) ,  only  25%  were  dead.  Apparently  then,  if  water 
is  lost  slowly  (at  low  temperatures),  more  of  it  can  be  lost  before 
death  results.  Since  desiccation  is  slow^er  at  lower  temperatures, 
snails  at  11°C  can  withstand  it  better  than  those  at  25°C  (25°C 
is  of  course  a  temperature  to  which  snails  are  commonly  exposed) . 

Smaller  snails  are  in  general  more  susceptible  than  intermediate 
ones,  as  is  the  case  in  the  moisture-needing  aquatic  snails.  On- 
comelania  nosophora  (Robson)  (Komiya  and  Hashimoto,  1958) 
and  Pomatiopsis  cincinnatiensis  (Lea)  (van  der  Schalie  and  Getz, 
1961) .  Smaller  specimens  of  the  marine  snail,  Thais  fioridana, 
also  are  the  first  to  succumb  to  osmotic  shock  (Schechter,  1943) . 
In  all  these  cases  this  increased  susceptibility  of  the  young  is 
probably  due  to  the  increased  surface  relative  to  volume.  This 
suggests  that  some  water  may  be  lost  from  the  surface  through 
the  shell  (which  is  thinner  in  smaller  snails) ,  as  well  as  through 
the  opercular  opening.  Our  results  for  intermediate  snails  (1.0- 
1.39  grams)   at  144  hours  at  11°C  appear  anomalous. 

This  inverse  relation  of  size  to  mortality  holds  only  for  snails 
of  the  same  species.  Smaller  species  may  be  more  resistant  than 


April,   1968  nautilus  113 

larger  related  ones.  Data  recalculated  from  Brown  (1961)  show 
that  all  Bullia  digitalis  Meuschen  [now  Bullia  achatina  Lamarck], 
desiccated  at  19°C,  die  when  they  have  lost  21.1%  of  their  total 
body  weight.  The  much  larger  B.  laevissima  (Gmelin)  shows  100% 
mortality  after  a  loss  of  only  5.5%.  Moreover,  the  shell  of  the 
more  resistant  but  smaller  B.  digitalis  is  a  much  lower  percent- 
age of  the  total  weight,  and  therefore  thinner  than  that  of  B. 
laevissima. 

Larger  Nassarius  (greater  than  1.4g.)  have  a  greater  mortality 
than  intermediate  ones,  at  25 °C.  The  larger  snails  are  old  (prob- 
ably more  than  2  years)  and  perhaps  somewhat  weakened  by  age. 
This  would  render  them  more  susceptible  to  the  effects  of  the 
rapid  water-loss  at  25°C,  and  mortality  in  this  size-class  is  higher 
than  in  the  intermediate  class.  At  11°C  water  is  lost  more  slowly, 
and  the  relatively  less  surface  area  of  larger  snails  is  sufficient  to 
compensate  for  the  weakness  of  age.  Thus  at  this  temperature 
large  and  intermediate  snails  have  nearly  the  same  mortalities. 

Nassarius  in  sea-water  die  quickly  at  high  temperatures.  Orr 
(1955)  found  death  occurring  in  less  than  an  hour  at  42-46°C. 
Vernberg  and  Vernberg  (1963)  found  that  these  snails  had  a 
high  mortality  at  37 °C  in  9  hours;  complete  mortality  at  39°C 
in  5  hours,  and  at  41  °C  in  2  hours.  Since  our  unpublished  data 
suggest  that  snails  live  for  30-34  hours  when  desiccated  at  37 °C, 
it  may  be  that  desiccation  in  some  way  ameliorates  the  lethal 
effect  of  high  temperatures. 

In  conclusion  these  preliminary  results  indicate  that  mortality 
from  desiccation  is  a  function  of  size,  age,  and  temperature  (as 
influencing  rate  of  water-loss  and,  perhaps,  other  phenomena) . 
Further  study  is  needed  to  confirm  these  suggestions,  to  examine 
more  closely  their  interrelationships,  and  to  consider  just  how 
the  loss  of  water  kills. 

Acknowledgements.  We  are  grateful  to  the  Graduate  Division 
of  the  City  University  of  New  York,  which  supported  part  of 
this  work. 

References  cited 

Brown,  A.  C.  1960.  Desiccation  as  a  factor  influencing  the  vertical 
distribution  of  some  South  African  Gastropoda  from  intertidal 
rocky  shores.  Portug.  Acta  Biol.    (B)    7;  11-23. 

.    1961.   Physiological-ecological  studies   on   two   sandy-beach 

Gastropoda  from  South  Africa:  Bullia  digitalis  Meuschen  and 


114  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81     (4) 

Bullia  laevissima  (Gmelin) .  Z.  Morph.  Oekol.  Tiere  49:  629-657. 

Cawston,  F.  G.  1929.  The  resistance  of  Limnaeidae  to  desiccation. 
Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Trop.  Med.  Hyg.  22:  335-338. 

Evans,  R.  G.  1948.  The  lethal  temperatures  of  some  common 
British  littoral  molluscs.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  17:  165-173. 

Fischer,  P.  H.  1939.  Resistance  a  I'exondation  chez  quelques 
mollusques  marins.  J.  Conchyliologie  83:  35-38. 

Fraenkel,  G.  1961.  Resistance  to  high  temperatures  in  a  Mediter- 
ranean snail.  Littorina  neritoides.  Ecology  42:  604-606. 

Hunter,  R.  W.  and  R.  T.  Meadows.  1965.  Aspects  of  water  physi- 
ology in  the  salt-marsh  pulmonate  snail,  Melanpus  hidentatus. 
Biol.  Bull.  129:  409. 

Komiya,  Y.  and  I.  Hashimoto.  1958.  The  survey  of  Oncomelania 
nosophora,  the  vector  snail  of  Schistosoma  japonicum  under  the 
dried  condition  and  their  water  loss.  Jap.  J.  Med.  Sci.  &  Biol. 
11:  339-346. 

Lewis,  J.  B.  1963.  Environmental  and  tissue  temperatures  of  some 
tropical  intertidal  marine  animals.  Biol.  Bull.  124:  277-284. 

Mattox,  N.  T.  1949.  Effects  of  di7ing  on  certain  marine  snails 
from  Puerto  Rico.  Ecology  30:  242-244. 

Orr,  P.  R.  1955.  Heat  death  I.  Time-temperature  relationships 
in  marine  animals.  Physiol.  Zool.  28:  290-294. 

Schaefer,  G.  W.,  P.  Milch,  and  N.  L.  Levin,  (in  press) .  Effects  of 
trematode  infection  on  resistance  to  desiccation  in  the  mud 
snail  Nassarius  obsoletus  (Say).  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.  India,  Symp. 
Series  3.  (abstract,  1967,  Adv.  Abstr.  Contrib.  Fish.  Aquat. 
Sci.  India  1:  66-67.) 

Schalie,  H.,  van  der,  and  L.  L.  Getz.  1961.  Comparisons  of  adult 
and  young  Pomatiopsis  Cincinnati ensis  (Lea)  in  respect  to  mois- 
ture requirements.  Trans.  Amer.  Micr.  Soc.  80:  211-220. 

Schechter,  V.  1943.  Tolerance  of  the  snail  Thais  floridana  to  waters 
of  low  salinity  and  the  effect  of  size.  Ecology  24:  493-502. 

Segal,  E.  and  P.  A.  Dehnel.  1962.  Osmotic  behavior  in  an  inter- 
tidal limpet,  Acmaea  limatula.  Biol.  Bull.  122:  417-430. 

Vernberg,  Winona  and  F.  J.  Vernberg.  1963.  Influence  of  para- 
sitism on  thermal  resistance  of  the  mud-flat  snail,  Nassarius 
obsoleta  Say.  Exptl.  Parasitol.  14:  330-332. 

ON  A  COLLECTION  OF 
TERRESTRIAL  MOLLUSKS  FROM  NICARAGUA 

By  morris  K.  JACOBSON,  associate 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York 

Approximately  70  species  and  subspecies  of  land  mollusks  are 
known  to  occur  in  Nicaragua,  many  parts  of  which  have  yet  to 
be   intensively   collected    (Jacobson,    1965) .    To    this   apparently 


April,  1968  nautilus  115 

impoverished  fauna,  an  additional  4  species  may  be  added  as  a 
result  of  the  present  study. 

This  paper  records  the  mollusks  obtained  on  a  brief  collecting 
trip  made  by  the  author  in  the  company  of  Mr.  Walter  Smit  to 
the  district  of  Bonanza,  a  mining  town  in  the  north  central  part 
of  the  country  in  the  Department  of  Zelaya  (approximately 
14°  2'  N,  84°  55'  W) ,  in  February  -  March,  1965.  Collections 
were  also  made  at  Managua,  Federal  District.  Added  to  this 
account  are  notes  on  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Vance  Greene 
while  in  Asang,  7  miles  west  of  San  Carlos,  on  the  Cocos  River, 
and  in  Quemiguas,  Cerro  del  Tigre  Negro,  Department  of  Zelaya. 

The  country  at  Bonanza  is  hilly,  with  a  well-forested  cover, 
which  locally  has  the  appearance  of  a  rain  forest.  At  the  time  of 
our  visit,  rainfall  was  sufficient  to  keep  the  ground  cover  of  the 
forest  moist.  However,  the  soil  is  not  calcareous,  and  land  shells 
were  not  easily  found.  At  Asang,  a  heavily  wooded  region,  live 
specimens  were  found  under  leaf  mold  and  among  rocks  or 
boulders.  The  collecting  area  at  Quemiguas  was  described  pre- 
viously (Jacobson,  1966:  102) .  At  Managua,  the  capital  city,  all 
species  were  taken  dead,  since  this  was  the  dry  season  for  this  area. 

Most  of  the  specimens  recorded  here  were  deposited  in  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  duplicates  were  contri- 
buted to  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  and  the 
U.  S.  National  Museum.  A  series  of  the  cyclophorids  were 
presented  to  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

This  account  includes  also  the  description  of  a  new  species  of 
Nicaraguan  Streptostyla  which  was  first  cited  as  a  nude  name  by 
Fluck    (1906:  4). 

The  writer  wishes  to  express  his  thanks  for  the  hospitality 
extended  to  him  by  Messrs.  James  R.  Stringham,  Walter  Smit 
and  others  of  the  local  management  of  the  Neptune  Mining 
Company  during  his  stay  at  Bonanza.  Dr.  Wiliam  K.  Emerson 
kindly  read  the  manuscript. 

Abbreviations  used  for  institutions: 
AMNH.  —  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
ANSP.  —  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia 
USNM.  —  U.  S.  National  Museum 

Helicina  (Oxyrhombus)  amoena  Pfeiffer  1849.  Constancia  Mine, 
Bonanza:  several  dead  specimans,  one  live  on  leaves  of  a  low  bush. 


116  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81     (4) 

Helicina  (Tristramia)  rostrata  Morelet  1851.  Quemiguas,  Cerro 
del  Tigre  Negro:  4  dead  specimens,  one  live.  The  specimens  vary 
in  diameter  from  13.2  to  10.1  mm.  It  is  possible  that  the  extremes 
of  differences  in  size  represent  sexual  dimorphism. 

Helicina  (Oligyra)  oweniana  Pfeiffer  1849.  Quemiguas,  Cerro 
del  Tigre  Negro:  2  specimens.  This  is  the  first  record  of  this  species 
from  Nicaragua.  One  of  the  specimens  has  the  orange  peristome 
of  H.  coccinostoma  Morelet  (1849),  a  synonym;  in  the  other  the 
peristome  is  white. 

Neocyclotus  dysoni  dysoni  (Pfeiffer)  1851.  Constancia  Mine, 
Bonanza:  2  live  specimens;  Bonanza:  1  dead.  These  almost  geron- 
tic  specimens  have  the  basal  notch  on  the  outer  lip  which  is 
characteristic  of  Cyclotiis  bisinuatus  von  Martens  1864.  However, 
it  seems  advisable  to  follow  Solem  (1956,  p.  54)  and  personal 
communication  (September  7,  1965)  in  considering  this  a  syn- 
onym. Solem  feels  that  the  "development  of  a  basal  notch  appears 
to  be  a  gerontic  character  of  no  value  in  separating  races." 
(1956)  The  fact  that  the  taxon  of  von  Martens  has  two  apparent 
notches  is  also  of  little  importance,  for,  as  von  Martens  himself 
writes  (1890,  p.  3)  "The  margin  of  the  aperture  can  be  injured, 
probably  by  the  animal  grazing  ...  to  satisfy  a  demand  for  lime." 
Von  Martens  thought  N.  bisinuatus  might  be  synonymous  with 
irregularis  Pfeiffer  from  Costa  Rica. 

Mexcyclotus  chrysacme  (Bartsch  8c  Morrison)  1942.  Asang, 
Cocos  River:  11  dead,  13  live  specimens.  This  species  was  origin- 
ally described  from  Wani  as  Aperostoma  (Neocyclotus)  chrysacme. 
The  present  lot  was  forwarded  to  Solem  who  stated  in  litteris, 
"After  seeing  your  shells,  I  think  chrysacme  is  a  valid  species, 
but  in  Mexcyclotus,  not  in  Neocyclotus.  Previously  the  operculum 
was  unknown."  The  type  lots  of  chrysacme  (2  specimens  each  in 
USNM,  ANSP)  are  dead,  whitened  shells,  with  the  first  1.5 
whorls  straw  colored  or  pinkish.  In  the  series  taken  at  Asang  the 
earlier  whorls  of  young  shells  are  shining  and  brownish  in  color 
which  becomes  straw  shade  as  the  shell  matures.  Moreover,  the 
protoconch  is  not  entirely  smooth,  but  especially  in  young  shells 
it  is  very  thickly  and  finely  covered  with  minute  granulations 
that  tend  to  disappear  as  the  shell  reaches  maturity.  The  freshly 
taken  shell  has  a  uniformly  light  brown  periostracum  which  is 
lost  when  the  shell  is  dead,  giving  place  to  the  "golden"  color 


April,  1968  nautilus  117 

and  "hydrophanous  zones"  referred  to  in  the  original  description. 
Chondropoma  callipeplum  Solem  1961.  Asang;  Rio  Cocos: 
numerous  specimens.  This  species  was  originally  described  from 
near  Wani,  in  north  central  Nicaragua.  The  large  lot  taken  at 
Asang,  almost  120  km  north  of  Wani  and  on  the  Honduran 
border,  connects  the  present  species,  the  only  one  of  its  genus  in 
Nicaragua,  witli  its  congeners  in  the  richer  chondropomid  fauna 
to  the  north.  Its  presence  in  Nicaragua  contradicts  Tate's  views  on 
this  fauna  (1870,  p.  162)  and  extends  the  West  Indian  influence 
on  the  Central  American  shell  fauna  more  to  the  south. 

Vaginiilus  (Latipes)  occidentalis  (Guilding)  1825.  Constancia 
Mine,  Bonanza:  2  live  specimens.  H.  B.  Baker  (1926,  p.  29) 
believes  occidentalis  to  be  the  predominant  species  of  Latipes  and 
writes,  ".  .  .  (it)  has  invaded  most  cultivated  areas  around  the 
Caribbean."  It  will  probably  be  found  to  be  widely  spread  in 
Nicaragua  and  elsewhere  in  Central  America. 

Succinea  recisa  Morelet  1851.  Parque  de  los  Piedrecitas,  Mana- 
gua: several  dead  specimens  near  flower  beds.  As  far  as  could  be 
learned,  this  species  is  known  from  the  shell  only.  Anatomical 
investigation  will  be  needed  to  establish  its  true  taxonomic  posi- 
tion. There  is  some  confusion  regarding  the  shell  differences 
between  this  species  and  S.  giiatemalensis  Morelet  1849.  According 
to  figures  in  Fischer  &  Crosse  (1878,  pi.  26,  fig.  13,  13a),  recisa 
has  a  higher  spire  than  guatemalensis,  yet  these  authors  write  of 
it  (p.  655) ,  "This  species  (i.e.  recisa)  is  remarkable  because  of 
the  extreme  brevity  of  the  spire  compared  to  the  last  whorl,  which 
forms  by  itself  almost  the  entire  shell."    (Translated) 

Deroceras  laeve  (Mueller)  1774.  Along  road  to  Concha  Urrutia, 
Bonanza,  under  wet  leaves:  6  specimens.  This  widely  spread 
immigrant  from  Europe  has  appeared  under  many  synonyms  in 
America   (see  Pilsbry  1948,  546  ff.) 

Suhulina  octona  (Bruguiere)  1792.  Along  road  to  Concha 
Urrutia,  Bonanza:  numerous  live  and  dead  specimens. 

Lamellaxis  (Atlopeas)  gracilis  (Hutton)  1834.  Mercedes  Airport, 
Managua;  Parque  de  las  Piedrecitas,  Managua;  cemetery  at 
Tindiri,  Masaya:  numerous  dead  specimens. 

Lamellaxis  (Allopeas)  micriis  (d'Orbigny)  1835.  Parque  de  las 
Piedrecitas,  Managua:  several  dead  specimens. 

Euglandina  cumingi    (Beck)    1837.  In  banana  plantation  and 


118  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81     (4) 

on  grounds  of  Moravian  Mission,  Bonanza:  5  live  specimens. 

Salasiella  pulchella  (Pfeiffer)  1857.  Asang,  Cocos  River:  9 
specimens.  This  is  the  first  record  of  this  species  in  Nicaragua. 
It  has  been  reported  from  Chiapas,  Mexico,  and  Costa  Rica. 

Lacteoluna  selenina  (Gould)  1848.  Parque  de  las  Piedras, 
Managua:  1  specimen.  The  dead  and  worn  specimen  is  provision- 
ally determined.  This  species  has  not  been  reported  previously 
from  Nicaragua. 

Streptostyla  (Chersomitra)  wani  new  species. 

Page  120,  upper  2  figs. 

Streptostyla  flucki  Bartsch,  Fluck,  1906,  p.  4   (nude  name) . 

Shell  thin,  elongate-ovate,  almost  turrited,  glossy,  sculptured 
only  by  fine,  uneven  growth  lines.  Whorls  8,  weakly  rounded, 
gradually  descending.  Protoconch  glassy,  faintly  punctate,  sharply 
elevated  over  the  first  post-nuclear  whorl.  Body  whorl  large,  about 
twice  the  height  of  the  spire,  hardly  inflated,  peristome  scarcely 
convex.  Base  evenly  rounded.  Suture  shallow,  simple,  with  a 
narrow  secondary  line  on  the  last  3  whorls,  widest  at  the  body 
whorl  near  the  aperture.  Aperture  narrow,  about  one-half  the 
length  of  the  shell,  columella  slightly  twisted,  edged  with  a  rather 
strong  callus  cord. 

Length  32  mm..  Diameter  13  mm.,  Length  of  aperture  17  mm. 

Length  21.5  mm..  Diameter  9  mm..  Length  of  aperture  14  mm. 
(juvenile) 

Type  locality:  near  Wani  (Huani) ,  Nicaragua,  Rev.  W.  H. 
Fluck  leg. 

The  new  species  resembles  S.  vancegreenei  Jacobson  1966  in 
the  nature  of  the  columellar  cord  and  especially  in  the  elevated 
protoconch.  It  differs  chiefly  in  having  a  decidedly  more  slender 
shell.  The  holotype  is  a  dead  shell  divested  of  periostracum  ex- 
cept for  tiny  fragments.  The  paratype  is  an  immature  shell, 
freshly  taken,  which  shows  a  glossy,  light  orange-yellow  peri- 
ostracum. 

Type  depository:  USNM.  No.  426028,  Holotype.  ANSP.  No. 
97592,  Paratype. 

I  wish  to  express  my  gratitude  to  Drs.  Joseph  Rosewater  and 
J.P.E.  Morrison  of  the  USNM.  and  to  Dr.  R.  Tucker  Abbott  of 
the  ANSP.  for  the  loan  of  the  specimens  involved.  Photographs 
courtesy  of  AMNH. 


April,   1968  nautilus  119 

Streptostyla  (Chersomitra)  vancegreenei  Jacobson  1966.  See 
Nautilus,  79:   101-103,  fig.  1. 

Biilimidus  (Bidimidus)  corneus  Sowerby  1833.  Along  the  sides 
of  Rosita  Road  under  wet  leaves,  Constancia  Mine,  Bonanza;  in 
banana  plantation,  Bonanza;  Parque  de  las  Piedrecitas,  Managua, 
along  the  edge  of  flower  beds:  many  dead  and  live  specimens. 
This  proved  to  be  one  of  the  commonest  larger  species  in  the 
limestone  free  area  of  Bonanza. 

Orthalicus  princeps  (Broderip)  1833.  Constancia  Mine,  Bon- 
anza on  road  to  Rositas:  4  dead  specimens;  Ouemiguas,  Cerro 
del  Tigre  Negro:  3  dead  specimens. 

Praticolella  griseola  (Pfeiffer)  1841.  Cemetery  at  Tindiri, 
Masaya;  Parque  de  las  Piedrecitas,  Managua:  numerous  dead 
specimens. 

Averellia  (Trichodiscina)  coactiliata  (Ferussac)  1838.  Bonanza: 
1  dead  specimen. 

Literature  cited 

Baker,  H.  Burrington,  1925,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 
77:  157-184. 

1926,  ibid.  78:  29-34,  pi.  4. 

Fischer,  P.  &  H.  Crosse,  1878,  Mission  Scientifique  au  Mexique 
et  dans  I'Amerique  Centrale,  Paris,  Succineidae,  pp.  643-671, 
pis.  26,  27. 

Fluck,  W.  H.,  1906,  Naut.,  20:  1-4. 

Jacobson,  Morris  K.,  1965,  Annual  Reports,  American  Malaco- 
logical  Union,  p.  3. 

1966,  Naut.,  79:  101-103,  fig.  1. 

Martens,  Eduard  von,  1890,  Biologia  Centrali-Americana,  London, 

Cyclophoridae,  p.   1-11,  pi.   1. 
Pilsbry,  Henry  A.,  1948,  Land  Mollusca  of  North  America,  Lim- 

acidae,  2:  521-565,  fig.  282-301. 
Solem,  Alan,  1956,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  108:  41-59, 

pi.  5,  6. 
Tate,  Ralph,  1870,  American  Jour.  Conchology,  5:  part  3,  151-162, 

pi.  16,  fig.  2-5. 


20 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81    (4) 


Streptostyla  iL'ani  Jacobson.  About   1.6  x. 


Figure  1.  Soft-shell  clam  with  a  nonfunctional  supernumerary  appendage 
on  the  incurrent  siphon:  a)  siphons  retracted,  normal  clam  above  and  clam 
with  anomalous  siphonal  condition  below;  b)  same  specimens,  showing 
semi-extended  siphons  and  the  lack  of  tentacles  on  the  distal  end  of  the 
appendage. 


April,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


121 


Figure  2.  Soft-shell  clam  with  a  bifurcated  incurrent  siphon:  a)  the 
shucked,  preserved  specimen;  b)  view  of  the  distal  portions  of  the  siphons; 
and  c)  a  freehand  sagittal  section  showing  the  pigmentation  and  the  con- 
tinuity of  the  siphonal  lumina.  The  three  illustrations  are  oriented  in 
relation   to  each  other;   the  scale  is  in  millimeters. 


122 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.   81     (4) 


mi<"'-f  ■  'f 


Figure  3.  Northern  quahaug  with  a  nonfunctional  supernumerary  ap- 
pendage (arrow)  on  the  incurrent  siphon;  tentacles  are  apparent  on  the 
appendage. 


April,  1968  nautilus  123 

ANOMALOUS  SIPHONS  IN 
TWO  SPECIES  OF  BIVALVE  MOLLUSKS 

By  HASKELL  S.  TUBIASH\  CARL  N.  SHUSTER,  JR.- 
AND  JOHN  A.   COUCff 

This  report  concerns  anomalous  siphonal  structures  of  the 
soft-shell  clam,  Mya  arenaria,  and  the  northern  quahaug,  Mercen- 
aria  mercenaria.  Unusual  shell  configurations  of  these  two  species 
have  been  reported  (Morse,  1928;  Blake,  1929;  Fisher,  1932; 
Parker,  1932;  Clench,  1948;  and  Shuster,  1966)  .  None  of  these  shell 
malformations  appear  to  be  related  to  the  siphonal  aberrations  con- 
sidered here  and  to  our  knowledge  these  anomalies  have  not  been 
described  previously.  Three  specimens  formed  the  basis  for  this 
report;  specimens  1  and  2  were  soft-shell  clams  and  specimen  3 
was  a  quahaug. 

Specimen  1  (Page  120,  fig.  1)  was  discovered  among  a  group 
of  clams  collected  in  Chesapeake  Bay  and  maintained  at  the  Ox- 
ford Biological  Laboratory  for  experimental  use.  Except  for  the 
supernumerary  portion  of  the  incurrent  siphon,  specimen  1  ap- 
peared normal  in  all  respects.  The  tip  of  the  supernumerary 
process  was  clearly  apparent,  even  when  the  siphons  were  fully 
retracted  (fig.  la) .  When  the  siphons  were  extended,  this  process 
projected  about  midway  along  the  ventral  aspect.  In  the  living, 
relaxed  animal,  the  anomalous  process  was  about  12  mm.  long 
and  had  proximal  and  distal  diameters  of  approximately  7  and 
5  mm.,  respectively  (fig.  lb) .  This  supernumerary  process  could 
contract  and  expand,  but  not  as  much  as  the  primary  siphons. 
Terminal  tentacles  similar  to  those  surrounding  the  lumina  of 
normal  siphons  were  absent. 

The  accessory  siphon  was  dissected  along  its  longitudinal  axis 
and  across  the  axis  of  the  normal  siphons.  The  interior  of  the 
accessory  process  was  a  short  blind  sac  anastomosed  to  the  ad- 
jacent incurrent  siphon,  but  the  lumen  did  not  extend  to  the 
distal  end.  Histological  examination  revealed  a  predominance  of 
longitudinal  muscle  fibers  at  the  proximal  end  of  the  process, 
and  a  mixture  of  circular  and  longitudinal  fibers  at  the  distal 


^  Biological    Laboratory,    U.    S.    Bureau    of    Commercial    Fisheries,    Oxford, 

Maryland  21654. 
-  Northeast  Marine  Health  Sciences  Laboratory,  USDHEW,  PHS,  Narragan- 

sett,  Rhode  Island  02882.  Contribution  no.  27. 


124  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

end.  There  was  no  evidence  of  previous  injury,  of  active  cellular 
proliferation,  or  of  neoplastic  activity  to  account  for  the  anomaly. 
Specimen  2  (fig.  2a)  was  collected  in  New  Hampshire  and 
donated  to  the  Northeast  Marine  Health  Sciences  Laboratory.  It 
was  received  shucked  and  preserved  in  rubbing  alcohol.  This 
specimen  had  3  normal-appearing  siphonal  orifices  with  surround- 
ing tentacles  (fig.  2b) .  A  freehand  sagittal  section  of  the  siphons 
showed  that  the  incurrent  siphon  was  bifurcate  with  connecting 
lumina  and  normal  pigmentation   (fig.  2c) . 

Specimen  3  was  discovered  among  locally  harvested  quahaugs 
at  the  Northeast  Marine  Health  Sciences  Laboratory,  where  staff 
members  observed  its  siphonal  activity.  The  incurrent  siphon 
(fig.  3)  had  a  supernumerary  structure  on  the  ventral  wall.  This 
anemone-like  projection  terminated  in  a  distal  whorl  of  tentacles, 
not  unlike  normal  siphons,  but  a  functional  opening  seemed  to 
be  lacking.  Several  observations,  with  and  without  the  use  of 
dyes,  failed  to  demonstrate  passage  of  water  into  or  out  of  the 
projection,  whereas  the  normal  portion  of  the  siphons  showed 
the  usual  water  circulation.  Pigmentation  of  the  projection  was 
continuous  with  that  of  the  incurrent  siphon.  Activity  of  the 
siphons,  particularly  during  extension  and  retraction,  indicated 
that  the  musculature  of  the  accessory  projection  was  closely  asso- 
ciated with  that  of  the  siphon  proper.  The  specimen  died  and 
decomposed  before  additional  information  could  be  obtained. 

These  three  examples  show  that  similar  siphonal  anomalies 
may  occur  among  two  nonrelated  species  of  bivalve  mollusks. 
The  causes  of  the  anomalies  are  unknown  to  us,  but  they  may  be 
the  result  of  genetic  or  developmental  aberrations  or  predator 
injury.  Crabs  and  fish  are  known  to  prey  on  siphon  ends  of  clams 
(Morse,  1919;  Turner,  Ayers  and  Wheeler,  1948;  Medcof  and 
MacPhail,  1952),  but  Mya  can  survive  siphonal  injury  and  often 
regenerates  normal  tentacles  (Belding,  1930;  Medcof  and  Mac- 
Phail, 1952)  .  Whether  an  incision  or  the  loss  of  a  small  portion 
of  siphonal  tissue  could  lead  to  the  formation  of  a  supernumerary 
siphon  or  accessory  process  is  a  matter  of  speculation. 

Acknowledgements.  We  thank  Judith  Young,  Dover,  New 
Hampshire,  for  donating  Specimen  2.  Paul  W.  Heffernan  dis- 
covered Specimen  3  and  Frances  C.  Garb  assisted  in  observations 
of  its  siphonal  activity. 


April,   1968  nautilus  125 

Literature  cited 

Belding,  D.  L.  1930.  The  soft-shelled  clam  fishery  of  Massachusetts. 

Mass.  Marine  Fisheries  Ser.,  No.  1:   1-65. 
Blake,  J.  H.  1929.  An  abnormal  clam.  Nautilus,  38  (S)  :  89-90. 
Clench,  W.  J.  1948.  A  remarkable  malformed  specimen  of  Venus 

compechiensis  Gmelin.  Revista  Soc.  Malacol.,  6  {\)  :  10. 
Fisher,  N.   1932.  Malformation  in  Mya  arenaria  L.  J.  Conchol., 

7^(8):  270. 
Medcof,  J.  C.  and  J.  S.  MacPhail.  1952.  The  winter  flounder  — a 

clam  enemy.  In:  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  of  Can.,  Prog.  Rept.  No.  52:  3-8. 
Morse,  E.  S.  1919.  Observations  on  living  lamellibranchs  of  New 

England.  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  35  (5)  :  139-196. 
Morse,  E.  S.  1923.  An  abnormal  shell  of  Mya  arenaria.  Nautilus, 

36{\):  28-30. 
Parker,  G.  H.  1932.  An  unusual  living  inclusion  in  the  shell  of 

a  clam.  Ecology,  8  {\)  \    102-103. 
Shuster,  C.  N.,  Jr.  1966.  A  uniquely  shaped  quahog.  Maritimes, 

10:  14. 
Turner,  H.  J.,  Jr.,  J.  C.  Ayres,  and  C.  L.  Wheeler.  1948.  Further 

observations  on  predators  of  the  soft-shell  clam.  In:  Report  on 

Investigations  of  the  Propagation  of  the  Soft-Shell  Clam,  Mya 

arenaria.    Mass.    Dept.    Conservation,    Div.    Marine    Fisheries. 

Woods   Hole  Oceanographic  Institute   Contribution   No.   462: 

47-49. 


AZUMAMORULA,   NEW   NAME   FOR  MORULINA   DALL, 
1923,  NOT  BOERNER,  1906.  (GASTROPODA:  MURICACEA) 

By  WILUAM  K.  EMERSON 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Dall  (1923,  p.  303)  proposed  the  generic  name  Moriilina  for 
small,  Monila-like  shells  lacking  a  columellar  plait,  and  he  de- 
signated Ricinula  mutica  Lamarck  (1816,  pi.  395,  figs.  2a,  2b; 
Liste  p.  1)  the  type  species.  Thiele  (1931,  p.  294)  and  Wenz 
(1941,  p.  1112)  subsequently  placed  Morulina  in  the  genus  Drupa 
(sensu  lato)  Roding,  1798,  near  the  "subgenus"  Cronia  H.  and 
A.  Adams,  1853.  Largely  on  the  basis  of  Cooke's  (1919,  p.  106) 
brief  description  of  the  radular  characters  of  "Morula  mutica, 
Lam[arck]"  from  Umkomaas,  South  Africa,  Arakawa  (1965,  pp. 
121-123)  assigned  several  Morula-\ike  species  from  Japanese  waters 
to  Ball's  Morulina.  Arakawa  concluded  that  the  rachidian  teeth 
of  these  species:  anaxares  Kiener,  cavernosa  Reeve,  fusca  Kuster, 
musiva  Kiener,  and  paucimaculata  Sowerby,  are  similar  to  those 


126  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

possessed  by  the  genus  Cronia  H.  and  A.  Adams  (1853,  p.  128), 
with  Purpura  amygdala  Kiener  (1836,  p.  39)  the  type  species  by 
monotypy.  But  unlike  the  rachidian  teeth  of  Cronia,  Arakawa 
found  in  these  species,  ".  .  .  the  inner  denticle  tends  to  locate  ad- 
hering more  closely  to  the  lateral  cusps  than  to  the  central,  and 
the  base  is  rather  narrow."  In  the  genus  Morula  Schumacher 
(1817,  p.  227),  type  species  by  monotypy:  Morula  papulosa 
Schumacher,  1817  [=Drupa  uva  Roding,  1798],  the  margins  of 
the  rachidian  teeth  possess  denticle-like  wrinkles  which  indent 
the  surface  and  may  terminate  marginally  as  small  serrations. 


Rachidian  tooth  and  lateral  teeth  of  Ricinula  mutica  Lamarck,  the  type 
species  of  Azumarnorula  Emerson;  anterior  views,  x  300.  (Drawing  courtesy 
of  M,  Azuma  and  A.  D'Attilio). 

At  my  request,  Mr.  Masao  Azuma  of  Nishinomiya,  Japan 
recently  extracted  the  radulae  from  specimens  of  Ricinula  mutica 
Lamarck  that  were  collected  near  Black  River  Bay,  Mauritius  by 
Ruth  Ostheimer  and  Virginia  Orr  Maes,  in  1960  (AMNH. 
108374).  An  illustration  of  the  rachidian  and  lateral  teeth  of  this 
taxon  presented  herein  (text  figure  1)  was  prepared  by  Mr. 
Anthony  D'Attilio  from  a  drawing  kindly  provided  me  by  Mr. 
Azuma.  The  rachidian  teeth  of  Lamarck's  taxon,  the  type  species 
of  Morulina  Dall,  possess  characteristics  intermediate  between 
typical  muricid  and  thaisid  radulae,  and  it  seemingly  represents 
a  valid  generic  group,  which,  largely  on  conchological  characters, 
I  tentatively  place  near  the  genus  Morula. 

Ball's  Morulina,  however,  is  not  an  available  name,  because  it 
is  a  junior  homonym  of  the  insect  Morulina  Borner  (1906).  A 
new  name,  Azumamorula,  is  proposed  here  to  replace  Morulina 
Dall,  1923,  not  Morulina  Borner,  1906.  It  is  my  pleasure  to  re- 
name this  taxon  in  honor  of  Mr.  Masao  Azuma,  who  is  a  keen 
student  of  mollusks. 

The  group  of  Morw /fl-like  shells  that  were  previously  referred 
to  Morulina  by  Arakawa  (1965,  p.  121-123)  and  Wu  (1965,  p.  97) 


April,  1968  nautilus  127 

would  appear  to  be  without  a  subgeneric  name.  I  hesitate,  how- 
ever, to  propose  a  new  name  for  this  gioup  until  the  radular 
characters  of  Purpura  muricina  Blainville  (1832,  p.  218)  are 
known,  as  this  is  the  type  species  of  Semiricinula  von  Martens 
(1903,  p.  95),  by  monotypy. 

Literature  cited 

Adams,  H.  and  A.  1853-[1854].  The  genera  of  recent  Mollusca. 

London  1:  1-484. 
Arakawa,  K.  Y.  1965.  Venus  24:  113-126,  pis.  13,  14. 
Blainville,   H.   M.   D.   de.    1832.   Nouv.   Ann.   Mus.   Hist.,   Paris 

1:  189-263. 
Borner,C.  1906.  Mitt,  naturh.  Mus.  Hamburg,  23:  147-186. 
Cooke,  A.  H.  1919.  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  London  13:  91-110,  37  figs. 
Ball,  W.  A.  1923.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  75:  303-306. 
Kiener,  L.  C.  1836.  Species  general  et  iconographie  des  coquilles 

vivantes.  Genre  Pourpre.  Paris  8:  1-151,  pis.  1-46. 
Lamarck,  J.  B.  P.  A.  de.  1816.  Tableau  encyclopedique  et  metho- 

dique  des  trois  regnes  de  la  nature.  Paris  3:  1-6,  pis.  391-488. 
Martens,  E.  von.   1903.  Wiss.  Ergeb.  Deutschen  Tief-See  Exped. 

Systematisch-geographischer  7  (I-V)  :   1-146,  pis.  1-5. 
Roding,  P.  F.  1798.  Museum  Boltenianum,  pars  secunda  continens 

conchylia.  Hamburg. 
Schumacher,  C.  F.   1817.  Essai  d'une  noveau  systeme  des  habita- 
tions des  vers  testaces.  Copenhagen. 
Thiele,  J.    1931.   Handbuch  der  systematischen  Weichtierkunde, 

Jena,  vol.  1,  778  pp.,  783  figs. 
Wenz,  W.,  in  O.  H.  Schindewolf.  1941.  Handbuch  der  Palaozoo- 

logie.  Berlin,  6(1).  Gastropoda,  pt.  5,  pp.  961-1200,  figs.  2788- 

3416. 
Wu,  Shi-Kuei.  1965.  Bull.  Inst.  Acad.  Sinica  4:  95-106,  29  figs. 


TWO  NEW  SLUGS  (PULMONATA  :  PHILOMYCIDAE  : 
PHILOMYCUS)  FROM  KENTUCKY  AND  VIRGINIA 

By   BRANLEY  A.   BRANSON, 
Eastern  Kentucky  University,  Richmond,  Kentucky  40475 

Philomycus  bisdosus  new  species.  Pages  132,   131. 

Description  of  holotype  (University  of  Michigan,  UMMZ. 
23065):  foot  nearly  smooth,  white  except  for  a  very  short  black 
area  at  extreme  posterior  end;  head  white,  except  blue-black 
tentacles;  ground  color  of  mantle  (Fig.  1)  pale  tan  marked  mid- 
dorsally  by  a  pair  of  closely  approximated,  longitudinal,  brown 
wavy  bands,  and  on  each  side    (about  I/2  way  up  from  ventral 


128  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

edge  of  mantle)  by  a  thinner,  wavy  band  of  the  same  color.  Post- 
eriorly, the  dorsal  bands  fuse  into  a  single  one;  anteriorly  all 
4  bands  break-up  into  small,  brown  spots;  the  lower  sides  of  the 
anterior  three-fourths  of  the  mantle  is  without  spots.  The  lower 
bands  are  connected  across  the  mantle  at  the  posterior  end,  where 
the  body  is  somewhat  depressed.  No  cheverons  or  crossbars.  Edge 
of  foot  pale  gray.  Pneumatopore  slit-like,  connected  with  margin 
of  mantle  by  a  strongly  diagonal  slit;  genital  opening  on  side  of 
head  a  short  distance  above  level  of  pneumatopore.  Total  length 
contracted  35.5  mm.,  crawling  (Fig.  1)  85.5  mm.;  width  8.5  mm; 
width  of  sole  7.0  mm. 

Corroborative  Description:  The  genitalia  (Page  131,  Fig.  2a) 
and  jaw  (Fig.  2b)  were  dissected  from  a  paratype  (UMMZ. 
230636)  47.3  mm.  in  contracted  length,  secured  from  the  Ken- 
tucky locality  listed  below.  The  jaw,  though  relatively  strongly 
arched,  has  practically  no  anterior  projection,  and  it  is  only 
faintly  striate.  The  vagina  is  quite  short  and  not  much  inflated. 
The  duct  of  the  seminal  receptacle  is  enlarged  and  swollen.  The 
dart  sac  is  small,  whereas  the  vas  deferens  is  long,  robust.  The 
elongated  penis  is  moderately  slender,  its  retractor  muscle  also 
being  slender. 

Some  representative  measurements    (all  in  mm.)    taken  from  a 
series  of  6  paratypes   (BAB  9511)   taken  at  the  Kentucky  site  are: 


tal  contracted 

Length 

Width 

Width  of  Sole 

15.8 

6.0 

4.5 

23.7 

6.5 

5.0 

35.3 

9.0 

7.0 

35.0 

9.5 

8.0 

The  young,  somewhat  similar  to  Philomycus  virginicus  Hub- 
richt,  are  darker  brown  and  more  spotted  than  mature  specimens. 
In  all  specimens,  the  pneumatopore  slit  is  set  at  a  definite  angle. 
In  the  23.7  mm.  specimen,  the  dorsal  bands  are  very  obscure, 
and  in  the  35.3  mm.  and  35.0  mm.  specimens,  the  flattened  tail 
beneath  the  mantle  is  very  black.  In  the  largest  paratype  listed 
above,  there  are  two  very  obscure,  brownish,  diagonal  streaks  at 
the  anterior  end  of  the  mantle.  The  slime  is  white,  tenaceous. 

The  name  is  from  French:  bis,  brown:  dos,  back. 

Type  Locality:  the  Breaks  Interstate  Park,  Buchanan  County, 
Virginia.  The  holotype  was  secured  from  beneath  a  moist,  de- 


April,  1968 


NAUTILUS 


129 


m  m 


VD 


2mm 


B 

Fig.  4,  Paratype  of  Philomycus  batchi.  A,  jaw;  B,  anterior  genitalia;  DS, 
dart  sac;  HD,  hermaphroditic  duct;  P,  penis;  PS,  penis  retractor  muscle; 
SR,  seminal  receptacle;  VD,  vas  deferens. 

caying  log  on  July  23,   1967. 

The  paratypes  discussed  above  were  secured  from  similar 
habitats  on  a  hillside  overlooking  the  Russel  Branch  of  the  Big 
Sandy  River,  just  off  Highway  80,  Pike  County,  Kentucky  on 
July  23,   1967. 

Philomycus  hisdosus  seems  to  be  most  nearly  related  to  P.  vir- 
ginicus,  which  is  much  darker  and  in  which  the  color  pattern 
attains  the  edge  of  the  mantle  ventrally.  In  P.  virginicus,  the  slit 
of  the  pneumatopore  is  nearly  in  line  with  the  opening.  The 
genitalia  of  the  two  species  also  differ. 
Philomycus  batchi  new  species.  Pages  132,  129 

Description  of  holotype    (Field   Museum  of  Natural   History, 


130  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81     (4) 

FMNH.  155478):  mantle  glistening  black  with  numerous  indistinct 
black  punctae  above;  black  grading  to  sooty  gray  mottled  with 
small  white  blotches  laterally,  and  the  lower  edges  are  white  an- 
teriorly; sides  of  foot  and  sole  dead-white;  pneumatopore  sur- 
rounded by  a  white,  irregular  halo  with  a  faint  streak  of  gray 
below  it;  tail  below  mantle  yellowish,  marked  on  either  side  by 
3  rows  of  black  dashes  (not  visible  in  Fig.  3)  ;  contracted  length 
33.2  mm.  (Fig.  3),  extended  length  50.3  mm.;  greatest  width 
extended  8.0  mm. 

Corroborative  Description:  The  anterior  genitalia  (Page  129, 
Fig.  4B)  and  jaw  (Fig.  4A)  were  dissected  from  a  para  type  (BAB 
9505)  32.2  mm.  in  contracted  length,  collected  near  Honey  Bee, 
McCreary  County,  Kentucky.  The  dart  sac  is  large,  triangular, 
and  the  penis,  which  is  rather  conspicuously  inflated  near  the 
point  of  attachment  of  the  vas  deferens.  Following  this,  the  penis 
narrows,  only  to  enlarge  before  contacting  the  vaginal  area.  The 
jaw  is  weakly  ribbed,  more  strongly  medially,  and  is  weakly 
notched  at  either  corner  and  bears  a  very  slight  anterior  projec- 
tion. In  radula,  the  central  denticle  is  unicuspid  and  a  little 
broader  than  those  on  either  side.  The  8th  lateral  develops  a 
small  second  cusp;  the  second  cusp  becomes  progressively  larger 
outwardly  to  about  denticle  number  30,  after  which  it  decreases 
in  size  as  the  main  cusp  elongates. 

Additional  para  types  (BAB.  9513)  secured  Avith  the  paratypes 
of  P.  bisdosus  at  the  Pike  County  locality.  In  two  of  these  speci- 
mens there  is  a  barely  discernible  thin,  black  longitudinal  line 
about  one-third  the  way  up  from  the  ventral  edge  of  the  mantle. 
Anteriorly,  the  mantle  is  rather  profusely  spotted  with  minute 
black  punctae.  In  one  of  them,  the  posterior  edges  of  the  foot  is 
tinged  with  light  gray.  The  contracted  measurements  of  these 
specimens  are: 


.ength 

Width 

Width  of  Sole 

29.3 

4.3 

3.5 

28.6 

8.7 

5.5 

40.5 

7.5 

5.0 

40.8 

8.0 

6.3 

Two  paratypes  (BAB.  9507)  taken  with  9505  resemble  the 
holotype  closely,  but  mid-dorsally  the  mantle  is  dark  gray  rather 
than  black,  and  the  scattered  black  spots  are  slightly  larger.  These 


April,   1968  nautilus  131 


X 

H  D 


B 


f  mm 


2  mm 


Fig.  2.  Pavatypc  of  Pliiloiiixciis  hi.sdosus.  A.  anterior  genitalia;  B,  jaw;  DS, 
dart  sac;   HD,  hermaphroditic  duct. 

specimens   measure    (contracted)    33.0  and  40.5   mm.   in   length, 
and  8.2  and  10.5  mm.  in  width,  respectively. 

Two  additional  paratypes    (BAB.  9627)  were  collected  on  May 
7,  1967  from  the  lower  slopes  of  Black  Mountain,  Fugate  Creek 
("Slope    Hollow") ,    near   Louellan,    Harlan    County,    Kentucky. 
They  are  mostly  similar  to  the  holotype,  differing  only  in  possess- 
ing a  series  of  very  small,   intensely  black  streaks  and  punctae 


132 


NAUTILUS 


Vol.  81    (4) 


4niin 


7mm 


Figs.   1 ,  5.   Holotypes.   Upper  fig.  Philomycus  bisdosus  Branson.  Lower  fig. 
P.  batclii  Branson. 


along  the  sides  of  the  mantle.  They  measure  (contracted)  33.0 
and  37.5  mm.  in  length,  7.0  and  6.6  mm.  in  sole  width,  respec- 
tively. 

The  species  is  named  for  my  good  friend  and  collector  of  the 
holotype,  Dr.  Donald  Batch. 

Type  locality:  east  flood  plain  of  the  Kentucky  River,  opposite 
Boonesborough  State  Park,  Madison-Clark  County  line,  Kentucky. 
Foiuid  beneath  a  decaying  log  with  one  specimen  of  Pallifera 
ragsdalei  Webb,  June  16,  1967. 

Philomycus  batchi  appears  to  be  most  closely  related  to  P.  flexuo- 
laris  Rafinesque,  which  it  resembles  slightly  in  color  pattern, 
differing  in  being  nearly  solid  black  rather  than  brown  and  in 
lacking  longitudinal  stripes.  It  also  differs  from  P.  carolinianus 
(Bosc)  in  lacking  a  double  row  of  large,  black  spots.  Internally, 
the  jaw  differs  slightly  from  these  two  species  in  being  very  weakly 


April,   1968  nautilus  133 

striate,  and  in  possessing  only  a  very  slight  anterior  projection.  In 
the  genitalia,  the  possession  of  an  apically  inflated  penis  and 
diff^erent  arrangement  in  position  of  the  penis  retractor  muscle 
account  for  additional  diff^erences. 


Fig.  2.  Typical  G.  semicarinata  from  Harrison  Spring.  Fig.  3.  Heavily 
sculptured  shell  from  Harrison  Spring.  Fig.  4.  A  topotype  of  G.  hidianensis. 
All  2x- 

GONIOBASIS  SEMICARINATA  AND  G.  INDIANENSIS 
IN  BLUE  RIVER,  INDIANA 

Bv  1)A\'1D  BICREL 

Geology  Department,  Ohio  State   University  and  The  Ohio  State 
Museum,  Columbus. 

Goniobasis  seiiucayiuata  (Say)  inhabits  streams  of  the  Ohio 
River  system  in  the  area  from  Scioto  River,  Ohio,  southwest  to 
Salt  River,  Kentucky.  It  is  the  only  species  of  Goniobasis  in  this 
area   except    for    possible    outlying    populations    of    G.    livescens 

(Menke)  in  southern  Ohio.  However,  Goniobasis  indianensis,  a 
shell  quite  similar  to   G.  semicarinata   was  described  by   Pilsbry 

(1903)  from  Blue  River  at  Wyandotte,  Indiana.  Goniobasis  in- 
dianensis  was  discussed  by  Goodrich  (1935)  and  Goodrich  and 
van  der  Schalie  (1944)  but  these  observations  indicate  some 
uncertainty  about   the   taxonomic  status  of   the   form.   Goodrich 

(1940)  failed  to  include  it  either  as  a  distinct  species  or  as  a 
synonym  for  G.  semicarinata  in  a  revisionary  checklist  of  pleu- 


134  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

rocerids  of  the  Ohio  River  system.  The  present  study  was  under- 
tarken  to  review  the  distribution  of  G.  ijidianensis  and  to  clarify 
its  status. 

There  are  no  large  northern  tributary  streams  emptying  into 
the  Ohio  River  west  of  the  Miami  River,  Ohio  and  east  of  the 
Wabash  River  in  Indiana.  Most  drainage  from  areas  immediately 
north  of  the  Ohio  River  is  carried  westward  across  Indiana  by 
the  Wabash  Rivei'  system.  A  low  divide  separates  this  drainage 
from  the  smaller  streams  that  flow  directly  southward  to  the 
Ohio  River.  These  Ohio  River  tributaries  are  generally  less  than 
30  mi.  long.  Blue  River  and  Laughery  Creek  in  Indiana  are  two 
exceptions  that  have  lengths  of  over  50  mi.  Blue  River  is  located 
in  southern  Indiana  between  Louisville,  Kentucky  and  Evansville, 
Indiana.  The  region  east  of  Anderson  River  including  the  drain- 
age basin  of  Blue  River  (Fig.  1)  contains  two  prominent  physio- 
graphic features.  A  broad  plain  with  numerous  sinkholes,  Mitchell 
Plain,  occupies  the  eastern  part  of  this  area  and  is  bordered  on 
the  west  by  the  Crawford  Upland.  The  Crawford  Upland,  known 
locally  as  the  Knobs,  includes  the  lower  reaches  of  Blue  River 
and  is  characterized  by  high  rolling  limestone  plains  and  uplands. 
Here  most  streams  have  high  gradients  and  flow  year  around, 
although  karst  or  sinkhole  valleys  with  intermittent  streams  are 
common  on  its  eastern  edge. 

Results:  Populations  of  Goniobasis  semicarinata  (Say)  occur 
in  Little  Indian  Creek,  Big  Indian  Creek,  Little  Blue  River,  and 
Buck  Creek  all  in  the  vicinity  of  Blue  River.  They  are  similar 
to  other  popidations  of  this  species  found  in  soiuhern  Indiana 
and  Ohio.  Specimens  have  spires  that  are  1.5  to  2  times  aperture 
height,  with  slightly  convex  whorls.  Apertures  are  elliptical  to 
subrhomboidal  shaped.  The  first  4  whorls  of  most  specimens  have 
a  carina  on  the  lower  third  of  the  whorl  surface.  The  first  two 
whorls  are  usually  eroded  away.  The  periostracum  is  light  olive- 
green  to  dark  buff  colored,  with  a  wide  brown  spiral  band  cover- 
ing much  of  the  center  of  whorl  surfaces.  The  lighter  color  shows 
clearly  only  on  the  upper  fourth  of  the  whorl  surface  immediately 
below  the  suture,  producing  a  bicolored  effect.  Unhanded  speci- 
mens are  common.  Goniobasis  semicarinata  was  not  abundant 
at  the  Buck  Creek  localities  and  where  it  did  occur,  its  spire 
height  and  banding  pattern  was  variable. 


April,   1968 


NAUTILUS 


135 


MILES 


Fig.  1.  Localities  of  G.  semicarinata  in  the  Blue  River  region,  Indiana. 
Buck  Creek:  (1)  5  mi.  W.  of  Elisabeth,  (2)  1.2  mi.  SE.  of  Middletown,  (3) 
1  mi.  N.  of  Dogwood,  (4)  2.3  mi.  SW.  of  Dogwood,  Little  Indian  Creek: 
(5)  1.5  mi.  SW.  of  Lanesville.  Big  Indian  Creek:  (6)  4.2  mi.  SW.  of  Corydon, 
(7)  3.8  NE.  of  New  Amsterdam,  (8)  1  mi.  SW.  of  Sta.  7.  Blue  River:  (9)  E. 
of  Fredericksburg,  (10)  4.3  mi.  E.  of  Hancock  Chapel,  (11)  Marengo  Creek, 
(12)  0.7  mi.  S.  of  Milltown,  (13)  1.6  mi.  S.  of  Milltown,  (14)  4  mi.  NW.  of 
White  Cloud,  (15)  2.2  mi.  NW.  of  White  Cloud,  (16)  and  (17)  Harrison 
Spring  1  mi.  N.  of  White  Cloud,  (18)  1  mi.  E.  of  Wyandotte,  (19)  at 
Wyandotte,  (20)  2  mi.  SW.  of  Wyandotte.  Little  Blue  River:  (21)  0.6  mi. 
S.  of  Grantsburg. 

The  species  occurs  in  Blue  River  from  the  southern  part  of 
Washington  County  to  the  river  mouth.  Goniohasis  semicarinata 
usually  ranges  farthest  upstream  of  any  pleurocerid  in  the  region, 
but  the  headwaters  of  Blue  River  and  Little  Blue  River  are  with- 
out pleurocerid  populations,  since  much  of  the  drainage  in  this 
area  is  subterranean  and  even  the  larger  headwater  streams  are 
dry  in  summer. 

At  upstream  stations  (9,  10,  and  11)  and  the  tributary,  Marengo 


136  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

Creek,  shell  morphology  and  color  pattern  is  similar  to  that  of 
G.  semicarinata  populations  in  the  neighboring  streams.  However, 
a  stria  is  present  on  the  upper  part  of  juvenile  whorl  surfaces 
(Page  133,  fig.  2c)  and  adult  whorls  are  often  crossed  by  irregular 
raised  lines  that  give  the  shells  a  wrinkled  appearance.  Apices 
tend  to  be  darker  than  succeeding  whorls,  which  are  light  green 
to  light  brown  colored.  A  wide  color  band  occurs  on  39  percent 
of  the  specimens,  and  is  slightly  wider  than  the  bands  on  speci- 
mens of  G.  semicarinata  from  nearby  streams.  Between  Milltown 
and  White  Cloud  (Stations  12  to  15)  specimens  are  much  the 
same  as  those  upstream,  but  only  18  to  20  percent  are  banded. 
These  downstream  bands  are  lighter  and  tend  to  merge  with  the 
surrounding  light  color. 

Harrison  Spring  (Stations  16  and  17),  a  tributary  of  Blue 
River,  is  the  farthest  upstream  station  inhabited  by  the  heavily 
sculptured  G.  indianensis  form.  The  spring  has  a  pool  about 
12  m.  in  diameter  and  the  spring  stream  is  about  9  m.  wide  at 
its  mouth.  The  discharge  once  provided  power  for  both  a  sawmill 
and  a  gristmill  (Leverett,  1897) .  Here  Goniohasis  semicarinata 
has  slightly  convexed,  dark  adult  whorls.  All  specimens  have  a 
wide  brown  band  with  light  olive-green  color  showing  through 
above  it.  Apertures  are  rounded  below  with  slightly  projected 
bases.  There  is  a  complete  gradation  of  ornamentation,  from  that 
of  typical  G.  semicarinata  (Page  133,  fig.  2)  which  has  one  or 
two  carinae  confined  to  juvenile  whorls,  to  specimens  with  two 
carinae  or  numerous  striae  on  adult  and  body  whorls  (Fig.  3). 
The  multistriate  shells  often  have  up  to  12  additional  spiral  lines. 

Individuals  of  the  G.  indianensis  form  at  the  lower  Blue  River 
localities  are  smaller  and  have  short  spires  that  are  about  1.5 
times  aperture  height  (Fig.  4)  .  Most  downstream  shells  have 
heavily  eroded  apices,  so  any  meaningful  information  on  the 
relative  abundance  of  typical  G.  semicarinata,  and  the  ornamented 
shells  below  Harrison  Spring  was  obscured  in  my  collections.  Some 
distinction  could  be  made  between  the  two  since  individuals  with 
sculptured  adult  and  body  whorls  have  sharp  carinae  that  produce 
V-shaped  suture  grooves  and  flat  whorl  surfaces,  while  typical 
specimens  have  plain,  convex  whorls. 

Usually,  shells  of  Goniohasis  semicarinata  either  lack  ornamenta- 
tion or  have  a  carina  on  the  lower  third  of  juvenile  whorl  sur- 


April,   1968  nautilus  137 


A  B  C  p  £ 

Fig.  5.  Diagrammatic  views  of  shell  sculpture  on  Goniobasis  semicarinata. 
A-C.  typical  G.  semicarinata,  D-E.  the  G.  indianensis  pattern. 

faces  (Fig.  2,  a-b).  Occasionally  the  upper  third  of  the  juvenile 
whorl  is  crossed  by  a  stria  and  infrequently  by  a  sharp  shoulder 
or  second  carina  (Fig.  2,  b-d) .  About  80  percent  of  the  Blue  River 
specimens  have  this  double  carinae  pattern  on  their  juvenile 
whorls  (12  lots  ranged  from  64  to  97  percent.)  as  do  91  percent, 
of  the  Little  Indian  Creek  specimens,  while  in  Big  Indian  Creek 
and  Buck  Creek  only  11  and  19  percent,  are  so  ornamented. 
This  pattern  when  present  in  other  G.  semicarinata  populations 
in  Indiana,  Kentucky,  and  Ohio  usually  occurs  on  less  than  30 
percent,  of  the  specimens.  The  sculpture  extends  onto  adult 
whorls  only  in  Blue  River  populations. 

Conclusion 

As  Goodrich  and  van  der  Schalie  (1944)  suspected,  Goniobasis 
indianensis  Pilsbry  is  a  synonym  for  Goniobasis  semicarinata  (Say) 
that  was  based  on  an  extreme  form  of  shell  sculpture.  Apparently 
it  occurs  only  on  the  populations  of  that  species  in  Blue  River, 
Indiana.  The  indianensis  ornamentation  pattern  is  the  same  basic 
pattern  common  to  G.  semicarinata  populations  elsewhere  and 
differs  from  them  only  by  extending  onto  adult  whorls.  The 
relationship  between  G.  semicarinata  and  G.  indianensis  in  Blue 
River  is  one  of  variation  within  a  population  rather  than  geo- 
graphical variation,  even  in  the  sense  of  a  headwaters  to  down- 
stream sequence.  Heavily  ornamented  individuals  are  common 
only  in  the  populations  of  Harrison  Spring  and  in  Blue  River 
proper  downstream  from  this  tributary. 

Acknowledgements:  Dr.  David  H.  Stansbery  generously  provided 
facilities  in  the  Natural  History  Department  of  the  Ohio  State 
Museum.  Recognition  is  due  Mr.  Edwin  H.  Bickel,  my  father, 
who  skillfully  and  enthusiastically  collected  much  of  the  material. 


138  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

Literature  cited 

Goodrich,  C.  1935.  Studies  of  the  gastropod  family  Pleuroceridae  — 
V.  Occas.  Pap.  Mus.  Zool.  Univ.  Mich.  318:   1-12. 

Goodrich,  C.  1940.  The  Pleuroceridae  of  the  Ohio  River  drain- 
age system.  Occas.  Pap.  Mus.  Zool.  Univ.  Mich.  417:   1-21. 

Goodrich,  C.  and  H.  van  der  Schalie.  1944.  A  revision  of  the 
Mollusca  of  Indiana.  Am.  Midi.  Nat.  32  (2)  :  257-326. 

Leverett,  F.  1897.  The  water  resources  of  Indiana  and  Ohio.  Ann. 
Rept.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  18,  Part  IV  —  hydrography,  p.  419-559. 

Pilsbry,  H.  A.  1903.  [Goniohasis  indianensis  Pilsbry,  MS.]  p.  606- 
607.  In.  Blatchley,  W.  S.  and  L.  E.  Daniels.  On  some  Mollusca 
known  to  occur  in  Indiana.  Ann.  Rept.  Indiana  Dept.  Geol. 
Nat.  Resources  26:  577-680. 


RESISTANCE  OF  FRESH-WATER  OPERCULATE 
SNAILS  TO  DESICCATION 

By  marc  J.  IMLAY^ 
Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Northwestern  University,  Evanston,  Illinois. 

Abstract.  The  fresh-water  operculate  snail,  Viviparus  malleatus, 
survived  three  months  of  starvation  followed  by  three  months  of 
desiccation.  The  survival  rate  was  as  high  as  that  reported  for 
typical  pulmonate  species.  Thus,  uricotelic  metabolism  need  not 
indicate  ten^estrial  ancestry. 

A  specimen  of  Viviparus  malleatus  (Reeve)  was  inadvertently 
left  in  a  dry  finger  bowl  over  the  summer  of  1965.  Within  hours 
after  it  was  replaced  in  water  it  was  moving  about  actively. 
This  discovery  was  interesting  because  the  prosobranchs,  which 
include  the  live  bearing  Viviparidae,  evidently  evolved  into  fresh- 
water species  directly  from  marine  ancestry  unlike  the  other 
North  American  subclass  of  fresh-water  snails,  the  Pulmonata, 
which  arose  from  air-dwelling  progenitors. 

However,  Needham  (1935)  found  that  the  fresh-water  proso- 
branchs, Viviparus  fasciatus  and  Bithynia  tentaculata,  "contained 
amounts  of  uric  acid  corresponding  to  the  fresh-water  pulmonates." 
Since  at  that  time  Needham  noted  "the  evidence  regarding  the 
capabilities  of  modern  fresh-water  operculate  gastropods  is  that 
they  possess  very  poor  powers  of  withstanding  periods  of  complete 
dryness,"  he  was  forced  to  consider  the  possibility  "that  the  fresh- 


^  This  report  is  included  in  a  dissertation  submitted  to  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.  The  study  was  performed  while  the  author  was  a  Public 
Health  Service  predoctoral  fellow. 


April,   1968  the  nautilus  139 

water  operculates  originated  not  from  the  sea  direct  but  by  way 
of  a  period  of  terrestrial  or  semi-terrestrial  life."  This  belief 
would  be  supported  by  the  fact  that  Viviparidae  are  not  found 
in  brackish  water    (Prashad,   1926)  . 

Thus,  it  clearly  appeared  important  to  examine  more  carefully 
the  resistance  of  Viviparus  to  prolonged  desiccation.  I  am  grateful 
to  Dr.  Frank  A.  Brown,  Jr.,  Northwestern  University,  for  his 
suggestions  and  reading  of  the  manuscript. 

Materials  and  methods.  At  the  end  of  the  summer  of  1966,  51 
specimens  of  Viviparus  malleatus  were  available  from  previous 
studies.  On  October  16  these  were  left  in  individual  dry  finger 
bowls  in  the  laboratory  at  Evanston,  Illinois.  On  January  16,  1967, 
water  was  added  to  all  the  finger  bowls  and  the  number  of  snails 
surviving  this  3-month  period  of  desiccation  was  determined.  It 
is  significant  to  note  that,  in  addition,  the  snails  had  been  im- 
mersed in  tap  water  (20°C)  without  food  from  July  13  to  October 
16  in  the  studies  preceding  the  desiccation. 

Results.  On  the  morning  following  the  addition  of  water  on 
January  16,  17  snails  were  moving  about.  A  few  days  later  3 
more  snails  were  also  active  and  several  of  the  20  survivors  had 
given  birth  to  active  young.  At  this  time  a  wet —  and  dry-bulb 
hygrometer  was  used  for  an  indication  of  the  severity  of  desiccation 
the  specimens  had  been  subjected  to.  The  relative  humidity  was 
only  55%  in  the  experimental  room  while  the  outdoor  relative 
humidity  was  90%  and  the  outdoor  temperature  was  53°F. 

Discussion.  An  important  seasonal  phenomenon  in  some  geo- 
graphic areas  would  be  desiccation.  Christy  (1881)  exposed  a 
specimen  of  Viviparus  viviparus  for  more  than  3  weeks  on  dry 
ground.  The  snail  appeared  unharmed.  In  the  present  work,  of 
the  51  specimens  of  Viviparus  malleatus  that  were  starved  for  3 
months  followed  directly  by  3  months  of  desiccation,  twenty  re- 
covered. Although  only  39%  of  the  snails  survived  it  must  be 
realized  that  not  all  the  snails  need  to  survive  to  carry  the  species 
through  such  an  ordeal.  In  fact,  with  the  9  pulmonate  species 
obtained  from  a  lake  and  marsh,  Cheatum  (1934)  found  that 
only  about  25%  of  the  specimens  of  each  species  survived  62  days 
of  desiccation,  except  for  Lymnaea  palustris  of  which  half  sur- 
vived. This  last  species  is  ordinarily  subjected  to  desiccation  in 
nature. 


140  NAUTILUS  Vol.    81     (4) 

This  ability  of  Viviparus  to  survive  desiccation  as  well  as  do  the 
pulmonates  is  noteworthy  since  respiration  is  entirely  aquatic  in 
Viviparidae  (Prashad,  1926)  .  Thus,  uricotelic  metabolism  in 
fresh-water  operculates  need  not  indicate  terrestrial  ancestry  since 
it  could  be  valuable  during  periods  of  drought. 

The  ability  to  retain  water  in  the  shell  would  be  useful  during 
desiccation.  Although  Annandale  and  Sewell  (1921)  found  that 
Viviparus  hengalensis  moves  to  the  surface  of  foul  water  and  ex- 
poses the  branchial  chamber  to  the  air,  Viviparus  dissimilis  was 
found  to  close  its  operculum  tightly  and  sink  to  the  bottom. 

Literature  cited 

Annandale,  N.,  and  R.  B.  Seymour  Sewell,  1921.  The  banded 
pond  snail  of  India  {Viviparus  hengalensis) .  Records  of  the 
Indian  Museum  22:  215-295. 

Cheatum,  E.  P.,  1934.  Limnological  investigations  of  respiration, 
annual  migiatory  cycle,  and  other  related  phenomena  in  fresh- 
water pulmonate  snails  Transactions  of  the  American  Micro- 
scopical Society  55:  348-407. 

Christy,  R.  M.,  1881.  The  land  and  fresh-water  shells  of  the 
neighbourhood  of  York.  The  Zoologist  third  series  5;  175-185. 

Needham,  Joseph,  1935.  Problems  of  nitrogen  catabolism  in  in- 
vertebrates II,  Correlation  between  uricotelic  metabolism  and 
habitat  in  the  phylum  Mollusca.  Biochemical  Journal  29:  238- 
251. 

Prashad,  B.,  1926.  Recent  and  fossil  Viviparidae.  A  study  in  dis- 
tribution, evolution,  and  palaeogeography.  Memoirs  of  the 
Indian  Museum  8:  153-252. 


NOTES  AND  NEWS 


Chromodoris  californiensis  and  C.  calensis  —  In  Journ.  Mus. 
Godeffroy  5  (14)  :  3,  1879,  Bergh  mentions  Chromodoris  calensis 
Bergh  n.  sp.  Oc.  Pacific  and  in  an  accompanying  footnote  states 
that  this  last  species  will  be  published  in  my  "Nudibranchiate 
Gastropoda  of  the  North  Pacific"  which  appears  in  one  of  the 
next  following  parts  of  the  scientific  results  of  the  exploration  of 
Alaska  of  W.  H.  Ball. 

Chromodoris  californiensis  Bergh  n.  sp.  PI.  XII,  figs.  5-15  Oc. 
Pacific  septemtr.  (Coast  of  California,  Santa  Barbara  Islands)  ap- 
pears on  p.  168  of  Bergh's  article  1879  (b) .  The  caption  to  Plate 
XII,  figs.  5-15  which  were  published  in  1880  is  Acanthodoris  pilosa 
(M.)    var.  not  Chromodoris  californiensis. 


April,   1968  nautilus  141 

The  second  part  of  Bergh's  article  1880  (a)  in  the  same  pub- 
lication appeared  in  Jan.  1880  as  Article  6.  The  name  Chromodoris 
calif orniensis,  Bergh  appears  on  p.  272  as  a  caption  to  plate  14, 
figs.  5-15.  These  figures  on  the  plate  itself,  however,  are  labelled  as 
"Chr.  calensis  B."  These  are  either  hinder  part  of  the  body,  upper 
median  part  of  the  true  mouth  or  radular  teeth  and  are  un- 
recognizable as  concerns  specific  determination. 

Duplicate  articles  by  title  and  author  were  published  in  the 
Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia 
for  1879  and  1880  with  the  same  confusion  in  names,  text  and 
plate  references.  The  pagination  in  the  two  sets  of  articles  is  dif- 
ferent, but  their  content  and  the  plates'  numbers  and  their  cap- 
tions are  the  same. 

Because  of  the  above  mixed  and  unrecognizable  text  names, 
plates  and  captions,  the  following  conclusions  are  to  be  reached. 

1.  Chromodoris  calensis  Bergh.  Journ.  Mus.  Godeffroy  5  (14)  : 
3,  1879  is  a  nude  name. 

2.  Chromodoris  calensis  Bergh  in  part  2  of  his  articles,   1880 
(a)    and  1880    (b)  are  unrecognizable  for  species  determination. 

The  name  Chr.  calensis  Bergh  therefore  becomes  a  nomen  dubium. 

3.  The  name  Chromodoris  californiensis  Bergh,  while  the  plate 
designations  are  in  error  is  valid,  because  of  a  recognizable  text 
description.  —  Henry  D.  Russell. 

References 
Bergh,   R.    1879    (a).   Neue  Nacktschnecken  der  Siidsee.  Journ. 
Mus.  Godeffroy  5    (14)  :    1-50,  pis.   1-5. 

.   1879    (b).  On  the  Nudibranchiate  Gastropod  Mollusca  of 

the   North  Pacific  Ocean,  with  special  references   to   those  of 
Alaska.  Sci.  Results  Explor.  Alaska  1    (1)  :   127-188,  pis.  1-8. 
1879    (c)     (same  title)    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia 


31:  71-132,  pis.   1-8. 
— .   1880    (a)     (same  title  pt.  2)  Sci.  Results  Explor.  Alaska  1: 
189-276,  pis.  9-16. 
-.   1880    (b)     (same  title  pt.  2)    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila- 


delphia 32:  40-127,  pis.  9-16. 

Otala  lactea  in  San  Antonio,  Texas  —  Strecker  (1935, 
Trans.  Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  17:  6)  reported  the  occurrence  of  Otala 
lactea  (Muller)  in  Waco,  McLennan  County,  Texas.  More  re- 
cently, Grimm  (1964,  Nautilus  77  (3)  :  108)  reported  O.  lactea 
in  Port  Arthur,  Jefferson  County,  Texas,  and  Pratt   (1964,  Nauti- 


142  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

lus  78  (\)  :  32)  reported  O.  lactea  from  the  following  Texas 
counties:  Galveston,  Brazos,  and  Tarrant.  This  is  the  first  record 
of  O.  lactea  in  San  Antonio,  Bexar  County,  Texas. 

I  have  traced  the  origin  of  one  of  three  populations  known  to 
occur  in  San  Antonio.  In  July,  1964,  I  was  called  to  observe 
some  large  snails  (O.  lactea)  in  a  yard  at  235  Hoover  Street.  A 
larger  population  of  several  hundred  snails  was  discovered  to  the 
north  and  immediately  behind  the  Hoover  Street  residence.  This 
second  home,  1134  West  Winnipeg  Street,  was  occupied  by  the 
Galanos  family  who  had  moved  to  the  United  States  from  Greece 
in  the  early  1900's.  Because  of  the  occurrence  of  a  similar  snail 
in  Greece  and  to  remind  her  parents  of  their  homeland,  a  daughter 
brought  a  few  live  specimens  of  O.  lactea  with  her  when  she  re- 
turned from  the  Mediterranean  area  after  World  War  II  (1946) . 
The  family  kept  the  snails  in  a  container  in  the  house  for  several 
years  and  would,  on  occasion,  eat  some.  A  few  years  later  (date 
unknown) ,  the  family  moved  the  snails  to  the  back  yard  and 
housed  the  snails  in  a  large,  wire  basket  approximately  three 
feet  high  and  two  feet  in  diameter.  In  addition  to  the  cage  being 
ineffective  in  retaining  the  snails,  the  family  put  some  of  the 
snails  in  their  garden  area  which  by  July,  1964,  had  numerous 
O.  lactea  on  the  ground,  in  the  soil,  on  the  trees,  and  on  fence 
posts.  I  could  observe  no  significant  damage  caused  by  the  snails; 
however,  the  Galanos  family  placed  lettuce  and  other  greens  in 
the  garden  for  the  snails. 

The  yards  of  the  residences  in  the  immediate  area  were 
examined  for  O.  lactea;  however,  the  population  centered  in  the 
Galanos  yard.  A  few  specimens  were  found  in  the  yard  immedi- 
ately to  the  east  of  the  Galanos  property  plus  the  snails  mentioned 
at  the  Hoover  Street  residence.  The  Galanos  property  was  on  the 
corner  and  areas  across  the  streets  to  the  north  and  west  yielded 
no  specimens. 

A  second  population  of  O.  lactea  was  observed  in  August,  1964, 
at  202  West  Petaluma  Street  which  is  approximately  3.5  miles 
south  of  the  Galanos  property.  The  origin  of  the  second  popula- 
tion is  unknown.  One  of  several  specimens  observed  at  this  loca- 
tion was  adhering  to  a  Mesquite  (Prosopis)  tree.  This  specimen 
had  a  hole  in  the  shell,  15  mm.  from  the  aperture,  on  the  last 
whorl.  The  hole  was  about  10  mm.  in  diameter  with  a  small  arm 


April,  1968  nautilus  143 

(4  mm.  in  width  and  10  mm.  in  length)  extending  across  the 
body  whorls  near  the  apex  of  the  shell.  The  animal  was  fresh 
but  parts  of  the  mantle,  foot,  and  anterior  end  had  been  removed. 
The  damage  may  have  been  the  result  of  a  bird;  however,  no 
other  specimens  in  San  Antonio  showed  similar  damage.  A  third 
population  occurs  at  110  Calumet  Street  which  is  at  least  6  miles 
north  from  the  preceding  populations. 

I  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Dee  Dundee  for  identification  of  the  speci- 
mens and  to  thank  Mrs.  Myra  Taylor  and  Mrs.  Bessie  Goethel 
for  the  Petaluma  and  Calumet  locality  records.  —  Harold  D. 
Murray^  Trinity  University,  San  Antonio,  Texas. 

Marine  technology  society.  —  Dr.  James  H.  Wakelin,  Presi- 
dent of  the  Marine  Technology  Society,  announced  today  that  the 
1968  Annual  Conference  and  Exhibit  will  be  held  at  the  Sheraton 
Park  Hotel,  Washington,  D.  C.  on  July  8,  9  and  10,  1968.  He 
went  on  to  say  that  the  1968  Conference  and  Exhibit  would  be 
cast  around  the  theme:  "A  critical  look  at  marine  technology  — 
1968,"  with  invited  speakers  following  the  theme  closely  within 
the  guidelines  set  up  by  the  Program  Chairman,  Willard  Bascom, 
President  of  Ocean  Science  and  Engineering. 

One  of  the  highlights  of  the  Conference  will  be  the  educational 
and  technical  exhibits,  the  world's  largest  display  of  oceanographic 
equipment!  Those  interested  in  exhibiting  contact  Frank  Masters, 
Trade  Associates,  5151  Wisconsin  Avenue,  N.W.,  Washington, 
D.C.  20016    (202-362-2794). 

Valvata  piscinalis  in  Cayuga  Lake,  N.  Y.  —   In  the  summer 

of  1967  the  writer  collected  2  living  specimens  of   V.  piscinalis 

(Miiller)  while  diving  in  the  south  end  of  Cayuga  Lake  at  Ithaca, 

N.  Y.  They  were   taken  from  a  silty  bottom  with  a  household 

sieve  in  20  ft.  of  water. 

This  gastropod,  a  Eurasian  species,  was  first  discovered  in  the 
Great  Lakes  by  F.  C.  Baker  (recorded  as  V.  ohtusa  in  Trans. 
Acad.  Sci.,  St.  Louis,  <^;  94.  1898)  .  Oughton  summarized  the 
known  range  of  the  species  in  North  America  in  1938  [Nautilus 
52,  (l):30-32;  (2):60-62].  Apparently  V.  piscinalis  had  spread 
throughout  Lake  Ontario  and  was  invading  Lake  Erie  via  the 
Welland  Canal  at  that  time. 


144  NAUTILUS  Vol.   81     (4) 

It  is  likely  that  V.  piscinalis  arrived  in  Cayuga  Lake  by  way  of 
the  Oswego  and  Seneca  Rivers  from  Lake  Ontario.  Therefore  it 
probably  is  present  throughout  the  entire  Finger  Lakes  Drainage 
Basin.  That  means  that  in  the  last  30  years  V.  piscinalis  has  in- 
creased its  range  over  1800  sq.  mi.  (land  and  water  area)  in 
central  New  York  alone.  The  synecological  actions  and  reactions 
will  be  interesting  to  observe  as  this  invading  species  enters  into 
competition  with  our  local  V.  lewisi,  V.  sincera,  and  the  various 
morphs  of  V.  tricarinata.  —  Willard  N.  Harman^  Dept.  of  En- 
tomology and  Limnology,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Additional  Pacific  coast  Malacobdella  grossa.  —  To  the 
recent  review  of  mollusks  known  to  serve  as  hosts  for  the  com- 
mensal nemertean  Malacobdella  (Ropes  and  Merrill,  1967)  should 
be  added  the  shallow  water  northeastern  Pacific  Ocean  pelecypod 
Macoma  nasuta  (Conrad) .  Investigation  of  the  infestation  of 
species  of  Macoma  by  this  nemertean  and  a  pinnotherid  crab  was 
made  by  the  writer  a  number  of  years  ago  (Addicott,  1952)  on 
material  collected  from  the  intertidal  zone  at  Elkhorn  Slough, 
Monterey  County,  California  (lat.  36.8°  N).  Malacobdella  grossa 
(Miiller)  was  found  in  3  of  50  specimens  of  Macoma  nasuta 
(Conrad) ,  an  incidence  of  6  percent.  A  much  larger  percentage 
of  specimens  of  M.  secta,  12  out  of  78  specimens  examined, 
were  infested  with  this  nemertean.  None  of  25  specimens  of  a 
third  species,  M.  inquinata  (Deshayes) ,  contained  M.  grossa, 
Although  most  of  the  specimens  of  M.  grossa  were  relatively 
small  and  of  a  whitish  color,  a  few  large,  orange  colored  speci- 
mens reaching  as  much  as  10-12  mm  in  length  were  found  in 
the  mantle  cavity  of  M.  secta.  Male  specimens  of  a  small  pin- 
notherid crab  identified  as  Pinnotheres  sp.  were  detected  in  all 
three  species  of  Macoma.  —  W.  O.  Addicott,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey,  345  Middlefield  Rd.,  Menlo  Park,  California  94025. 

References 

Addicott,  W.  O.,  1952,  Ecological  and  natural  history  studies  of 
the  pelecypod  genus  Macoma  in  Elkhorn  Slough,  California: 
Stanford  Calif.,  Stanford  Univ.  M.A.  thesis,  89  pp. 

Ropes,  J.  W.,  and  Merrill,  A.  S.,  1967,  Malacobdella  grossa  in 
Pilar  7norrhuana  and  Mercenaria  campechiensis:  Nautilus  81: 
37-40. 


April,   1968  nautilus  iii 

Odostomia  dianthophila  (Gastropoda,  Pyramidellidae)  from 
Buzzard's  Bay,  Mass.,  a  Northern  Range  Extension.  —  Odostomia 
dianthophila  Wells  Sc  Wells  was  described  in  1961  (Nautilus,  74: 
149-157)  as  parasitic  on  the  serpulid  polychaete  worm,  Eupomatus 
(=Hydroides)  dianthus  Verrill  in  the  Beaufort,  North  Carolina, 
region.  This  minute  snail  has  been  found  subsequently  by  myself 
and  other  investigators  on  subtidal  rocks  on  the  eastern  shore 
of  Buzzard's  Bay,  similarly  in  close  association  with  Hydroides 
dianthus.  Close  examination  in  the  laboratory  shows  that  O. 
dianthophila  definitely  feeds  on  the  serpulid  in  much  the  same 
manner  as  assumed  by  the  authors,  chiefly  on  the  extended  ten- 
tacular crown  of  the  worm.  Further  work  is  currently  being  done 
to  determine  the  specificity  and  manner  of  host  selection. 

I  wish  to  thank  Dr.  R.  Robertson,  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  for  his  confirmation  of  the  identity  and  habits 
of  this  snail. 

This  study  was  aided  by  Contract  No.  3070  (03)  between  the 
Office  of  Naval  Research,  Dept.  of  the  Navy,  and  the  Systematics- 
Ecology  Program,  Marine  Biological  Laboratory.  Systematics- 
Ecology  Program  Contribution  No.  147.  —  Armand  G.  Roberge_, 
Systematics-Ecology  Program,  Marine  Biological  Laboratory, 
Woods  Hole,  Mass. 

The  American  Malacological  Union  will  hold  its  34th  Annual 
Meeting  at  Corpus  Christi,  Texas,  July  15-19.  Driscoll  Hotel  is 
meeting  headquarters,  and  six  shell  clubs  of  Texas  will  play  host 
for  the  occasion.  For  further  information,  contact  Anne  B.  Speers, 
Box  71,  Conroe,  Texas  77301. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Bayer,  Frederick  M.  and  Harding  B.  Owre.  May  1,  1967.  The 
free-living  lower  invertebrates.  [Sponges,  coelenterates,  cteno- 
phores,  flat-worms  and  nemerteans.]  229  +  viii  pp.,  271  text- 
figures.  $11.95.  The  Macmillan  Co.,  866  Third  Avenue,  New 
York  10022. 


William  Svvainson's 

EXOTIC  CONCHOLOGY 

All  three  issues  of  this  classic  work  are  faithfully  reproduced, 
using  eleven  different  printing  inks  to  duplicate  the  48  hand- 
colored  plates  executed  by  Swainson  from  1821  to  1835.  Hanley's 
1841  edition  is  also  reproduced  on  durable  "antiqued"  paper.  A 
biography  of  Swainson  by  Nora  McMillan  of  Liverpool,  England, 
and  a  modern  taxonomic  analysis  by  Dr.  R.  Tucker  Abbott  are 
included  in  this  gilt-edged,  handsomely  bound  volume.  A  guar- 
anteed limited  edition  destined  to  be  an  art  treasure,  a  worthwhile 
investment  and  valuable  research  tool  $30.00. 

Van  Nostrand's  Standard  Catalog  of  Shells  by  R.  J.  L. 
Wagner  and  R.  T.  Abbott.  The  greatly  enlarged  Second  Edition 
with  revisions  of  values  has  been  receiving  complimentary  reviews 
from  faithful  users.  303  pp.,  4  color  plates,  $65,000  worth  of  shells 
listed;  complete  Marginellidae  and  Tonnidae  catalogs  added.  $5.95. 

Order  from  your  shell  dealer,  bookstore  or 

D.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  Inc.,  Princeton,  N.  J.  08540 
and  46  Victoria  St.,  London,  S.  W.  1,  England, 


WILLIAM  H.  WEEKS  SHELL  COLLECTION:  New  price  lists 
of  this  famous  collection,  with  full  scientific  data,  are  in  prepa- 
ration. Many  new  additions  of  fine  and  rare  species  are  also 
included.  To  obtain  free  copies  write: 

George  E.  Jacobs,  853  Riverside  Drive,  New  York  32,  N.  Y. 


WORLD  WIDE  SPECIMEN  SHELLS 

Bought — Sold — Traded.  New  1968  sale  catalogue  available. 
Write  for  free  copy.  Over  500  species  listed.  Many  species 
pictured,  including:  Conus,  Cypraea,  Marginella,  Mitra,  Murex, 
Oliva,  Terehra,  Voluta  and  land  shells. 

Mr.  8c  Mrs.  P.  W.  Clover,  P.  O.  Box  3246,  Chula  Vista,  California, 
U.  S.  A.  92011 


April,  1968  nautilus  (Index)  iii 

CONTENTS 

Names  of  new  genera,  species,  etc.  in  italics 

Achatinids  in  Panama  105 

Acroloxus    33 

Alleghenya  -  Mudalia  35 

American  Malacological  Union  70 

Anarctic  Ocean   94 

Arizona 54 

Arkansas    65 

Atlantic  Ocean,   eastern   86,  125 

western   37,  41,  47,  86,  89,  94 

107,  109,  123,  142,  144 

Azumamorula  Emerson,  for  Morulina  Dall 125 

Bahamas    41 

Bermuda,  introduced  marines  86 

Bithynia  tentaculata  77 

Bulimulus  dealbatus  34 

Canada,  meeting  A.M.U 70 

Cassis  madagascariensis  47 

Catinella  oklahomarum  84 

Chromodoris    140 

commensals    37,  143 

copulation  11 

Corbicula  fluminea  68 

corrections  33,  68,  101 

Cypraea  mauiensis  Burgess 6 

dates  of  Nautilus  32 

dessication    109,  137 

Eocene  of  Florida  89 

Eua    73 

Ficus    107 

field  method  for  sand-burrowing  snails  101 

Florida    11,  68 

Frampton,  Henry  G.,  obituary  31 

fresh  water  mollusks  eaten  by  fish  103 

genitalia   1,  H,  22,  54,  106,  127 

Glycymeris    45 

Goniobasis  semicarinata,  G.  indianensis  133 


iv  NAUTILUS  Vol.  81    (Index) 

grants,  N.  S.  F 104 

Heilprin,  error  in  Zoological  Record  68 

Humholdtiana  tescola  Thompson  22 

Illinois 137 

Indiana    133 

Indo-Pacific  6,  48,  125 

Juga,  type  species  36 

Kentucky  127 

Laevapex  fragilis  107 

Limax  marginatus  105 

Limopsis    45 

Macoma  commensals  143 

Malacobdella  grossa,  commensal  nemertean  37,  143 

Marine  Technology  Society  142 

mating 11 

Meiocardia  palmerae  Nicol  89 

Melasma,  type  species  36 

Mercenaria  campechiensis,  commensal  with  37 

Mexico 1,  22,  25 

Montana  18,  33 

mounts  of  genitalia 106 

Mudalia,  type  species  35 

Nassarius  obsoletus  109 

National  Science  Foundation,  grants  104 

New  York  67,  77,  142,  144 

Nicaragua   115 

Nitocris  -   Mudalia  35 

North  Carolina  61,  107 

Notes  and  news  32,  67,   101,  139 

Odostomia  dianthophila  144 

Oklahoma   65 

Otala  lactea   141 

oviposition  on  snail  shells  144 

Pachychilus  apheles  Thompson 26 

Pachychilus  corpulentus  Thompson  28 

Pacific  Ocean,  eastern  6,  139,  143 

western  48,  125 

Pacific  Islands   73 

Panama   105 


April,   1968  nautilus  (Index)  v 

Partulidae,  anatomical  review  73 

Philomycus  bisdosus  Branson  127 

Philomycus  batchi  Branson  130 

Pitar  morrhuana,  commensal  with  37 

Pleistocene  of  Bahamas 41 

pleurocerids,  replacement  by  Bithynia  77 

Pleuroploca,  radula  48 

Pliocene  of  Florida 107 

polluted  waters   77 

Polygyra  pustula,  genitalia  and  mating  11 

Praticolella,  genitalia  and  mating  11 

pteropods,  zoogeography   94 

Publications  received  36,  72,  108,    (4)  :  iii 

Radiodiscus  abietum  18 

Radula  of  Pleuroploca  48 

Samoana    73 

shells,  oviposition  on  144 

siphons  of  bivalves  1 23 

Sonorella  bagnarai  Miller  55 

Sonorella  bequaerti  Miller  57 

S.  bequaerti    (anonymous)    9 

Sonorella  mormonum  huasabasensis  Miller  2 

Sonorella  perhirsuta  Miller  4 

Spirodon  -  Mudalia  35 

Streptostyla  wani  Jacobson  118 

Teare,  Margaret,  death  notice 101 

Texas  34,  105,  141 

thecosomatous  pteropods,  zoogeography 94 

unionids    67 

Unitas  Malacologica  Europaea  35 

Valvata  piscinalis   143 

Virginia  127 

Viviparus 138 

Washington    103 

Zoological  Record,  error  68 


vi  NAUTILUS  Vol.  81    (Index) 

INDEX  TO  AUTHORS 

Abbott,  R.  Tucker  &  Russell  H.  Jensen  86 

Addicott,  W.  0 144 

Baker,   H.  Burrington  33,  35,  36 

Beetle,  Dorothy  E 61,  107 

Bickel,  David  133 

Boss,  E.  J 105 

Branson,  Branley  A 127 

Brunson,  Royal  Bruce  Sc  Richard  H.  Russell  18 

(Russell  Sc)  33 

Burgess,  C.  M 6 

Chen,  Chin  94 

Clench,  William  J 32,  68,  107 

Couch,  John  A.    (Tubiash,  Shuster  &)    123 

Emerson,  William  K. 1 25 

Eyerdam,  Walter  J 104 

Grimm,  F.  Wayne 84 

Harman,  Willard  N 67,  77,  143 

Hebard,  Edgar  B 41 

Hubricht,  Leslie  65,   [Cf.lOl] 

Imlay,  Marc  J 138 

Jacobson,  Morris  K 1 14 

Jensen,  Russell  H.    (Abbott  Sc)    86 

Kondo,  Yoshio  73 

Levin,  Norman  L,   (Schaefer,  Milch  &:)    109 

Maes,  Virginia  Orr  48 

Merrill,  Arthur  S.   (Ropes  &)   37 

Michelson,  E.   H 107 

Milch,  Peter  (Schaefer,  Levin  Sc)  109 

Miller,  Bruce  A 101 

Miller,  Walter  B 1,  54 

Murray,  Harold  D. 141 

^  Sally  Wiley  106 

Nicol,  David  45,     89 

Pagot,  Oliver  E 35 

Roberge,  Armande  G 144 

Ropes,  John  W.  Sc  Arthur  S.  Merrill  37 

Russell  Henry  D 140 


April,  1968                               nautilus                              (Index)  vii 

Russell,  Richard  H.  &  Royal  Bruce  Brunson  33 

(Brunson  &)    18 

Schaefer,  Carl  W.,  Peter  Milch  Sc  Norman  L.  Levin  109 

Shuster,  Carl  N.,  Jr.    (Tubiash,  Couch  Sc)    123 

Schneider,  Robert  F 69 

Teskey,   Margaret  C 71 

Thompson,  Fred  G 22,  25,  105 

Tubiash,  Haskell  S.,  Carl  N.  Shuster,  Jr.  &  John  A.  Couch 123 

Webb,  Glenn  R 11,  35 

Wiley,  Sally    (Murray  &)  106 

Wolfe,  Douglas  A 47 


Vol.  81  JULY,  1967  No.  1 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

THE  PILSBRY  QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS    AND    PUBLISHERS 

Horace  Burrington  Baker,   11   Chelten  Road.  Havertown,  Pa. 
(Emeritus  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  Pennsylvania) 

Charles  B.  Wurtz,  Biology  Department 
La  Salle  College,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  19141 

R.  Tucker  Abbott,  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  Chair  of  Malacology 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,   Philadelphia,   Pa.   19103 


CONTENTS 

Two  new  Sonorella  from  Sonora,  Mexico,  and  notes  on 

southern  limit  of  genus.  By  Walter  B.  Miller  1 

A  new  Hawaiian  Cypraea.  By  C.  M.  Burgess  6 

Erotology  of  three  species  of  Praticolella,  and  of 
Polygyra  pustula.  By  Glenn  R.  Webb  (Continued 
from  April  no.)    1 1 

Radiodiscus,  new  to  molluscan  fauna  of  Montana.  By 

Royal  Bruce  Brunson  and  Richard  H.  Russell 18 

New  helicid  snail  from  Zacatecas,  Mexico.  By  Fred  G. 
Thompson  22 

Two  new  species  of  Pachychilus  from  northeastern 

Mexico.  By  Fred  G.  Thompson  25 

Henry  G.  Frampton,  1902-1966.  By  Wm.  J.  Clench  31 

Notes  and  news 32      Publications  received 36 


$4.25  per  year  ($4.75  to  Foreign  Countries)  $1.25  a  copy. 

Mrs.  Horace  B.  Baker,  Business  Manager 
11   Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pennsylvania   19083 

Second-Class  Postage  paid  at  Spring  House,  Pa. 

iviaiine  Biological  Laboratory 

LIBRARY 

JULl  71957 

WOODS  HOLE,  MASS. 


LU 


NAUTILUS: 


A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Moliusks,  edited  and  published 
by  Horace  B.  Baker,  Charles  B.  Wirtz  and  R.  Tucker  Abbott. 

Matter  for  publication  should  be  sent  to  the  senior  editor.  Manuscripts 
should  be  typewritten  and  DOUBLE  SPACED  throughout,  including  titles, 
footnotes  and  bibliographies.  Galley  proof  (without  manuscript)  will  be 
submitted  to  authors  only  if  requested,  on  or  attached  to  first  page  of  MS. 

Authors  are  charged  for  engraving  blocks  of  plates  and/or  figures  at  cost. 
Minimum  charge  for  each  block  is  $3.00. 

Reprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.  Orders  should  be  wrhten  on  or 
ATTACHED  TO  FIRST  PAGE  OF  MANUSCRIPT.  PURCHASE  ORDERS,  whcu  re- 
quired, and  shipping  instructions,  MUST  accompany  oiiginal  order.  Extra 
clerical  or  bookkeeping  work  because  of  delayed  receipt  of  purchase  orders 
will  be  charged  for  accordingly: 

2  pp. 

100  copies  3.25 

Additional    100s   1.30 

Plates:  Add  .1?1.25  per  plate. 

[Postage  Extra] 

Reprints  are  shipped,  with  invoices,  by  Pony  Printing,  4  Cloverdale  Avenue, 
Upper  Darby,  Pennsylvania  19082. 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Secretary,  Route  2,  Box  318,  Marinette,  Wisconsin  54143. 


^pp. 

8pp 

6.00 

9.50 

2.00 

3.00 

Back  Issues:  Vols.  3-70,  if  available,  can  be  obtained  from  Kraus  Periodicals, 
Inc.,  16  East  46th  Street,  New  York  17,  N.  Y.  10017  Vols.  71  to  date  are 
available  from  the  Nautilus,  11  Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pennsylvania, 
19083  and  vary  in  price.